Lifeline and Link Up Reform and Modernization, Telecommunications Carriers Eligible for Universal Service Support, Connect America Fund, 42669-42705 [2015-17289]
Download as PDF
Vol. 80
Friday,
No. 137
July 17, 2015
Part III
Federal Communications Commission
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
47 CFR Part 54
Lifeline and Link Up Reform and Modernization, Telecommunications
Carriers Eligible for Universal Service Support, Connect America Fund;
Proposed Rule
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:16 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42670
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 54
[WC Docket Nos. 11–42, 09–197, 10–90; FCC
15–71]
Lifeline and Link Up Reform and
Modernization, Telecommunications
Carriers Eligible for Universal Service
Support, Connect America Fund
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
AGENCY:
In this document, the Federal
Communications Commission (the
Commission) seeks to rebuild the
current framework of the Lifeline
program and continue its efforts to
modernize the Lifeline program so that
all consumers can utilize advanced
networks.
SUMMARY:
Comments are due August 17,
2015. Reply comments are due
September 15, 2015.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by [docket number and/or
rulemaking number], by any of the
following methods:
D Federal Communications
Commission’s Web site: https://
apps.fcc.gov/ecfs/. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
D Mail: [Optional: Include the mailing
address for paper, disk, or CD–ROM
submissions needed/requested by your
Bureau or Office. Do not include the
Office of the Secretary’s mailing address
here.]
D People with Disabilities: Contact the
FCC to request reasonable
accommodations (accessible format
documents, sign language interpreters,
CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov
or phone: 202–418–0530 or TTY: 202–
418–0432.
For detailed instructions for submitting
comments and additional information
on the rulemaking process, see the
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of
this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jonathan Lechter, Wireline Competition
Bureau, (202) 418–7400 or TTY: (202)
418–0484.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
summary of the Commission’s Second
Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(Second FNPRM) in WC Docket Nos.
11–42, 09–197, 10–90; FCC 15–71,
adopted on June 18, 2015 and released
on June 22, 2015. The full text of this
document is available for public
inspection during regular business
hours in the FCC Reference Center,
Room CY–A257, 445 12th Street SW.,
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
DATES:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
Washington, DC 20554 or at the
following Internet address: https://
www.fcc.gov/document/fcc-releaseslifeline-reform-and-modernization-item.
Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.415 and
1.419, interested parties may file
comments and reply comments on or
before the dates indicated on the first
page of this document. Comments may
be filed using the Commission’s
Electronic Comment Filing System
(ECFS). See Electronic Filing of
Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings,
63 FR 24121 (May 1, 1998).
D Electronic Filers: Comments may be
filed electronically using the Internet by
accessing the ECFS: https://apps.fcc.gov/
ecfs/.
D Paper Filers: Parties who choose to
file by paper must file an original and
one copy of each filing. If more than one
docket or rulemaking number appears in
the caption of this proceeding, filers
must submit two additional copies for
each additional docket or rulemaking
number.
Filings can be sent by hand or
messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or
overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All
filings must be addressed to the
Commission’s Secretary, Office of the
Secretary, Federal Communications
Commission.
D All hand-delivered or messengerdelivered paper filings for the
Commission’s Secretary must be
delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
12th St. SW., Room TW–A325,
Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. All hand deliveries
must be held together with rubber bands
or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes
must be disposed of before entering the
building.
D Commercial overnight mail (other
than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail
and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300
East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights,
MD 20743.
D U.S. Postal Service first-class,
Express, and Priority mail must be
addressed to 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request
materials in accessible formats for
people with disabilities (braille, large
print, electronic files, audio format),
send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call
the Consumer & Governmental Affairs
Bureau at 202–418–0530 (voice), 202–
418–0432 (tty).
I. Introduction
1. For nearly 30 years, the Lifeline
program has ensured that qualifying
low-income Americans have the
opportunities and security that voice
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
service brings, including being able to
find jobs, access health care, and
connect with family. As the
Commission explained at the program’s
inception, ‘‘[i]n many cases, particularly
for the elderly, poor, and disabled, the
telephone [has] truly [been] a lifeline to
the outside world.’’ Thus, ‘‘[a]ccess to
telephone service has [been] crucial to
full participation in our society and
economy which are increasingly
dependent upon the rapid exchange of
information.’’ In 1996, Congress
recognized the importance and success
of the program and enshrined its
mission into the Telecommunications
Act of 1996 (1996 Act). Over time, the
Lifeline program has evolved from a
wireline-only program, to one that
supports both wireless and wireline
voice communications. Consistent with
the Commission’s statutory mandate to
provide consumers in all regions of the
nation, including low-income
consumers, with access to
telecommunications and information
services, the program must continue to
evolve to reflect the realities of the 21st
Century communications marketplace
in a way that ensures both the
beneficiaries of the program, as well as
those who pay into the universal service
fund (USF or Fund), are receiving good
value for the dollars invested. The
purpose of the Lifeline program is to
provide a hand up, not a hand out, to
those low-income consumers who truly
need assistance connecting to and
remaining connected to
telecommunications and information
services. The program’s real success will
be evident by the stories of Lifeline
beneficiaries who move off of Lifeline
because they have used the program as
a stepping stone to improve their
economic stability.
2. Over the past few years, the Lifeline
program has become more efficient and
effective through the combined efforts of
the Commission and the states. The
Lifeline program is heavily dependent
on effective oversight at both the
Federal and the state level and the
Commission has partnered successfully
with the states through the Federal-State
Joint Board on Universal Service (Joint
Board) to ensure that low-income
Americans have affordable access to
voice telephony service in every state
and territory. In addition to working
with the Commission on universal
service policy initiatives on the Joint
Board, many states administer their own
low-income programs designed to
ensure that their residents have
affordable access to telephone service
and connections. These activities
provide the states the opportunity and
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
flexibility to develop new and
innovative ways to make the Lifeline
program more effective and efficient,
and ultimately bring recommendations
to the Commission for the
implementation of improvements on a
national scale. As the Commission
continues to modernize the Lifeline
program, it deeply values the input of
the states as it, among other reforms,
seeks to streamline the Lifeline
administrative process and enhance the
program.
3. The Commission’s 2012 Lifeline
Reform Order, 77 FR 12951, March 2,
2012, substantially strengthened
protections against waste, fraud, and
abuse; improved program
administration and accountability;
improved enrollment and consumer
disclosures; and took some preliminary
steps to modernize the program for the
21st Century. These reforms provided a
much needed boost of confidence in the
Lifeline program among the public and
interested parties, increased
accountability, and set the Lifeline
program on an improved path to more
effectively and efficiently provide vital
services to the Nation’s low-income
consumers. In particular, the reforms
have resulted in approximately $2.75
billion in savings from 2012 to 2014
against what would have been spent in
the absence of reform. Moreover, in the
time since the reforms were adopted,
the size of the Lifeline program has
declined steadily. In 2012, the Universal
Service Administrative Company
(USAC), the Administrator of the Fund,
disbursed approximately $2.2 billion in
Lifeline support payments compared to
approximately $1.6 billion in Lifeline
support payments in 2014. These
reforms have been transformational in
minimizing the opportunity for Lifeline
funds to be used by anyone other than
eligible low-income consumers.
4. The Commission is pleased that its
previous reforms have taken hold and
sustained the integrity of the Fund.
However, the Commission’s work is not
complete. In light of the realities of the
21st Century communications
marketplace, the Commission must
overhaul the Lifeline program to ensure
that it advances the statutory directive
for universal service. At the same time,
it must ensure that adequate controls are
in place as it implements any further
changes to the Lifeline program to guard
against waste, fraud, and abuse. The
Commission therefore, among other
things, seeks to revise its documentation
retention requirements and establish
minimum service standards for any
provider that receives a Lifeline
subsidy. It also seeks to focus its efforts
on targeting funding to those low-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
income consumers who really need it
while at the same time shifting the
burden of determining consumer
eligibility for Lifeline support from the
provider. The Commission further seeks
to leverage efficiencies from other
existing federal programs and expand its
outreach efforts. By rebuilding the
existing Lifeline framework, the
Commission hopes to more efficiently
and effectively address the needs of
low-income consumers. It ultimately
seeks to equip low-income consumers
with the necessary tools and support
system to realize the benefits of
broadband independent of Lifeline
support.
5. Three years ago, the Commission
took important steps to reform the
Lifeline program. The reforms, adopted
in the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order,
focused on changes to eliminate waste,
fraud, and abuse in the Lifeline program
by, among other things: Setting a
savings target; creating a National
Lifeline Accountability Database
(NLAD) to prevent multiple carriers
from receiving support for the same
household; and confirming a one-perhousehold rule applicable to all
consumers and Lifeline providers in the
program. It also took preliminary steps
to modernize the Lifeline program by,
among other things: Adopting express
goals for the program; establishing a
Broadband Adoption Pilot Program; and
allowing Lifeline support for bundled
service plans combining voice and
broadband or packages including
optional calling features. Now, 30 years
after the Lifeline program was founded,
the Commission believes it is past time
for a fundamental, comprehensive
restructuring of the program.
6. In the Second FNPRM, the
Commission seeks to rebuild the current
framework of the Lifeline program and
continue its efforts to modernize the
Lifeline program so that all consumers
can utilize advanced networks. The
Commission is joined in this effort by
the many stakeholders who have
suggested that further programmatic
changes are necessary. The Commission
also takes steps to promote
accountability and transparency for both
low-income consumers and the public
at-large, and modernize the program.
The Commission’s efforts in the Second
FNPRM are consistent with the
Commission’s ongoing commitment to
monitor, re-examine, reform, and
modernize all components of the Fund
to increase accountability and
efficiency, while supporting broadband
deployment and adoption across the
Nation.
7. In the Second FNPRM, the
Commission proposes and seeks public
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42671
input on new and additional solutions
for the Lifeline program, including
reforms that would bring the program
closer to its core purpose and promote
the availability of modern services for
low-income families. The Second
FNPRM is organized into five sections
and, within those sections, the
Commission addresses various issues:
• In Section A, the Commission
proposes to modernize the Lifeline
program to extract the most value for
consumers and the USF. First, it seeks
comment on establishing minimum
service levels for both broadband and
voice service under the Lifeline program
to ensure low-income consumers
receive ‘‘reasonably comparable’’
service per Congress’s directive in
section 254(b) and proposes to retain the
current subsidy to do so. Second, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
to set a budget for the program. Third,
it seeks comment on a transition period
to implement these reforms. Fourth, it
seeks comment on the legal authority to
support the inclusion of broadband into
the Lifeline program.
• In Section B, the Commission
proposes various ways to further reduce
any incentive for waste, fraud, and
abuse by having a third-party determine
whether a consumer is eligible for
Lifeline, and, in doing so, also
streamline the eligibility process. First,
it seeks comment on establishing a
national verifier to make eligibility
determinations and perform other
functions related to the Lifeline
program. Second, it seeks comment on
leveraging efficiencies from other
federal benefit programs and state
agencies that determine eligibility, and
work with such programs and agencies
to educate consumers and potentially
enroll them in the Lifeline program.
Third, it seeks comment on whether a
third-party entity can directly transfer
Lifeline benefits to individual
consumers. Fourth, it seeks comment on
changing the programs through which
consumers qualify for Lifeline to ensure
that those consumers most in need can
receive support. Fifth, it seeks comment
on putting in place standards for
eligibility documentation and state
eligibility databases.
• In Section C, the Commission
proposes ways to increase competition
and innovation in the Lifeline
marketplace. First, it seeks comment on
ways to promote competition among
Lifeline providers by streamlining the
eligible telecommunications carrier
(ETC) designation process. Second, it
seeks comment on whether to permit
Lifeline providers to opt-out of
providing Lifeline supported service in
certain circumstances. Third, it seeks
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42672
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
comment on other ways to increase
participation in the Lifeline program.
Fourth, it seeks comment on ways to
encourage states to increase state
Lifeline contributions. Fifth, it seeks
comment on how to best utilize licensed
and unlicensed spectrum bands to
provide broadband service to lowincome consumers. Sixth, as an
alternative to streamlining the
Commission’s current ETC designation
process, it seeks comment on creating a
new designation process for
participation in Lifeline.
• In Section D, the Commission
proposes measures to enhance Lifeline
service and update the Lifeline rules to
enhance consumer protections and
reflect the manner in which consumers
currently use Lifeline service. First, it
seeks comment on amending its rules to
treat the sending of text messages as
usage of Lifeline service and, thus,
grants in part a petition filed by
TracFone Wireless, Inc. (TracFone).
Second, it proposes to adopt procedures
to allow subscribers to de-enroll from
Lifeline upon request. Third, it seeks
comment on ways to increase Lifeline
provider participation in Wireless
Emergency Alerts (WEA).
• In Section E, the Commission
proposes a number of ways to increase
the efficient administration of the
Lifeline program by, among other
things, seeking comment on: Changing
Tribal enhanced support; enhancing the
requirements for electronic signatures;
using subscriber data in the NLAD to
calculate Lifeline provider support; and
rules to minimize disruption to Lifeline
subscribers upon the transfer of control
of Lifeline providers.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
II. Second Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
8. In the Second FNRPM, the
Commission proposes to modernize and
restructure the Lifeline program. First, it
proposes to establish minimum service
levels for voice and broadband Lifeline
service to ensure value for our USF
dollars and more robust services for
low-income Americans consistent with
the Commission’s obligations in section
254. Second, it seeks to reset the
Lifeline eligibility rules. Third, to
encourage increased competition and
innovation in the Lifeline market, it
seeks comment on ensuring the
effectiveness of its administrative rules
while also ensuring that they are not
unnecessarily burdensome. Fourth, the
Commission examines ways to enhance
consumer protection. Finally, it seeks
comment on other ways to improve
administration and ensure efficiency
and accountability in the program.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
A. The Establishment of Minimum
Service Standards
9. The 2012 Lifeline Reform Order
established clear goals to enable the
Commission to determine whether
Lifeline is being used for its intended
purpose. Specifically the Commission
committed itself to: (1) Ensuring the
availability of voice service for lowincome Americans; (2) ensuring the
availability of broadband service for
low-income Americans; and (3)
minimizing the contribution burden on
consumers and businesses. In an effort
to further these goals and extract the
most value possible from the Lifeline
subsidy, the Commission proposes to
establish minimum service levels for all
Lifeline service offerings to ensure the
availability of robust services for lowincome consumers. The service
standards the Commission proposes to
adopt may require low-income
consumers to contribute personal funds
for such robust service. The
Commission seeks comment on these
proposals.
1. Minimum Service Standards for
Voice
10. While consumers increasingly are
migrating to data, voice
communications remain essential to
daily living and may literally provide a
lifeline to 911 and health care providers.
Despite years of participation by
multiple providers offering voice service
in competition with one another, we do
not see meaningful improvements in the
available offerings. It has been over
three years since the 2012 Lifeline
Reform Order and the standard Lifeline
market offering for prepaid wireless
service has remained largely unchanged
at 250 minutes at no cost to the
recipient. Unlike competitive offerings
for non-Lifeline customers, minutes and
service plans for Lifeline customers
have largely been stagnant. The fact that
service levels have not increased over
time may also suggest that the current
program is not structured to drive
sufficient competition. The Commission
therefore believes it is necessary to
establish minimum voice standards to
ensure maximum value for each dollar
of universal service and that consumers
receive reasonable comparable service,
and seeks comment on this analysis.
2. Minimum Service Standards for
Broadband
11. The ability to use and participate
in the economy increasingly requires
broadband for education, health care,
public safety, and for persons with
disabilities to communicate on par with
their peers. As the Commission ensures
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that Lifeline is restructured for the 21st
Century, it wants to ensure that any
Lifeline offering is sufficient for
consumers to participate in the
economy.
12. Education. As the Commission
recognized in the E-rate (more formally
known as the schools and libraries
universal service support program)
modernization proceeding, ‘‘schools and
libraries require high-capacity
broadband connections to take
advantage of digital learning
technologies that hold the promise of
substantially improving educational
experiences and expanding opportunity
for students, teachers, parents and
whole communities.’’ Within schools,
‘‘high-capacity broadband connectivity
. . . is transforming learning by
providing customized teaching
opportunities, giving students and
teachers access to interactive content,
and offering assessments and analytics
that provide students, their teachers,
and their parents, real-time information
about student performance.’’
Modernizing the E-rate Program for
Schools and Libraries, WC Docket No.
13–184, Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,
28 FCC Rcd 11304, 11305, para. 1
(2013). However, the need for
connectivity for educational purposes
does not necessarily stop at the end of
the school day. Teachers often assign
work to their students that requires
broadband connectivity outside of
school hours to more efficiently and
effectively complete the assignment or
project. Homework assignments
requiring access to the Internet allow
teachers and students to work outside
the bounds of paper and pencil—
students can be assigned additional and
individualized problems and concepts
to practice specific skills through
interactive learning environments that
provide students instant feedback. Many
homework assignments also require
students to integrate technology when
creating their own content, such as
developing reports, designing
PowerPoint presentations, or
manipulating data. Online assignments
and assessments also provide for
immediate feedback from instructors,
thus allowing teachers to better direct
their focus when teaching and assessing
individual student needs. Students who
lack broadband access outside of the
classroom find it difficult and
sometimes impossible to complete their
homework assignments and to broadly
explore the subjects they are learning in
school. As a result, lack of Internet
access can lead to reduced academic
preparedness and decreased academic
performance and classroom engagement
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
in school. Lack of Internet access also
puts some students at a competitive
disadvantage with respect to their peers,
and limits their educational horizons.
As a result, student access to the
Internet has become a necessity, not a
luxury.
13. Unfortunately, many low-income
students do not have access to the
Internet at home. Computer ownership
and Internet use strongly correlate with
a household’s income. The higher a
household’s income, the more likely it
is for that household to subscribe to
broadband service. In 2013, about 95
percent of the households with incomes
of $150,000 or more reported connecting
to the Internet, compared to about 48
percent of the households making less
than $25,000. There are approximately
29 million American households with
school-age children (ages 6 to 17).
Approximately 31 percent of those
American households with incomes
below $50,000 do not have a high-speed
connection at home. Thus, while lowincome students may be connected to
the Internet while at school, they
become digitally disconnected
immediately upon exiting the school
building. As noted in the National
Broadband Plan, ‘‘[o]nline educational
systems are rapidly taking learning
outside the classroom, creating a
potential situation where students with
access to broadband at home will have
an even greater advantage over those
students who can only access these
resources at their public schools and
libraries.’’ This lack of access to
technology and broadband in lowincome households has created a
‘‘homework gap’’ between low-income
students and the rest of the student
population.
14. The ‘‘homework gap’’ puts lowincome students at a disadvantage. ‘‘If
you are a student in a household
without broadband, just getting
homework done is hard, and applying
for a scholarship is challenging.’’ Many
students who do not have access to the
Internet at home head to the library after
school and on weekends in order to
utilize the library’s broadband service to
complete assigned homework. However,
library hours are limited and even when
they are open, they may not be able to
fully accommodate the needs of their
users. Thus, in many communities, after
the library and the computer labs close
for the night, there is often only one
place for students to go without Internet
access at home—the local McDonald’s.
Some schools have attempted to extend
the school day to help students with
their homework or partner with afterschool programs to ensure that students
have the ability and resources needed to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
complete their assignments, but not all
can do so. Moreover, after school
programs cannot provide students with
the same kind of flexibility and
opportunity to access the Internet as
those students who do have home
access. As technology continues to
evolve and teachers continue to
integrate technology into their teaching
by supplementing their in-class projects
and instruction with projects and
assignments necessitating Internet
access, the ‘‘homework gap’’
presumably will widen as many
students in low-income households,
with a lack of home Internet access,
struggle to complete assigned homework
and projects.
15. Various successful initiatives have
been improving broadband access to
underserved groups, some of which
contain low-income student
populations. For example, Mobile
Beacon’s Internet Inclusion Initiative, in
partnership with EveryoneOn, provides
students who do not have Internet
access at home with unlimited 4G
access and low-cost computers in order
to put them on the path to digital
opportunity and learning. Comcast’s
Internet Essentials program provides
qualifying low-income households with
affordable access to high-speed service
from their homes. Additionally, in
conjunction with the Knight
Foundation, The New York Public
Library (NYPL) has implemented a pilot
program to expand its efforts to bridge
the digital divide by allowing the public
to borrow portable Wi-Fi hotspot
devices for up to one year (students can
borrow the devices for the school year).
The NYPL hopes to eventually provide
10,000 hotspots to people involved in
their education programs. The Chicago
Public Library (CPL) also has
implemented a pilot program to provide
members of underserved communities
in three locations access to both
portable WiFi and laptop computers.
During the course of the two year pilot
program, CPL plans to make 300–500
MiFi hotspots available in several
library locations in areas with less than
50 percent broadband adoption rates.
While these initiatives are working
toward closing the ‘‘digital divide’’ and
expanding broadband access to
underserved populations, including
low-income students, none of these
initiatives provide for a comprehensive,
nationwide solution addressing the
‘‘homework gap’’ issue.
16. Building upon the Commission’s
recent modernization of the E-rate
program, where the Commission, among
other things, took major steps to close
the WiFi gap within schools and
libraries, the Commission recognizes the
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42673
valuable role that the Lifeline program
can play beyond the school day in the
lives of elementary and secondaryschool students living in low-income
households. Lifeline can help to extend
broadband access beyond the school
walls and the school day to ensure that
low-income students do not become
digitally disconnected once they leave
the school building. Lifeline can help to
ensure that low-income students have
access to the resources needed to
complete their research and homework
assignments, and compete in the digital
age. The Commission thus seeks
comments on how the Lifeline program
can address the ‘‘homework gap’’
issue—the gap between those
households with school-age children
with home broadband access to
complete their school assignments and
those low-income households with
school-age children without home
broadband access. The Commission
recognizes that no one program or entity
can solve this problem on its own and
what is needed is many different
organizations, vendors, and
communities working together to
address this problem. The Commission
therefore seeks creative solutions to
addressing this gap so that eligible lowincome students are provided with
affordable, reliable, and quality
broadband services in order to
effectively complete their homework,
and have the same opportunity as their
classmates to reach their full potential
and feel like they are part of the
academic conversation.
17. Participation in Lifeline by eligible
households with school children.
Recognizing that when the Lifeline
program provides support for broadband
services, it will play an important role
in closing the ‘‘homework gap’’ by
helping children in low income families
obtain the educational advantage
associated with having home broadband
service, the Commission seeks comment
on how best to ensure that low income
households that include school children
are aware of and have the opportunity
to participate in a broadband-focused
Lifeline program. As an initial matter,
the Commission seeks comments on
how best to identify such households.
18. The Commission first seeks
comments on data it can use from the
schools and libraries universal service
support program (the E-rate program) to
assist its efforts. Currently, school
districts use student eligibility for free
and reduced school lunches through the
National School Lunch Program (NSLP)
or an alternative discount mechanism as
a proxy for poverty when calculating
discounts on eligible services received
under the E-rate program. Thus, when
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
42674
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
requesting services under the E-rate
program, a school district provides the
total number of students in the school
district eligible for NSLP and the
calculated discount rate. How might the
Commission use this information to
ensure that Lifeline eligible households
with school children are aware of the
opportunity provided by the Lifeline
program? How does the fact that E-rate
discount levels are based on the
percentage of children eligible for both
free and reduced school lunches impact
the usefulness of E-rate data for
identifying households that are eligible
for Lifeline support which is limited to
lower-income households?
19. The Commission seeks comments
on sources of data that would be useful
for identifying Lifeline eligible
households with school-age children.
Eligibility for free school lunches
through the NSLP is already one way to
demonstrate eligibility for the Lifeline
program. Schools and school districts
collect NSLP eligibility information, but
they are already burdened with
numerous administrative
responsibilities and the introduction of
other tasks may cause additional
administrative burdens. In addition,
more and more school districts have
moved towards the community
eligibility option in the NSLP program,
which saves them from collecting
individual NSLP eligibility data. How
will the movement away from
individual NSLP data collection affect
the Commission’s ability to identify
Lifeline eligible households with school
children? Are the state databases that
directly certify some students’ eligibility
to participate in NSLP a possible source
of information that could help the
Commission identify Lifeline eligible
households with school children? Are
there other non-burdensome methods to
identify Lifeline eligible households
with students and make sure that those
households with school children are
aware of the opportunity to receive
Lifeline support?
20. The Commission also seeks
comments on how it can incentivize
Lifeline providers to reach out to those
households with school children to
provide Lifeline supported services.
Commenters should indicate what, if
any, practical or administrative
implications there may be to utilizing
existing data provided to USAC under
the E-rate program for this purpose. Are
there other ways to use the E-rate
program and the data the Commission
already collects to address the
‘‘homework gap’’?
21. Health Care. Congress directed the
Commission to consider the extent to
which ‘‘supported’’ services are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
‘‘essential to . . . public health.’’ Health
care is a necessity that can represent a
considerable barrier to low-income
consumers due to the time and resource
burdens it often presents to patients.
However, when patients utilize
broadband in the interest of their
personal health, it not only improves
their own lifestyles, but also reduces
health care-related costs for both the
patient and the health care providers.
Reduction in health care related costs
represents a significant benefit for all
consumers, but particularly for lowincome consumers, who too often must
make difficult decisions when deciding
how and where to spend the limited
money they have. For example,
telehealth, the ability to connect with
health care professionals remotely via
broadband, has significant potential to
enrich a patient’s life by reducing the
need for frequent visits to the doctor
and by utilizing e-visits and remote
telemetry monitoring. The Veterans
Administration conducted a study of
over 17,000 patients with chronic
conditions, and found that by using
telehealth applications, bed days of care
were reduced by 25 percent and
hospital admissions were reduced by 19
percent. Even when a patient does not
directly interact with a health care
professional, health care software
accessed through broadband can also
provide significant benefits to patients.
Research has shown that those with a
lower socioeconomic status are more
prone to develop type 2 diabetes. But a
study of type 2 diabetes patients
concluded that utilization of software
loaded onto broadband-capable mobile
phones that provided mobile coaching
in combination with blood glucose data,
changes in lifestyle behaviors, and
patient self-management substantially
reduced negative symptoms of type 2
diabetes. Access to broadband can lead
to better health care outcomes. The
Commission seeks comment on
additional broadband health care related
initiatives that can significantly improve
the health outcomes for low-income
consumers.
22. Individuals with Disabilities.
Broadband adds significant benefit to
the daily lives of those with disabilities
through ‘‘access to a . . . universe of
products, applications, and services that
enhance lives, save money, facilitate
innovation, and bolster health and wellbeing.’’ See Letter from Douglas Orvis II,
Counsel, Telecommunications for the
Deaf and Hard of Hearing, Inc., to
Marlene H. Dortch, Secretary, FCC, WC
Docket No. 11–42, at 1–2 (filed June 10,
2015) (TDI June 10, 2015 Letter). U.S.
Chamber of Commerce, The Impact of
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Broadband on People with Disabilities
at 2 (Dec. 2009). https://
www.onecommunity.org/wp-content/
uploads/2010/01/BroadbandandPeople
withDisabilities.pdf (last visited May 26,
2015) (The Impact of Broadband on
People with Disabilities). For example,
broadband provides the ability to
facilitate societal interaction and
communications through email, instant
messaging, and real-time video
conferencing through services like
Skype. In fact, individuals who are deaf
or hard of hearing rely on video relay
service (VRS) to the same extent that
other consumers rely on voice service;
therefore, broadband must be
sufficiently robust to meet this need.
Living with a disability often coincides
with a lower socioeconomic status
because of the limited ability to work,
but broadband ‘‘provides employment
opportunities by enabling
telecommuting and encourages
entrepreneurship by providing a robust
platform for conveniently launching and
managing a home business[.]’’ See The
Impact of Broadband on People with
Disabilities at 2. In addition, broadband
significantly ‘‘[e]nhances the number
and types of educational opportunities
available to people with disabilities by
enabling a [significant] universe of
distance learning applications.’’ See id.
The benefits of broadband to
individuals with disabilities are
countless, as broadband is a ‘‘flexible
and adaptable tool’’ that can be used ‘‘to
deliver affordable, convenient, and
effective services,’’ and enable a ‘‘range
of social, economic, and health-related
benefits.’’ See id. at 1; See TDI June 10,
2015 Letter at 1–3. Due to the limiting
nature of many physical and intellectual
disabilities, broadband may be further
out of reach for individuals with
disabilities than the average consumer.
The Commission seeks comment on
how to ensure the benefits of broadband
reach low-income individuals with
disabilities. For example, are there
unique outreach efforts or eligibility
initiatives targeted towards individuals
with disabilities that ensure the benefits
of broadband are utilized by this
community? Additionally, the
Commission seeks comment on any data
showing the use, benefits, and
penetration of broadband for
individuals with disabilities so that the
Commission may identify trends across
different types of communities and
regions, particularly those that serve
individuals with disabilities.
23. Public Safety. Congress directs the
Commission to consider the extent to
which ‘‘supported’’ services are
‘‘essential to . . . public safety,’’ and the
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
National Broadband Plan enumerated
several benefits that broadband
technologies provide to a cutting-edge
public safety communications network.
As the Plan observed, broadband ‘‘can
help public safety personnel prevent
emergencies and respond swiftly when
they occur,’’ and ‘‘can also provide the
public with new ways of calling for help
and receiving emergency information.’’
The transition to Next Generation 911
(NG911) networks based on broadband
technology holds the potential to
improve access to 911 through services
such as text-to-911, while providing
public safety answering points (PSAPs)
with more flexible and resilient options
for routing 911 calls. In an NG911
environment, IP-based devices and
applications will provide consumers
with the ability to transmit and receive
photos, video, text messages, and realtime telemetry information with first
responders and other public-safety
professionals. Broadband also ensures
that consumers are notified of
emergencies and disasters through
advanced emergency alerts on a variety
of platforms, including geographicallytargeted Wireless Emergency Alerts
warning wireless subscribers of
imminent threats to safety in their area.
Yet, for these services to be available
when they are needed most, they must
also be reliable and resilient, and must
provide sufficient privacy and security
for consumers to have confidence in
their everyday use. Therefore, it is
essential that all consumers, including
low-income consumers, have access to
broadband-capable devices that provide
the ability to send and receive critical
information, as well as broadband
service with sufficient capacity,
security, and reliability to be
dependable in times of need. Through
the Lifeline program, the Commission
seeks to ensure that low-income
consumers have access to critical
broadband public safety
communications during an emergency,
and service levels comparable to those
offered to other residential subscribers.
The Commission emphasizes that
providers must ensure that all Lifeline
service offerings continue to be
compliant with all applicable 911
requirements. The Commission seeks
comments on the utilization of
broadband by low-income consumers to
receive public safety alerts and connect
with public safety professionals.
24. Low-Income Broadband Pilot
Program. In 2012, the Commission
launched a pilot program to collect data
on what policies might overcome the
key broadband adoption barriers—cost,
relevance, and digital literacy—for low-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
income consumers and how the Lifeline
program could best be structured to
provide support for broadband. Each
pilot project provided support for
broadband service to qualifying lowincome consumers for 12 months. In
selecting the pilot projects, Commission
staff struck a balance between allowing
providers enough flexibility in the
design of the pilots and ensuring the
structure of each project would result in
data that would be statistically and
economically relevant. On the one hand,
the 14 pilot projects shared a set of
common elements that reflect the
current model of the Lifeline program—
e.g., all relied on existing ETCs to
provide service, and the ETCs had to
confirm that individuals participating in
the pilot were eligible and qualified to
receive Lifeline benefits. On the other
hand, each project tested different
subsidy amounts, conditions to
receiving service, and different outreach
and marketing strategies. The result was
a highly diverse set of 14 funded pilot
projects that implemented different
strategies and provided a range of
services across varying geographies.
25. The Wireline Competition Bureau
(Bureau) prepared a report to assist the
Commission in considering reforms to
the Lifeline Program and released for
public review and consumption all of
the data reported by the participating
carriers. The Broadband Pilot Report
summarizes each of the 14 pilot projects
and the data collected during the course
of the projects. As shown from the data
summarized in the Broadband Pilot
Report, the pilot projects provide an
informative perspective on how various
policy tools can impact broadband
adoption by low-income consumers. For
example, patterns within the data
indicate that cost to consumers does
have an effect on adoption and which
service plans they choose. Given the
condition in the Pilot Program that
participation was limited to consumers
that had not subscribed to broadband
within the last 60 days, Commission
staff recognized that there was a risk of
low enrollment in each of the projects
relative to the initial provider
projections. As a result of this
limitation, providers had to market the
limited-time project offerings to
consumers that either could not afford
broadband service or, until that time,
did not understand the relevance of
broadband. The Commission seeks
comment on how this report and the
underlying data will provide guidance
to the Commission as it considers
reforms to the Lifeline program.
26. Current Offerings. In the wireline
market, some offerings specifically
target low-income consumers and
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42675
typically include a $10 per month
broadband product. Participation often
is limited to consumers who have not
had wireline broadband service from the
provider within a certain time period,
have no past due bills, and meet certain
income and other eligibility restrictions.
27. In the wireless market, direct-toconsumer broadband wireless plans are
limited for low-income consumers, and
generally require pricey top-ups for
minimal broadband. However, lowincome consumers are able to receive
discounted service on either a
smartphone plan or a mobile hotspot
plan through some innovative plans. For
about $10 per month, Mobile Beacon, a
nonprofit licensee of EBS, provides
mobile Internet to other nonprofit
institutions. The Commission notes
Mobile Beacon is not itself a direct-toconsumer wireless provider and
consumers must have a relationship
with a Mobile Beacon partner
institution to receive service. Kajeet
offers a similar service to schools, where
the school pays a single low monthly fee
for a hotspot, CIPA-compliant filtering
software and network management, and
4G wireless service. Schools provide the
devices to those students which they
identify as most in need of connectivity
at home.
3. Service Levels
28. The Commission proposes to
establish minimum service levels for
fixed and mobile voice and broadband
service that Lifeline providers must
offer to all Lifeline customers in order
to be eligible to receive Lifeline
reimbursement. The Commission also
seeks comment on minimum standards
for Tribal Lifeline, recognizing the
additional support may allow for greater
service offerings. The Commission
believes taking such action will extract
the maximum value for the program,
benefitting both the recipients as well as
the ratepayers who contribute to the
USF. It also removes the incentive for
providers to offer minimal, uninnovative services that benefit
providers, who continue to receive USF
support above their costs, more than
consumers. The Commission also
believes it is consistent with its
statutory directives. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
a. Standard for Setting Minimum
Service Levels
29. The Commission seeks comments
on how to establish minimum service
levels. The Commission looks first to
the statute for guidance. Congress
indicated that ‘‘[q]uality services should
be available at just, reasonable, and
affordable rates.’’ Specifically with
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42676
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
regard to low-income Americans,
Congress directed that they should have
‘‘access to telecommunications and
information services, including
interexchange services and advanced
telecommunications and information
services that are reasonably comparable
to those services provided in urban
areas.’’ Congress also stated that, in
defining supported services, the
Commission should consider the extent
to which such services ‘‘are essential to
education, public health, or public
safety’’; are ‘‘subscribed to by a
substantial majority of residential
customers’’; and are ‘‘consistent with
the public interest, convenience, and
necessity.’’ The Commission seeks
comment on how to develop minimum
standards based on these principles. In
particular, would it be appropriate to
develop an objective, data-based
methodology for establishing such
levels? Could the Commission establish
an objective standard that could be
updated on a regular basis? The
Commission also seeks comment on
minimum service levels for Tribal
Lifeline. Given the higher monthly
subsidy, the Commission expects more
robust service and seeks comment on
how to do so. The Commission seeks
comment on these or other approaches.
30. Given that the Lifeline program is
specifically targeted at affordability, the
Commission seeks comment on how to
ensure that the minimum service levels
it proposes to adopt result in services
that are affordable to low-income
Americans. How should the
Commission establish minimum service
levels that result in affordable but
‘‘reasonably comparable’’ offerings?
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
b. Ensuring ‘‘Reasonably Comparable’’
Service for Voice and Broadband
31. The Commission next seeks
comment on how minimum service
standards based on statutory universal
service principles could be applied to
various Lifeline offerings to produce
different service levels. The
Commission seeks comments on
whether and how service levels would
vary between fixed and mobile
broadband service. In addition, the
Commission proposes to require
providers to offer data-only broadband
to Lifeline customers to ensure
affordability of the service. In addition
to the comment the Commission solicits
below, the Commission seeks explicit
comment from the states on its proposed
course of action. As the Commission’s
partners in implementation and
administration of the Lifeline program,
any views or quantifiable data
specifically from a state perspective
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
would be invaluable to the Commission
as it moves forward with these reforms.
32. Voice-Only Service. Some
consumers may prefer to use their
Lifeline discount for a voice-only
service, and the Commission seeks
comment on how to require providers to
continue offering affordable stand-alone
voice service to provide consumers’
access to critical employment, health
care, public safety, or educational
opportunities. The Commission seeks
comments on how requiring providers
to offer stand-alone voice service affects
providers’ business models and
affordability to the consumer.
33. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order,
the Commission established the
program goal of ensuring the availability
of quality voice service for low-income
consumers. Given the relatively stagnant
Lifeline market offerings, the
Commission believes that it is
appropriate to establish minimum
service levels for voice-only service. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
to establish a standard for mobile and/
or fixed voice-only service based on
objective data. What usage levels would
result from these options? Since the cost
of providing voice service has declined
drastically, should the Commission
require mobile providers to offer
unlimited talk and text to Lifeline
consumers to maximize the benefit of
the Lifeline subsidy? What other
approaches should the Commission
consider?
34. The 17th Mobile Competition
Report, (DA 14–1862, released
December 18, 2014) found that
consumers average between 690 and 746
minutes per month, depending on the
type of device they use. And according
to Nielsen, the average monthly
minutes-of-use for a postpaid consumer
is 644. These figures suggest that a
typical wireless voice consumer uses
two-to-three times the amount of voice
service offered on a standard plan by
typical Lifeline wireless resellers and
suggests that low-income consumers do
not have comparable offerings.
However, in California, where Lifeline
consumers and providers benefit from
an additional state subsidy, consumers
may elect plans in progressively
increasing tiers of minutes in exchange
for providers receiving progressively
larger combined state and federal
subsidies. The Commission seeks
comments on whether the Commission
should adopt a similar framework The
Commission also seeks comment on
voice and text plans and whether it
should use average usage as a baseline
for minimum service. The Commission
seeks comments on whether it should
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
require unlimited talk and text for voice
service.
35. The Commission seeks comments
on how to ensure fixed voice service
provides ‘‘reasonably comparable’’
service that is affordable for low-income
consumers. Is there a price to the lowincome consumer above which voice
telephony service is no longer
affordable?
36. A key component of ensuring
service remains affordable to the enduser is ensuring Lifeline providers
utilize universal service funds
consistent with their intended purpose.
The Commission seeks comment on
whether Lifeline providers are currently
passing on reductions in their costs to
end-users. Specifically with respect to
mobile voice service, the level of
Lifeline service has not appreciably
increased recently, while the cost per
minute to wireless resellers has
declined to less than two cents on the
wholesale market. The per-minute cost
for facilities-based providers is likely
lower still. When the declines in costs
are coupled with the average minutes of
use and stagnant Lifeline service levels,
it appears that Lifeline ETCs are not
offering consumers ‘‘innovative and
sufficient service plans’’ or passing on
their greater efficiencies to consumers.
The Commission seeks comment on
these conclusions. Further, it notes that
the Commission’s rules state that federal
universal service support should be
used only for the provision,
maintenance, and upgrading of facilities
and services for which the support is
intended.
37. Fixed Broadband Service. Next,
the Commission seeks comments on the
application of minimum service
standards to fixed broadband offerings.
Unlike mobile technologies, the
prevailing benchmark for fixed
broadband is the speed of the service. In
addition to speed, the Commission
needs to ensure that capacity is
sufficient. The Commission seeks
comments on whether the Commission
should define an objective standard for
fixed service by looking at what kinds
of services are typically offered or
subscribed to ‘‘in urban areas’’ or by a
substantial majority of Americans.
Could the Commission establish an
objective standard that could be
updated on a regular basis simply by
examining new data about fixed
broadband service? In the alternative,
should the Commission look to the
standard, as well as capacity and
latency requirements, adopted in the
Connect America Fund proceeding to
determine the appropriate level of
service? The Commission seeks
comments on how to address data caps
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
and if it needs to set a minimum level
of capacity for fixed broadband service.
Should the Commission consider setting
any minimum standards based on the
FCC Form 477 data, which is based on
what most residential consumers
subscribe to? What other criteria should
the Commission use? Should providers
be required to make available any
offering that is at or above a minimum
speed to eligible low-income
consumers?
38. Mobile Broadband Service. The
Commission seeks comments on how to
apply minimum service standards to
mobile broadband offerings. It also seeks
comment on whether the Commission
should define an objective standard for
mobile broadband service by looking at
what kinds of services are typically
offered or subscribed to ‘‘in urban
areas’’ or by a substantial majority of
Americans. For example, in December
2014, an average American consumer
utilized roughly 1.8 GB of data across
both 3G and 4G networks. Should a
mobile minimum service standard be
tied to this average, or a similar metric?
Would it be more appropriate to set a
standard tied to a different level of
consumer usage? Should the
Commission consider setting any
minimum standards on criteria other
than data usage? Today, mobile Lifeline
providers may offer a specific service
just for Lifeline but providers do not
allow such customers to apply the
Lifeline discount to other service
offerings. Should providers be required
to make available any offering that is at
or above a minimum speed to eligible
low-income consumers?
39. The Commission notes that lowincome consumers that are more likely
to only have mobile broadband service,
likely due to affordability issues, may
rely on that service more heavily than
the majority of consumers who can
offload some of their usage onto their
residential fixed connection. The
Commission seeks comments on how, if
at all, this dynamic should affect its
choice of minimum service levels.
40. The Commission seeks comments
on how to ensure that this approach
results in services that are affordable to
low-income consumers. For example,
the Commission understands that
providers in the Lifeline market have
developed their businesses based on the
premise that Lifeline was a voice-only
market, including the distribution of
primarily voice-only handsets at a low
price point. Therefore, the Commission
seeks comment on whether it should
take into account the cost of wireless
Consumer Premises Equipment (CPE)
passed on to consumers by Lifeline
providers in determining whether a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
particular level of service is affordable.
The Commission seeks comments on
how these costs would influence
affordability of mobile broadband
service to low-income consumers.
41. Minimum Service for Tribal
Lifeline. Low-income consumers living
on Tribal lands may receive up to
$34.25 per month in a Lifeline discount.
Given the additional support, we expect
that more robust service will be offered
to consumers. The Commission seeks
comments on establishing minimum
levels of service for voice and
broadband for low-income residents
living on Tribal lands. The Commission
seeks comment on the appropriate
standards for mobile data as well as a
fixed broadband service. What metric
should be used and how should it
evolve over time? The Commission
notes that the Oklahoma Corporation
Commission (OCC) requires wireless
ETCs to provide a large number of
minutes each month to Lifeline
subscribers on Tribal lands, which is
significantly higher than what ETCs
typically offer to non-Tribal Lifeline
consumers. Are other states considering
similar minimum service levels on
Tribal lands? More generally, what is
the level of service provided to residents
of Tribal lands, and how does it
compare to consumers nationwide?
c. Updating Standards and Compliance
42. The Commission seeks comment
on how to set appropriate minimum
service levels that evolve with
technology and innovation, and how to
ensure compliance with those levels. A
comparison of subscription rates from
2011 to 2013 show a steady increase in
adoption for fixed wireline at 10/1 Mbps
level of service. The Commission
expects these increases in adoption will
continue because carriers will continue
to build out networks offering at least
10/1 Mbps service. At the same time,
the Commission has not seen a decline
in the utilization of wireline voice
service, but an increase in wireless
voice service. In light of this dynamic,
the Commission believes it needs a
mechanism to ensure that the minimum
service levels it proposes to adopt stay
relevant over time.
43. The Commission proposes to
delegate to the Wireline Competition
Bureau (Bureau) the responsibility for
establishing and regularly updating a
mechanism setting the minimum service
levels that are tied to objective, publicly
available data. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal. It also seeks
comment on how best to regularly
update service levels for both fixed and
wireless voice and broadband services
to ensure that Lifeline supports an
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42677
‘‘evolving level’’ of telecommunications
service.
44. Alternatively, it may be
appropriate to establish explicit
procedures by which to ensure those
minimum service levels are met and
maintained. In the high-cost program,
the Commission defined strict
broadband performance metrics, and the
Bureau recently sought comment on the
best mechanism to measure these
performance metrics. The Commission
seeks comment on whether it would be
reasonable to subject Lifeline providers
to similar broadband measurement
mechanisms.
45. The Commission also seeks
comments on how to monitor and
ensure compliance with any voice and
broadband minimum service levels.
Should this be part of an annual
certification by Lifeline providers?
Should offerings be part of any
application to become a Lifeline
provider? What information and records
should be retained for an audit or
review? Should consumer or other
credible complaints result in an audit or
review of a Lifeline provider
provisioning Lifeline service? Should
complaints to state/local regulatory
agencies, the Commission, and/or
public watchdog organizations trigger
audits? Are there other events that
should trigger an audit? Proposed audit
triggers should address both ensuring
that performance standards are met and
minimizing administrative costs.
d. Support Level
46. The Commission proposes to
retain the current, interim non-Tribal
Lifeline support amount that the
Commission adopted in the 2012
Lifeline Reform Order, but the
Commission seeks to extract more value
for low-income consumers from the
subsidy. When it set the interim rate,
the Commission sought comment on a
permanent support amount that would
best meet the Commission’s goals. The
Commission sought comment on a
number of issues associated with
establishing a permanent support
amount, but received limited comments.
Recently, GAO noted that the
Commission has not established a
permanent support amount. The
Commission tentatively concludes that
it should set a permanent support
amount of $9.25, and seeks comment on
this tentative conclusion. If the
Commission sets a minimum service
level where $9.25 is insufficient to cover
broadband service, would an end-user
charge be necessary? Since a central
goal of the Lifeline program is
affordability, how can the Commission
assure both a sufficient level of
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42678
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
broadband service while also ensuring
the service is affordable to the
consumer? The Commission seeks
comment on if or how bundles should
affect the support level.
47. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether the support
amount should be reduced for Lifeline
supported mobile voice-only service.
The cost of provisioning wireless voice
service has decreased significantly since
the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order.
Therefore, the Commission questions
whether it is necessary to support
mobile voice-only Lifeline service with
a $9.25 subsidy, and the Commission
seeks comments on the level of support
needed for mobile voice-only service.
The Commission also seeks comments
on whether a different level of support
would be appropriate for a voice and
broadband bundle. If so, what would be
appropriate?
48. Broadband Connection Charge
Reimbursement. The Commission seeks
comments on whether to provide a onetime reimbursement to Lifeline
consumers to cover any up-front
broadband connection charges for fixed
residential service. The costs associated
with connecting a low-income
consumer to fixed broadband exceed the
costs of connecting that same consumer
to mobile broadband service. For
example, the Commission finds that it is
more likely that a technician would
need to visit a location to connect the
consumer to broadband than would be
the case for mobile service, resulting in
an up-front charge. Such fees may serve
as a barrier for low-income consumers
to adopt broadband, particularly if
consumers pay an ongoing charge for
robust Lifeline supported broadband
service. The Commission also seeks
comments on how best to protect the
Fund from any waste, fraud, and abuse
if the Commission implements a onetime reimbursement for connection
charges. Additionally, the Commission
seeks comments on how to
appropriately set the level of the
broadband connection charge subsidy.
e. Managing Program Finances
49. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order,
the Commission adopted a number of
reforms designed to combat waste,
fraud, and abuse in the program. These
reforms have taken significant strides to
address concerns with the program,
including through the elimination of
duplicate support. In 2012, USAC
disbursed approximately $2.2 billion in
Lifeline support payments compared to
approximately $1.6 billion in Lifeline
support payments in 2014. The
Commission, in the 2012 Lifeline
Reform Order, also indicated that the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
reforms would put the Commission ‘‘in
a position to determine the appropriate
budget for Lifeline’’ after evaluating the
impact of the reforms.
50. Accordingly, in light of progress
made on these reforms, and consistent
with steps the Commission has taken to
control spending in other universal
service programs, the Commission seeks
comments on a budget for the Lifeline
program. The purpose of a budget is to
ensure that all of the Commission’s
goals are met as the Lifeline program
transitions to broadband, including
minimizing the contribution burden on
ratepayers, while allowing the
Commission to take account of the
unique nature and goals of the Lifeline
program. The Commission seeks
comment on this approach.
51. Adopting a budget for the Lifeline
program raises a number of important
implementation questions. For example,
what should the budget be? The
Commission expects that efforts to
reduce fraud, waste and abuse should
limit any increase in program
expenditures that may be associated
with the reforms to modernize the
program. What data would help ensure
Lifeline-supported voice and broadband
services are available to qualifying lowincome households and that also
minimizes the financial burden on all
consumers? Today, not every eligible
household participates in the Lifeline
program. Thus, if the Commission were
to adopt the current size of the Lifeline
program as a budget, it could foreclose
some eligible households from
participating in the program. And, there
is no data to suggest that the particular
size of Lifeline in a given year is the
right approach. Ultimately, the size of
the Lifeline program is limited by the
number of households living in poverty
and, as the Commission does better as
a society to bring households out of
poverty, the program should naturally
reduce in size.
52. Additionally, the Lifeline program
is a month-to-month program. The
Commission wants to avoid a situation
where the Commission would be forced
to suddenly halt support for individuals
that otherwise meet the eligibility
requirements. How can the Commission
monitor and forecast demand for the
program so that the Commission would
be in a position to address any possible
increases in advance of reaching the
budget, should that necessity arise? The
Commission seeks comment on these
and other implementation questions
that would be raised by a budget.
f. Transition
53. The Commission seeks comments
on whether any transition is necessary
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to implement the reforms described in
this section. If the Commission adopts
the proposal to eliminate the provider
from determining whether a consumer
is eligible for Lifeline, as discussed, the
Commission seeks comments in
particular on the appropriate transition
to ensure that the Lifeline program has
sufficient protections against waste,
fraud and abuse. For example, should
the Commission have a transition where
the providers continue determining
eligibility while the third-party process
is being established and, if so, how long
should there be an overlap to ensure
that the third-party process is working
as intended? For each of the possible
program changes discussed in this
document, the Commission seeks
comments on whether a transition is
necessary and, if so, how to structure
any such transition to minimize fraud
and protect the integrity of the program
while maximizing the value and
benefits to consumers.
54. The Commission also seeks to
minimize any hardships on consumers
affected by the proposed changes and
we also seek to alleviate complications
resulting from a transition on Lifeline
providers. The Commission seeks
comments on specific paths to transition
that would minimize the impact on both
consumers and Lifeline providers.
g. Legal Authority To Support Lifeline
Broadband Service
55. In order to establish minimum
service levels for both voice and
broadband service, the Commission
proposes to amend the Commission’s
rules to include broadband Internet
access service, defined consistent with
the Open Internet Order, 80 FR 19737,
April 13, 2015, as a supported service in
the Lifeline program. Section 254(c)
defines universal service as ‘‘an
evolving level of telecommunications
service.’’ Broadband Internet access
service is a ‘‘telecommunications
service,’’ therefore, including broadband
Internet access service as a supported
service for Lifeline purposes is
consistent with Congress’s principles for
universal service. Moreover, defining
broadband Internet access service as a
supported service is also consistent with
the criteria in section 254(c)(1)(A)
through (D). Should the Commission
amend §§ 54.101, 54.400, and 54.401 of
the Commission’s rules to include
broadband as a supported service? The
Commission seeks comments on these
views.
56. The Commission also seeks
comment on other ways to support
broadband within the Lifeline program.
For example, should the Commission
condition a Lifeline provider’s receipt of
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Lifeline support for voice service (a
supported telecommunications service)
on its offering of broadband Internet
access service? Could the Commission
provide the support for broadbandcapable networks, similar to what the
Commission did in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, 76 FR 78384,
December 8, 2011. For example, could
the Commission use a similar analysis
to conclude that providing Lifeline
support to facilities-based Lifeline
providers encourages the deployment of
broadband-capable networks, as does
stimulating the demand for wholesale
broadband services by providing
Lifeline support to non-facilities-based
Lifeline providers? Are there other
sources of authority that could allow the
Commission to adopt rules to provide
support for broadband Internet access
service in the Lifeline program? How
should the Commission view section
706 of the 1996 Act? The Commission
asks commenters to take federal
appropriations laws into account as they
offer their responses to these questions.
B. Third-Party Eligibility Determination
57. The Commission proposes to
remove the responsibility of conducting
the eligibility determination from the
Lifeline providers and seeks comment
on various ways to shift this
responsibility to a trusted third-party
and further reduce waste, fraud, and
abuse in the Lifeline program, and
leverage other programs serving the
same constituency to extract saving for
the Fund. By removing that decision
from the Lifeline provider, the
Commission removes one potential
source of waste, fraud, and abuse from
the program while also creating more
efficiencies overall in the program
administration. Doing so also brings
much-needed dignity to the program,
reduces administrative burdens on
providers, which should help to
facilitate greater provider participation
and competition for consumers. A
number of states have been proactive in
their efforts to bring further efficiencies
into the program by establishing state
eligibility databases or other means to
verify Lifeline eligibility. The
Commission commends these states for
working to make the program a prime
example of Federal/state partnership,
and seeks comment below on the best
ways to build off of these successful
efforts and extract benefits for Lifeline.
The Commission seeks comment on the
costs and benefits of each approach for
third-party eligibility including the
costs to providers, the universal service
fund, and the costs and timeframe to
transition to an alternative mechanism.
In particular, the Commission seeks
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
comment on leveraging eligibility and
oversight procedures that already exist
within other benefit programs rather
than recreating another mechanism just
for Lifeline. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether to provide eligible
consumers with a portable benefit,
provided by the third-party verifying
eligibility, which they could use with
any Lifeline provider. That approach
could facilitate consumer choice while
also reducing administrative burdens on
Lifeline providers. The Commission
seeks comment on these and other
options below.
1. National Lifeline Eligibility Verifier
58. In this section, the Commission
seeks comment on whether the
Commission should establish a national
Lifeline eligibility verifier (national
verifier) to make eligibility
determinations and perform other
functions related to the Lifeline
program. A national verifier would
review consumer eligibility
documentation to verify Lifeline
eligibility, and where feasible, interface
with state eligibility databases to verify
Lifeline eligibility. A national verifier
could operate in a manner similar to the
systems some states have already
implemented. For example, California
has chosen to place the duty of verifying
Lifeline eligibility in the hands of a
third-party administrator. In California,
the state’s third-party administrator
examines documentary proof of
eligibility and verifies that the
prospective subscriber has executed a
proper Lifeline certification. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
such an approach could be adopted on
a national scale and the costs and
timeframe to do so. Because a number
of states have already implemented
Lifeline eligibility verification systems,
the Commission seeks comment and
quantifiable data from the states to
enrich its understanding of how such
systems function when implemented.
As the Commission’s partners in
administering the Lifeline program, the
states can provide a unique perspective
on these issues that may be overlooked
elsewhere. The Commission welcomes
and solicits comment from the states on
the issues of Lifeline eligibility
verification discussed below.
59. Core Functions of a National
Verifier. The Commission proposes that
a national verifier would, at a minimum,
review consumers’ proof of eligibility
and certification forms, and be
responsible for determining prospective
subscribers’ eligibility. The Commission
seeks comment on the scope of this core
function and other potential
responsibilities associated with
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42679
determining eligibility that the
administrator could undertake.
Consistent with the responsibilities of
Lifeline providers to protect Lifeline
applicants’ personal information from
misappropriation, breach, and unlawful
disclosure, it also seeks comment on
reasonable data security practices that
should be adopted by a national verifier
and whether a national verifier should
notify consumers if their information
has been compromised.
60. Interfacing with Subscribers and
Providers. The Commission seeks
comments on whether consumers
should be permitted to directly interface
with a national verifier, or whether only
providers should be permitted to do so.
If consumers are permitted to interface
with a national verifier, they could
compile and submit all required Lifeline
eligibility documentation and obtain
approval for Lifeline prior to contacting
a provider for service. However, many
consumers are likely unfamiliar with
many of the Lifeline application
documents and program requirements.
Therefore, should interaction with a
national verifier be limited to providers
for reasons of efficiency and expertise?
If interaction is limited to providers,
how could information be collected and
compiled in a manner that reduces
administrative burdens on providers
and maintains consumer privacy and
dignity?
61. If subscribers are not able to
directly interface with a national verifier
to apply for a Lifeline benefit, are there
other ways a national verifier could
interact with consumers? For example,
California has established a call center
to answer consumers’ questions about
the Lifeline application process. Are
there other similar customer service
functions the national verifier should
implement as part of its responsibilities?
Should the Commission establish a
process so that a potential subscriber
contacts the national verifier to learn
about the service and the providers that
serve the subscriber’s area? Are there
any lessons that providers have learned
from the implementation of, and their
interaction with the NLAD?
62. Processing Applications. Next, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
a provider should be permitted to
provision service to a consumer prior to
verification of eligibility by a national
verifier. Currently, providers are
required to evaluate and verify a
prospective subscriber’s eligibility prior
to activating a Lifeline service. Under
any implementation of a national
verifier, where the verifier must review
eligibility documentation, there will be
a delay between a national verifier
receiving documentation and the time a
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
42680
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
national verifier makes an eligibility
determination. For example, in
California, several days can pass
between the time the Lifeline
application and supporting
documentation is received by the state’s
third-party verifier and when the
consumer is approved for Lifeline.
Would a similar, multi-day approval
process on the national level negatively
impact consumers? If so, does the
benefit of reduced waste, fraud, and
abuse in the program outweigh any
harms a delay may cause? What
additional costs would shortening the
review process incur?
63. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it should
implement a pre-approval process. To
mitigate the effects of the delay from the
time the consumer submits a Lifeline
application and supporting
documentation and an eligibility
determination, California put a ‘‘preapproval’’ process in place. It is the
Commission’s understanding that, in
California, the pre-approval occurs
subsequent to a duplicates check and ID
verification, but before the third-party
administrator performs a full review of
the consumer’s documentation for
eligibility and occurs in a matter of
minutes. The Commission seeks
comment on whether we should
implement a similar pre-approval
process for the national verifier. Would
pre-approval increase the chances for
waste, fraud, and abuse in the program?
64. The Commission notes that delay
of several hours or even days can occur
during the period between when the
subscriber seeks to obtain Lifeline
service from a provider and
subsequently provides a completed
application and supporting
documentation to the third-party entity.
What assistance, if any, should
providers or a national verifier give to
the subscriber in completing a Lifeline
application and compiling supporting
eligibility documentation to shorten the
eligibility verification process? For
example, should verifier staff walk
applicants through the enrollment
process? Would permitting the national
verifier to enroll subscribers directly
without the subscriber having to apply
through the provider shorten this
period?
65. The Commission also seeks
comment on how providers and/or
consumers should transmit and receive
Lifeline applications and proof
documentation with a national verifier.
Should consumers be required to submit
their Lifeline applications and proof
documentation through a provider who
ultimately sends the documentation to a
national verifier, or could consumers
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
submit their documentation directly to
a national verifier? For example, should
the Commission permit consumers to
directly submit their Lifeline
application and supporting eligibility
documentation to a national verifier via
U.S. Postal Service, fax, email, or
Internet upload? If consumers are not
permitted to submit documentation on
their own, how should providers submit
consumer eligibility documentation to a
national verifier? Are some forms of
submission better than others in terms
of ensuring an expedited response?
What are the data privacy and security
advantages and disadvantages of each
approach, and how can any risk of
unauthorized disclosure of personal
information be mitigated? The
Commission seeks comment on any
other submission methods that may
benefit consumers, providers, and a
national verifier.
66. Interacting with State Databases.
In this section the Commission seeks
comment on the scope of a national
verifier’s operations and how or
whether it should interact with states
that have already put in place state
eligibility databases and/or processes to
check documentary proof of eligibility.
The Commission is pleased and
encouraged with the fact that several
states already have in place eligibility
databases and/or processes to check
documentary proof of eligibility.
67. While many states have made
significant strides in verifying Lifeline
eligibility, some states’ processes are
limited in that they only verify
eligibility against some, but not all,
Lifeline qualifying programs. The
Commission seeks comment on how
these states should interact with a
national verifier. How would a possible
change in the number of qualifying
programs, as discussed below, affect this
analysis? The Commission also seeks
comment on interim steps that could be
taken to leverage state databases to
confirm eligibility as the Commission
moves away from providers determining
eligibility. Could the Commission move
faster in states that have existing
databases and then phase-in the process
for other states?
68. The Commission also seeks
comment on ways a national verifier
could access state eligibility databases
to verify subscriber eligibility prior to
review of consumer eligibility
documentation. Would this step
improve the efficiency of the enrollment
process? How would requiring a
national verifier to utilize a state
eligibility database for eligibility
verification interplay with any
standards set for state databases, as
discussed below? Could the national
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
verifier use the NLAD database and
have the state databases interface with
NLAD? If so, how? Alternatively, what
are the drawbacks if the duty to check
such databases remains with the state,
its agent, and/or individual providers in
those states? The Commission
encourages interested parties to suggest
cost-effective ways a national verifier
could utilize state databases.
69. Existing State Systems for
Verifying Eligibility. In this section the
Commission seeks comment on the
relationship between a national verifier
and states with existing systems for
verifying eligibility. The Commission
wants to encourage the continued
development of eligibility databases at
the state level. The Commission seeks
comment on whether states should be
required to use a national verifier, or
whether and how states could ‘‘opt-out’’
of a national verifier in those cases
where the state has developed a process
to examine subscribers’ eligibility and/
or a state eligibility database and the
state wishes to continue to perform the
eligibility screening function on its own.
The Commission currently permits
states to opt-out of utilizing the NLAD,
contingent upon a state’s system being
at least as robust as the processes
adopted by the Commission in the 2012
Lifeline Reform Order. Similarly, it now
seeks comment on whether to adopt
standards that state systems would have
to meet in order to opt-out of a national
verifier.
70. The Commission also seeks
comment on standards for any database
or state-led process used to verify
Lifeline program eligibility and how the
states must meet these requirements as
part of their request to opt-out of a
national verifier. The Commission seeks
comment on requirements for state
eligibility databases generally in order
for a state to qualify to opt out of a
national verifier. Specifically, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
state eligibility databases should be
required to verify eligibility for each
Lifeline qualifying program, or whether
such a requirement would impose an
unreasonable burden.
71. To ensure the reliability and
integrity of the state eligibility
databases, the Commission seeks
comment on whether we should set a
requirement for updating eligibility data
on a regular basis, and if so, what the
appropriate time frame should be. For
example, would the burden of a nightly
refresh requirement outweigh the
benefit of fully up-to-date data? What
specific barriers prevent timely data
updates?
72. The Commission seeks comment
on whether and to what extent to
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
include state database consumer privacy
protections in any opt-out standard we
adopt. Many of the state eligibility
databases currently in use only return a
‘‘yes’’ or ‘‘no’’ response subsequent to
an eligibility query. By doing so, the
provider is unaware of which Federal
Assistance program the consumer
qualifies under for Lifeline. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
the Commission should require this
type of ‘‘yes’’ or ‘‘no’’ response from
Lifeline eligibility databases as a means
to protect consumers’ private
information as part of our opt-out
threshold. What other types of controls
can the Commission adopt to protect
consumer privacy?
73. The Commission and USAC may
need to be able to audit state databases
to monitor compliance. Is direct access
to the databases needed to perform a
sufficient audit? What are the data
privacy and security implications of
allowing direct access? How can we
reduce the administrative burden on
states, while ensuring compliance?
What state or Federal rules and statutes
may limit the ability of USAC or the
FCC to audit the state database?
74. Lastly, the Commission seeks
comment on how states may fund and
implement any standards for their
eligibility databases. Pursuant to
§ 54.410(a) of the Commission’s rules,
providers are required to implement
procedures to ensure their subscribers
are eligible to receive the Lifeline
benefit. Could this rule be interpreted to
require providers to fund any necessary
implementation efforts for state
eligibility databases? More generally,
the Commission seeks comment on the
sources and scope of Commission
authority to require minimum standards
for state databases so as to opt out of a
national verifier.
75. Alternative State Interaction. In
this section the Commission seeks
comment on utilizing state eligibility
systems as the primary means of
verifying Lifeline eligibility, and
utilizing a national verifier to promote
and coordinate state eligibility
verification efforts. As the Commission
note above, a number of states have
been proactive in their efforts to bring
further efficiencies into the program by
establishing state eligibility databases or
other means to verify Lifeline eligibility.
Therefore, it may be administratively
inefficient to create a national verifier
that would duplicate the functionality
of these databases and systems already
in place at the state level. The
Commission seeks comment on this
idea.
76. The Commission acknowledges
that the current tapestry of state
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
eligibility systems is far from uniform
and has some shortcomings. It notes, as
mentioned above, that many states have
Lifeline eligibility verification systems
in place but these systems vary in
functionality. In addition, other states
do not have in place any means of
verifying Lifeline eligibility. The
Commission seeks comment on how to
incent states to develop dependable
means-tested processes to verify
consumer Lifeline eligibility. Does the
Commission have the authority to
utilize universal service funds to
finance the development and
implementation of Lifeline eligibility
verification systems at the state level?
Section 54.410(a) of the Commission’s
rules requires providers to implement
procedures to ensure their subscribers
are eligible to receive the Lifeline
benefit. Could this rule be interpreted to
require providers to fund any necessary
implementation efforts for state
eligibility databases? The Commission
seeks comment on the sources and
scope of Commission authority to incent
states, either through monetary or other
means, to develop Lifeline eligibility
verification systems. How can the
Commission guarantee all state
eligibility verification systems meet
specific standards to ensure the
reliability and integrity of those
systems? If some states decline to
develop systems meeting any minimum
standards as set by the Commission,
would a national verifier as envisioned
act to verify consumer Lifeline
eligibility? If a national verifier assumes
the function of verifying consumer
Lifeline eligibility for non-compliant
states, what additional functions can a
national verifier undertake to assist and
encourage states to develop systems to
verify Lifeline eligibility that meet
Commission standards?
77. In addition, the Commission seeks
explicit comment from the states on this
alternative course of action. As the
Commission’s partners in
implementation and administration of
the Lifeline program, any views or
quantifiable data specifically from a
state perspective would be beneficial in
determining whether to move forward
with this alternative option for verifying
Lifeline eligibility.
78. Dispute Resolution. The
Commission seeks comment on any
means or process for consumers or
providers to contest a rejection of a
prospective consumer’s eligibility. The
Commission seeks comment on a
dispute resolution process that
consumers may utilize should they
believe that they have been wrongly
denied Lifeline eligibility. Should the
provider act on behalf of the consumer
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42681
to resolve any eligibility disputes, or
should the consumer interface directly
with the national verifier? Should
resolution of disputes be addressed by
the national verifier in the first instance,
subject to an appeal to USAC? In
developing a dispute resolution/
exceptions management process for the
national verifier, the Commission
generally seeks comment on additional
issues such as implementation,
transition, and timing of decisions.
79. Privacy. Consumer privacy is of
the utmost concern to us in establishing
a national verifier, and the Commission
proposes requiring that any national
verifier put in place significant data
privacy and security protections against
unauthorized misappropriation, breach,
or disclosure of personal information. It
notes that in response to the Lifeline
FNPRM, several commenters raised
consumer privacy concerns with having
a third-party entity review and retain
prospective Lifeline subscriber
qualifying documentation. Moreover,
recently, we have emphasized that
Lifeline providers must ‘‘take every
reasonable precaution to protect the
confidentiality of proprietary or
personal customer information,’’
including ‘‘all documentation submitted
by a consumer or collected by a Lifeline
provider to determine a consumer’s
eligibility for Lifeline service, as well as
all personally identifiable information
contained therein.’’ In order to ensure
that consumers’ privacy is protected at
all stages of the Lifeline eligibility
verification process, the Commission
seeks comment on how a national
verifier can receive, process, and retain
eligibility documentation while
ensuring adequate protections of
consumer privacy. The Commission
seeks comment on how the functions of
a national verifier would conform to
government-wide statutory
requirements and regulatory guidance
with respect to privacy and information
technology. What privacy and data
security practices should the
Commission require a national verifier
to adopt with respect to its receipt,
processing, use, sharing, and retention
of applicant information? Should the
Commission require a national verifier
to adopt the minimum practices we
require of Lifeline providers in the
accompanying Order on
Reconsideration? Should a national
verifier be required to provide
consumers with a privacy policy, and
what topics should such a policy
include? What responsibility, if any,
should a national verifier have to notify
consumers of a data breach or other
unauthorized access to information
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
42682
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
submitted to determine eligibility for
Lifeline service? Are consumer privacy
concerns mitigated if the Commission
adopts a mechanism for coordinated
enrollment with other federal benefits
programs?
80. Additional Functions of a
National Verifier. The Commission
seeks comment on additional functions
that a national verifier could perform to
further eliminate waste, fraud, and
abuse. For example, should a national
verifier become involved in the
subscriber recertification process? Given
its likely role in determining initial
subscriber eligibility, should the duty to
recertify subscribers be transitioned
from Lifeline providers and/or USAC’s
current process to the national verifier?
If so, the Commission seeks comment on
whether any recertification performed
by a national verifier should be
mandatory. The Commission also seeks
comment on how the recertification
process as performed by a national
verifier should differ, if at all, from the
current process as performed by USAC.
81. A national verifier could also
interact with the NLAD to check for
duplicates. The NLAD has been
established to ensure that neither
individual consumers nor households
receive duplicative Lifeline support.
Now that the NLAD is fully operational,
Lifeline providers and states are
required to access the NLAD prior to
enrolling a potential subscriber to
determine whether the subscriber
already is receiving service and load an
eligible subscriber’s information into the
NLAD. Are there efficiencies if both the
national verifier and the NLAD are
operated by the same entity? Should a
national verifier be required to access
the NLAD to check for duplicates on
behalf of or in addition to the Lifeline
providers and/or states? Should a
national verifier also be responsible for
loading subscriber information into the
NLAD on behalf of Lifeline providers? If
so, what kinds of communication and
coordination must occur between a
national verifier, the NLAD and Lifeline
providers? Should a national verifier
assist in the process of generating or
verifying the accuracy of the Lifeline
providers’ FCC Form 497s? Lifeline
providers are generally designated by
wire center and it may be difficult to
determine if a particular address is
within a wire center where the Lifeline
provider is designated to serve. Could a
national verifier implement a function
so that a Lifeline provider could query
a mapping tool to determine whether a
prospective subscriber’s address is
within the Lifeline provider’s service
area and not be permitted to serve that
subscriber if the tool indicates that the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
subscriber does not reside within the
service area? The Commission also
seeks comment on any other functions
that could be undertaken by a national
verifier.
82. Currently, the Commission
believes that the administrative burden
that Lifeline providers face in verifying
subscriber eligibility is significant. A
national verifier will lift this financial
burden from Lifeline providers. The
Commission proposes to require Lifeline
providers to reimburse the Fund for part
or all of the operations of the national
verifier. Under this proposal, how
should support be allocated amongst the
contributing Lifeline providers? Would
Lifeline providers that utilize a national
verifier more than other Lifeline
providers be required to pay more? The
Commission seeks additional comment
on any other ways to fund a national
verifier outside of utilizing USF funds.
83. Upon the establishment and
implementation of a national verifier,
the Commission anticipates that Lifeline
providers would no longer be permitted
to formally verify subscriber eligibility
for Lifeline purposes, and the
Commission seeks comment on that
approach. It also seeks comment on how
to handle the transition. Should the
Commission define a transition path? If
so, how long should such a period last?
84. In the alternative, if we do not
adopt a national verifier, the
Commission seeks comment on
whether, once Lifeline providers review
subscriber eligibility, they should be
required to send the eligibility
documents to USAC so that they can be
easily audited and reviewed later. The
Commission seeks comment on this
approach, including the cost to Lifeline
providers and USAC to transmit, store
and review such documentation. Are
there benefits for USAC to receive such
documents in the normal course instead
of asking for them at the time of an
audit? Under this approach, are there
ways that USAC can examine eligibility
documents on a regular basis to detect
patterns of fraud?
85. Document Retention. In the event
the Commission establishes a national
verifier or otherwise removes the
responsibility for determining eligibility
from the Lifeline provider, the
Commission seeks comment on Lifeline
providers’ retention obligation for
consumer eligibility documentation
when the provider is no longer
responsible for determining eligibility.
How and when should providers cease
retaining Lifeline consumer eligibility
documentation? The Commission also
seeks comment on transitioning to a
third party. Should providers be
required to send all retained Lifeline
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
consumer eligibility documents to the
third party verifier? What type of
administrative burden would requiring
providers to send retained Lifeline
consumer eligibility documentation to a
national verifier place on providers?
How best can the Commission ensure
such documentation will remain
available and accessible for the purpose
of audits?
2. Coordinated Enrollment With Other
Federal and State Programs
86. In this section, the Commission
seeks comments on coordinating with
federal agencies and their state
counterparts to educate consumers
about, or simultaneously allow
consumers to enroll themselves in, the
Lifeline program. The Commission
seeks comments on this issue as an
alternative, or supplement to, its inquiry
regarding whether a third-party should
perform consumer eligibility
determinations rather than Lifeline
providers. Other federal benefit
programs which qualify consumers for
Lifeline already have mechanisms to
confirm eligibility. In this section, the
Commission seeks comments on how to
leverage such existing processes
including verification and additional
fraud protections in lieu of creating a
separate national verifier to confirm
Lifeline.
87. Background. One of the goals in
the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order was to
coordinate Lifeline enrollment with
other government benefit programs that
qualify low-income consumers for
federal benefit programs. Coordinated
enrollment with other Federal and state
agencies will generate efficiencies in the
Lifeline program by increasing
awareness in the program and making
enrollment more convenient for eligible
subscribers, while also protecting the
Fund against waste, fraud, and abuse by
helping to ensure that only eligible
consumers are enrolled.
88. In order to qualify for support
under the Lifeline program, the
Commission’s rules require low-income
consumers to have a household income
at or below 135 percent of the Federal
Poverty Guidelines, or receive benefits
from at least one of a number of federal
assistance programs. Consumers
qualifying for Lifeline under programbased criteria receive documentation
from that program tying the eligibility
and participation of both programs.
89. For example, the Supplemental
Nutritional Assistance Program (SNAP)
is a qualifying program where
coordinated enrollment may be
particularly helpful. SNAP, formerly
known as Food Stamps, provides
financial assistance to eligible
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
households for food through an
electronic benefit transfer (EBT) card,
which functions like a debit card. Of
roughly 33 million households eligible
for traditional Lifeline support through
participation in a federal assistance
program, approximately 42 percent, or
about 14 million households, are
eligible for Lifeline through SNAP. In
verifying the eligibility of a consumer,
Lifeline providers may accept program
participation in SNAP (for example
through a SNAP EBT card) as acceptable
program eligibility documentation.
Approximately 40 states use the EBT
cards not only to deliver SNAP benefits,
but also to coordinate the delivery of
other eligible benefits.
90. Discussion. Coordinated
enrollment with other federal agencies
and their state counterparts could
streamline the Commission’s efforts,
produce savings for the Lifeline program
and providers, increase checks and
protections against fraud, and greatly
reduce administrative burdens. For
example, coordinated enrollment with
other Federal and state benefit programs
could: 1) Educate consumers about the
possibility of signing up for Lifeline
while they sign up for other programs,
2) leverage existing infrastructure and
technologies further minimizing waste,
fraud, and abuse, while confirming
eligibility, 3) provide more dignity to
the program and better protect
consumer privacy, because it would
limit the number of entities to which
consumers would disclose personal
information, 4) allow consumers to
simultaneously apply for Lifeline as
they enroll in other programs, and 5)
work, together with other benefit
programs to transfer Lifeline benefits
directly to consumers allowing
consumers to redeem Lifeline benefits
with the Lifeline provider of their
choice.
91. The Commission seeks comment
on how best to leverage the existing
technologies, databases, and fraud
protections that already exist in other
federal benefit programs. For example,
the SNAP program requires states to
cross check any potential subscriber
against the Social Security Master Death
File, Social Security’s Prisoner
Verification System, and FNS’s
Electronic Disqualified Recipient
System, prior to certifying individuals
for the program, to ensure that no
ineligible people receive benefits. If the
Commission coordinates with other
federal benefit programs, Lifeline
receives the benefit of having another
agency already conducted these checks,
which increases protection against fraud
while incrementally more efficient than
creating a separate process.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
92. How can the Commission better
coordinate and build upon the work
already invested by state and federal
agencies to confirm consumers are
eligible for programs. The Commission
seeks comment on the incremental costs
of adding Lifeline to an existing
eligibility database in lieu of setting up
a separate national framework. Would
such administrative burdens and costs
outweigh the benefits of such a
proposal? Or would the Lifeline fund
actually incur a net savings because of
the administrative efficiencies that may
result from coordinated enrollment?
What are the various administrative,
technological, or other barriers to
implementation related to such
coordinated enrollment? Should states
be compensated for eligibility
determinations and coordinated
enrollment? If so, should it be per
subscriber or another metric? Should
such costs be borne equally by all
Lifeline providers or should it be borne
by the Lifeline program? The
Commission seeks comment on the
timeframe to implement such a change
and whether the Commission should
first start with a handful of states that
already have coordinated enrollment
across benefits programs. If so, the
Commission seeks comment on how to
identify these states.
93. The Commission seeks comment
on how the Commission may best
facilitate coordinated enrollment with
other Federal benefit programs such as
the USDA and its state agency
counterparts (collectively, ‘‘SNAP
Administrators’’). For example, should
SNAP Administrators merely educate
consumers about Lifeline? If so, should
SNAP Administrators limit their role to
providing relevant materials to their
SNAP consumers and informing them
that eligibility in SNAP qualifies such
consumers for Lifeline, while also
directing these consumers to the
appropriate sources to apply for
Lifeline? If the Commission establishes
a national verifier, how may the
Commission facilitate coordinated
enrollment with SNAP Administrators?
In this context, should SNAP
administrators play a role in which they
‘‘pre-approve’’ consumers who are
eligible for SNAP and then forward the
Lifeline application to a national verifier
to complete the application? What
responsibility, if any, should SNAP
Administrators have for checking the
NLAD prior to providing the consumer’s
application to a national verifier?
94. Should the Commission pursue
coordinated enrollment in a manner that
authorizes SNAP administrators to
allow consumers who qualify for SNAP
to simultaneously sign up for Lifeline as
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42683
well? Since SNAP Administrators can
perform eligibility verifications, does it
makes sense for the Commission or
USAC to conduct these same checks
again for Lifeline? Should the
Commission establish a procedure
where the Commission and the SNAP
Administrators work together on a
single, unified application? As the
Commission discusses infra, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
the Commission should work with
SNAP Administrators, to place Lifeline
benefits directly on SNAP EBT cards,
thereby transferring the benefit directly
to consumers. This approach, in turn,
allows consumers themselves to apply
the Lifeline benefit to the Lifeline
provider of their choice. How may the
Commission best facilitate coordinated
enrollment under this approach?
95. Are there any legal and practical
limitations of having the state or federal
benefit administrators serve as agents
for the Commission with respect to
Lifeline? Are there other ways to
coordinate enrollment with other
Federal or state agencies? How does
having SNAP Administrators or other
Federal or state benefit programs affect
the need for a national verifier? How
can the Commission best coordinate
with or rely upon SNAP Administrators
when verifying eligibility and enrolling
subscribers?
96. The Commission also seeks
specific comment on how to encourage
coordinated enrollment with other
Federal assistance programs that qualify
participants for support under the
Lifeline program—such as Medicaid;
SSI; Federal Public Housing Assistance;
LIHEAP; NSLP free lunch program; and
Temporary TANF. As noted below, the
Lifeline program has the potential to
provide essential connectivity to the
Nation’s veterans. The Commission
seeks comment on how we can
coordinate its outreach and enrollment
efforts to reach low-income veterans.
For example, the Veterans Affairs
Supportive Housing (VASH) program, a
joint effort between the Department of
Housing and Urban Development and
the Department of Veterans Affairs,
provides support to homeless veterans
and their families to help them out of
homelessness and into permanent
housing. The program provides housing
assistance and clinical and supportive
services to veterans. These services
require communication between
veterans, veteran families and
caseworkers. The Commission seeks
comment on how it can coordinate
outreach efforts related to the Lifeline
program with the VASH program or
other federal efforts designed to assist
vulnerable veterans.
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42684
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
97. The Commission recognizes that
individual states play an important role
in the administration of various Federal
assistance programs and seeks specific
comment from these states about their
experiences, best practices, and how to
encourage coordinated enrollment with
these Federal programs, state
administrative agencies, and the Lifeline
program. For example, the Commission
understands that administration of the
SNAP EBT card is performed at the state
level and the Commission seeks specific
comment from states on issues such as
eligibility verification, placing Lifeline
benefits on the SNAP EBT card, and any
other administrative issues. Because
many individual states have
implemented coordinated enrollment
with Federal assistance programs, the
Commission solicits specific comments
from these states. The Commission
encourages coordinated enrollment and
recognizes how it can increase the
effectiveness of state eligibility
databases. The Commission seeks
comments from states operating state
eligibility databases and specifically ask
how the Commission may work best
with such states. If the Commission
moves to a third party verification
model, should the Commission first
attempt to transition with a handful of
states already operating eligibility
databases before attempting such a
transition on a national scale?
3. Transferring Lifeline Benefits Directly
to the Consumer
98. In this section, the Commission
seeks comments on whether designated
third-party entities can directly transfer
Lifeline benefits to individual
consumers. As discussed, having a
third-party make eligibility
determinations removes this burden
from Lifeline providers and should
result in substantial cost savings and
efficiencies. The Commission now seeks
comment on establishing processes for
the national verifier or another federal
agency to transfer Lifeline benefits
directly to consumers via a portable
benefit.
99. Background. The Commission has
long considered assigning Lifeline
benefits directly to the consumer. Under
this approach, consumers can take their
benefit to the Lifeline providers of their
choosing and can receive Lifeline
support for whatever service best meets
their needs. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform
FNPRM, the Commission sought to
further develop the record on
MetroPCS’s proposal that the
Commission implement a voucherbased Lifeline program in which
Lifeline discounts would be provided
directly to eligible low-income
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
consumers. Under this approach,
MetroPCS emphasized that ‘‘[b]y
allowing the payment to be made
directly to the consumer, it would
permit the consumer to decide how and
on what telecommunications service to
spend the payment.’’ The Commission,
in the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, also
considered, but ultimately declined to
adopt, AT&T’s proposal to transfer
Lifeline benefits directly to the
consumer by assigning subscribers with
a unique identifier or Personal
Information Number (PIN) that could be
‘‘deactivated’’ once a consumer is no
longer eligible for Lifeline. In declining
to adopt AT&T’s proposal, the
Commission reasoned that ‘‘AT&T’s
proposal assumes that a third-party at
the state level (e.g., state PUC) would
issue and manage PIN numbers and
there is no guarantee that states would
be willing or economically able to takeon such an administrative function in
the absence of explicit federal support.’’
100. Discussion. Consistent with the
Commission’s goal to reduce waste,
fraud, and abuse, the Commission seeks
comment on having third parties
directly assigns Lifeline benefits to
individual consumers through a
physical media (e.g., like a debit card)
or a unique code (e.g., PIN). Should the
Commission require a national verifier,
or work with other interested Federal
and state agencies, to transfer Lifeline
benefits directly to the consumer in the
form of a portable benefit? Are there
other entities that can serve this role or
fulfill this task? What are the various
administrative, technological, funding,
or other barriers to implementation
related to providing the portable benefit
to the consumer? For example, how can
a national verifier and other Federal and
state agencies ensure that benefits are
transferred to the consumer in a timely
fashion following the submission of a
Lifeline application? How can Lifeline
providers best monitor continued
eligibility of consumers once they are
selected? How would a portable benefit
work with the recertification
requirement and permit a consumer to
transfer the benefit from one Lifeline
provider to another?
101. The Commission also seeks
comment on the appropriate mechanism
that should be used to transfer the
Lifeline benefit directly from a thirdparty to the consumer. For example,
what are the costs and benefits of
placing Lifeline benefits on a physical
card? The Commission notes that in
some states, SNAP as well as other
benefits are encoded on the SNAP EBT
card, providing the consumer with a
single card for several social service
needs. Should the Commission work
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with SNAP administrators to place
Lifeline benefits directly on a SNAP
EBT card? If so, how would such a
process be implemented? What costs
have SNAP administrators or other
agencies incurred in encoding nonSNAP benefits on the card and would
such costs compare with other
approaches the Commission seeks
comment on today such as the National
Verifier? As the Commission discusses
above, the Commission seeks comment
on how to encourage coordinated
enrollment with other Federal and state
agencies that administer programs that
also qualify participants for Lifeline.
Because many individual states have
implemented coordinated enrollment
with SNAP benefits and other Federal
assistance programs, it solicits specific
comments from these states regarding
their experiences and any best practices
which they may have established.
102. The Commission seeks comment
on approaches other than a physical
card but using alternative approaches
such as an online portal or application
on a user’s device to submit payment.
What is the most appropriate way to use
an EBT-type card for a communications
service? What are the costs and benefits
to providers of moving to an EBT-type
card? Can USAC pay Lifeline providers
each month for EBT card is in use? How
would USAC be informed that a card
has been associated with a particular
provider entitled to the benefit? What
protections would need to be in place
and how would USAC be notified when
a consumer switches providers? Could
the EBT card automatically notify USAC
of a provider change?
103. If a portable benefit is offered to
consumers through a national verifier or
state or Federal agency, how would
such a benefit be provided? How should
secure physical cards be issued to the
consumer? How may the Commission
best facilitate coordination between
third parties determining eligibility and
Lifeline providers during the transition?
What protections should be put in place
to prevent fraud or abuse by, for
example, automatically deactivating the
card if it is not used for a certain period
of time, if the consumer is no longer
eligible, or if the consumer reports that
the card has been lost or stolen? If the
benefit is placed on a federal or state
benefit card, can the FCC put in place
such protections or must the FCC work
within the structures and rules already
established by the other relevant
agencies? Would the customer need to
‘‘touch’’ the Lifeline provider on a
monthly basis to reapply the discount?
104. As an alternative, or in addition
to, the possibility of placing Lifeline
benefits on a physical card, should
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
consumers’ Lifeline benefits be
distributed by a national verifier or state
or federal agency through a unique
identifier or PIN associated with
individual consumers? The Commission
seeks comment on the pros and cons of
such an approach. A pin-based
approach may be preferable to a
physical card in those cases where the
consumer signs up for Lifeline over the
phone or online and cannot ‘‘swipe’’ the
card with the Lifeline provider.
4. Streamline Eligibility for Lifeline
Support
105. Background. Currently, in order
to qualify for support under the Lifeline
program, the Commission’s rules require
low-income consumers to have a
household income at or below 135
percent of the Federal Poverty
Guidelines or receive benefits from at
least one of a number of federal
assistance programs. As of March 2014,
roughly 42 million households were
eligible for support under the Lifeline
program with nearly 80 percent of those
households (approximately 33 million)
eligible based solely on participation in
at least one of the federal assistance
programs. In addition to income
qualification and the federal assistance
programs, consumers may also gain
entry to the Lifeline program if they are
able to meet additional eligibility
criteria established by a state.
106. Discussion. The Commission
seeks comment on the prospect of
modifying the way low-income
consumers qualify for support under the
Lifeline program to target the Lifeline
subsidy to those low-income consumers
most in need of the support. In
exploring these possible changes, we
also seek to reduce the administrative
burden on Lifeline providers to verify a
low-income consumer’s eligibility for
Lifeline-supported service and any
burden to the Fund as a whole, and
reduce the likelihood of waste, fraud,
and abuse. The Commission seeks
comment on how to streamline the
program while promoting the
Commission’s goals of universal service
and ensure that all consumers,
including the nation’s most vulnerable,
are connected.
107. The Commission first seeks
comment on which federal assistance
programs it should continue to use to
qualify low-income consumers for
support under the Lifeline program. The
Commission specifically seeks
comments on any potential drawbacks
in limiting the qualification criteria for
Lifeline support exclusively to
households receiving benefits under a
specific federal assistance program(s).
For example, if the Commission no
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
longer permits consumers to qualify
through Tribal-specific programs, what
would be the impact to low-income
consumers on Tribal lands? In
particular, as the Commission noted in
the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, because
both SNAP and the Food Distribution
Program on Indian Reservations (FDPIR)
have income-based eligibility criteria,
but households may not participate in
both programs, some residents of Tribal
lands did not qualify for Lifeline
support simply because they chose to
participate in FDPIR rather than SNAP.
When adopting FDPIR as an additional
assistance program that would qualify
eligible residents of Tribal lands for
Lifeline and Link Up, the Commission
noted further that members of more than
200 Tribes currently receive benefits
under FDPIR, and that elderly Tribal
residents often opt for FDPIR benefits.
What would become of these lowincome consumers’ access to affordable
voice service under a change to the
eligibility rules? What would be the
impact on Medicaid recipients if
households could no longer qualify for
Lifeline support through Medicaid?
108. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it should continue
to allow low-income consumers to
qualify for Lifeline support based on
household income and/or eligibility
criteria established by a state. Under the
current program, less than four percent
of Lifeline subscribers subscribe to the
service by relying on income level.
Given the relatively low number of
consumers using income as their
qualifying method, the Commission
seeks comment on any changes it
should consider to ensure that the
Lifeline program is targeted at the
neediest.
109. Further, the Commission seeks
comment on whether low-income
consumers should be permitted to
qualify for Lifeline support through
programs which do not currently qualify
consumers for Lifeline benefits. For
example, the Lifeline program has the
potential to positively impact the lives
of the veterans who have served this
country. In the 2012 Lifeline NPRM, the
Commission sought comment on
whether to include homeless veterans
programs as qualifying eligibility
criteria for support under the Lifeline
program. The Commission now seeks
comment on whether federal programs
targeted at low-income veterans should
be considered to qualify those
individuals for Lifeline support.
Specifically, the Commission seeks
comment on whether veterans and their
families eligible for the Veterans
Pension benefit should qualify those
individuals for Lifeline support. To
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42685
qualify for this program, veterans must
have at least 90 days of active duty,
including one day during a wartime
period, and meet other means-tested
criteria such as low-income limits and
net worth limitations established by
Congress. Should participation in the
Veterans Pension program qualify an
individual for Lifeline benefits? Given
the income and net wealth limitations
in the Veterans Pension program, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should serve as a qualifying program
for Lifeline. It also seeks comment on
ways to increase the awareness of the
Lifeline program to low-income
veterans. Are veterans aware of and
utilizing the Lifeline program? How can
the Lifeline program be targeted to
better reach low-income veterans? The
Commission further seeks comment on
how low-income consumers, including
low-income veterans, would certify and
recertify their eligibility under any
proposed alternatives.
110. Additionally, the Commission
seeks comments on the extent to which
modifying eligibility criteria under the
Lifeline program reduces and
streamlines Lifeline providers’
recordkeeping processes. The
Commission anticipates that
streamlining the eligibility criteria will
reduce the costs and time incurred by
Lifeline providers and state
administrators and any national verifier.
The Commission seeks comments on
these anticipated efficiencies and any
other potential improvements associated
with restructuring the eligibility criteria.
111. In potentially limiting the
number of eligible federal assistance
programs under the Lifeline program,
some current Lifeline consumers will no
longer qualify for Lifeline benefits. The
Commission therefore recognizes the
need for a transition period to allow
those low-income consumers to
transition to non-supported service with
minimal disruption. It thus seeks
comment on how such a transition
should be structured. For example,
should the Commission transition
subscribers off of Lifeline support as
part of the annual recertification process
following the effective date of this
Second FNRPM?
5. Standards for Eligibility
Documentation
112. In this section, the Commission
proposes requiring Lifeline providers to
obtain additional information in certain
instances to verify that the eligibility
documentation being presented by the
consumer is valid, including obtaining
eligibility documentation that includes
identification information or a
photograph. It also seeks comment on
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42686
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
ways to further strengthen the
qualification and identification
verification processes to ensure that
only qualifying consumers receive
Lifeline benefits.
113. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform
Order, the Commission adopted
measures to verify a low-income
consumer’s eligibility for Lifeline
supported services and required Lifeline
providers to confirm an applicant’s
eligibility prior to enrolling the
applicant in the Lifeline Program.
However, program eligibility
documentation may not contain
sufficient information to tie the
documentation to the identity of the
prospective subscriber and often does
not include a photograph.
114. The Commission seeks comment
on requiring Lifeline providers to obtain
additional information to verify that the
eligibility documentation being
presented by the consumer is valid and
has not expired. Should the consumer
be required to provide underlying
eligibility documentation that includes
subscriber identification information or
a photograph? Should we only impose
such a requirement in certain
circumstances? Are there other more
effective means for Lifeline providers to
evaluate program eligibility
documentation? The Commission
believes that requiring prospective
subscribers to produce a government
issued photo ID would improve the
identification verification process and
more easily tie the identity of the
prospective subscriber to the proffered
eligibility documentation. Additionally,
in its recent report, GAO noted that
many eligible consumers fail to
complete the application process
because they have difficulty providing
information and do not have access to
scanners and photocopiers. Therefore,
the Commission seeks comment on how
to address those factors in requiring
consumers to provide additional
information.
C. Increasing Competition for Lifeline
Consumers
115. In this section, the Commission
seeks comment on ways to increase
competition and innovation in the
Lifeline marketplace. The Commission
believes the best way to do this is to
increase the number of service providers
offering Lifeline services. It therefore
seeks comment on the best means to
facilitate broader participation in the
Lifeline program and encourage
competition with most robust service
offerings in the Lifeline market. The
Commission makes these proposals
consistent with the Commission’s goal
of avoiding waste, fraud, and abuse.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
1. Streamlining the ETC Designation
Process
116. The Commission seeks comment
on streamlining the ETC designation
process at the state and federal levels to
increase market entry into the Lifeline
space. First, the Commission seeks
comment on the Commission’s authority
under section 214(e) to streamline the
ETC designation process at the
Commission. In the ETC Designation
Order (FCC 08–100 released April 11,
2008), the Commission adopted
requirements consistent with section
214 of the Act, which all ETC applicants
must meet to be designated an ETC by
the Commission. In line with that
decision, the Commission believes it has
substantial flexibility to design a more
streamlined ETC designation process for
federal default states. The Commission
seeks comment on this conclusion.
117. Given this broad authority, the
Commission seeks comment on ways in
which to streamline the Commission’s
ETC designation process to best promote
the universal service goals found in
section 254(b). It believes many entities,
including many cable companies and
wireless providers, are unwilling to
become ETCs and some have in fact
relinquished their designations. Are
there certain requirements that are
overly burdensome? Can the
Commission simplify or eliminate
certain designation requirements while
protecting consumers and the Fund?
Will establishing a national verifier
lessen the need to streamline the ETC
designation process? The Commission
specifically seeks input from the states
on examples of requirements that could
be simplified or eliminated in order to
make it less difficult for companies to
become ETCs under the Lifeline
program and suggestions for how the
Commission can best refine the ETC
designation process.
118. Second, the Commission seeks
comment on coordinating and
streamlining federal and state ETC
designation processes. What are the
benefits and drawbacks to a uniform,
streamlined approach at both the state
and federal levels? How can the
Commission best encourage state
commissions to adopt a path similar to
a federal streamlined approach? The
Commission strongly values input from
the states on the pros and cons of such
an approach and what measures could
be adopted to encourage state
commissions to adopt a similar
streamlined approach.
119. Proposals for ETC Relief from
Lifeline Obligations. In this section, the
Commission seeks comment on
proposals in the record that the
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Commission permit ETCs to opt-out of
providing Lifeline supported service in
certain circumstances, Pursuant to
§ 54.405 of the Commission’s rules,
carriers designated as ETCs are required
to offer Lifeline supported service.
AT&T, among others, notes in
comments in response to the 2012
Lifeline FNPRM that competition in the
Lifeline program has resulted in
multiple areas where several ETCs
provision Lifeline supported service to
the same potential customer base. The
Commission seeks additional comment
on whether the Commission should
relieve ETCs of the obligation to provide
Lifeline supported service, pursuant to
their ETC designation, in specific areas
where there is a sufficient number of
Lifeline providers. In considering this
approach, the Commission seeks
comment on what constitutes a
sufficient number of providers and any
other appropriate conditions to protect
the public interest. The Commission
also seeks comment on how to define an
appropriate geographic area. It asks that
any party supporting such an opt-out
mechanism comment on the process,
transition, and other issues associated
with permitting ETCs to opt-out of
providing Lifeline supported service in
areas served by a sufficient number of
ETCs offering Lifeline support.
120. The Commission notes that these
proposals are similar to those currently
under consideration in two other
Commission proceedings—the
USTelecom forbearance proceeding, and
the Connect America Fund proceeding.
In both of those proceedings, AT&T and
others have argued that the Commission
should separate or ‘‘de-link’’ carriers’
Lifeline obligations from their ETC
status. To facilitate our consideration of
relevant arguments previously raised in
the Connect America Fund and
USTelecom forbearance proceedings, we
hereby incorporate by reference the
pleadings in those proceedings.
121. Other Measures to Increase
Competition. The Commission seeks
comment on other ways to ease market
entry. The Commission recognizes that
there are many other requirements for
new companies wishing to offer Lifeline
service. For example, non-facilitiesbased wireless providers must file and
receive approval of a compliance plan
prior to entering the market. The
Commission appreciates that these
requirements may pose challenges for
companies. It thus seeks comment on
other measures that can be taken to
enhance competition and innovation in
the market generally. Are there specific
state or federal regulatory barriers that
make it difficult for companies to
participate and remain in the Lifeline
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
program? Are there economic barriers?
The Commission seeks comments
generally on such barriers and
recommendations to address them.
122. State Lifeline Support. The
Commission also seeks specific
comment on ways that it can increase
competition and the quality of service
by encouraging states to provide an
additional subsidy for Lifeline service.
Combined state and federal
contributions to Lifeline have long been
a critical part of the Lifeline program.
The Commission notes that in states that
provide a significant separate subsidy,
service is more affordable for a given
level of service and ETCs generally offer
a higher level of service. Are there other
ways that the Commission can incent
states to provide an increased level of
support? Are there ways that the
Commission can reduce state Lifeline
costs so that the savings can be used for
an increased state subsidy? Does the
establishment of minimum service
levels encourage states to provide a
separate subsidy because they
understand that their subsidy will go
towards robust, quality service? The
Commission specifically seeks feedback
from the states on ways in which it can
increase competition and the quality of
service among service providers
providing service to low-income
consumers under the Lifeline program.
123. Innovative Services for LowIncome Consumers. The Commission
also seeks comment on how best to
utilize unlicensed bands, such as
television white space or licensed
bands, such as EBS, for the purpose of
providing broadband service to lowincome consumers. Unlicensed
spectrum allows providers to deliver a
variety of unlicensed offerings, such as
Wi-Fi hotspots, without having to
comply with numerous regulations that
apply to licensed services. While there
is unlicensed spectrum at other
frequencies, TV white spaces are
uniquely important in that they are
lower in frequency than other
unlicensed bands, which enables signals
to better penetrate walls and trees and
may enable a better consumer
experience.
124. Recognizing the value of both
unlicensed and licensed spectrum as a
community and educational asset that
can be utilized to improve broadband
access and provide for innovative uses
among low-income Americans, the
Commission seeks comment on how we
can augment the Lifeline program
through the use of wireless spectrum to
extend the Lifeline program’s reach to as
many low-income consumers as
possible. What, if any, additional costs
may providers incur as part of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
employing unlicensed technology for
the benefit of low-income consumers?
How can the Commission best support
the use of these more unconventional
ways of providing broadband access to
the low-income community?
125. The Commission also seeks
comment on other innovative wired or
wireless technologies that may be
similarly or better suited to provide lowincome consumers with affordable
broadband access than unlicensed or
licensed spectrum or other, more
traditional means of providing
broadband. In proposing an alternative
solution, commenters should describe
how the alternative solution will
complement the other programmatic
changes and approaches the
Commission discusses within this item.
2. Creating a New Lifeline Approval
Process
126. The Commission also seeks
comment on alternative means by which
it can increase competition in this
space. The Commission’s rules current
require that a provider become an ETC
prior to receiving Lifeline universal
service support. As discussed above,
evidence in the record indicates that the
ETC designation may be an impediment
to broader participation in the Lifeline
program. Would creating a process to
participate in Lifeline that is entirely
separate from the ETC designation
process required to receive high cost
universal service support encourage
broader participation by providers? The
Commission seeks comment on a new
process applying to all entities that
provide Lifeline service and ask how to
include sufficient oversight to address
concerns about waste, fraud, and abuse.
The Commission seeks comment on the
policy benefits of such an approach,
what responsibility the relevant Federal
and state entities would have in such a
scheme, and the Commission’s legal
authority to do so.
127. Background. In 1985, the
Commission created the Lifeline
program to reduce qualifying
consumers’ monthly charges, and
created Link Up to reduce the amount
eligible consumers would pay for initial
connection charges. The Commission
did so because it found that ‘‘[a]ccess to
telephone service has become crucial, to
full participation in our society and
economy, which are increasingly
depending upon the rapid exchange of
information. In many cases, particularly
for the elderly, poor, and disabled, the
telephone is truly a lifeline to the
outside world. Our responsibilities
under the Communications Act require
us to take steps to prevent degradation
of universal service and the division of
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42687
our society into information ‘haves’ and
‘have nots.’ ’’ The Commission’s legal
authority for creating and amending the
Lifeline program was pursuant to
sections 1, 4(i), 201, and 205 of the
Communications Act.
128. In the 1996 Act, Congress made
explicit the universal service objective
of ‘‘quality services’’ at ‘‘affordable
rates’’ and that ‘‘low-income consumers
. . . should have access to . . .
advanced telecommunications and
information services, that are reasonably
comparable to those services provided
in urban areas.’’ In so doing, Congress
embraced the Commission’s Lifeline
program and made clear that section 254
did not affect the pre-existing Lifeline
program, stating ‘‘[n]othing in this
section [254] shall affect the collection,
distribution, or administration of the
Lifeline Assistance Program.’’ The
Commission has interpreted section
254(j) to give the Commission the
authority and flexibility to retain or
modify the Lifeline program even if the
Lifeline program has ‘‘inconsistenc[ies]
with other portions of the 1996 Act.’’
Moreover, the Commission found that,
‘‘by its own terms, section 254(j) applies
only to changes made [to Lifeline]
pursuant to section 254 itself. Our
authority to restrict, expand, or
otherwise modify the Lifeline program
through provisions other than section
254 has been well established over the
past decade.’’
129. Importantly, in 1997, when the
Commission implemented the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 and
revised the Lifeline program, it found
that it had the authority to provide
Lifeline support to include carriers
other than ETCs. At that time, however,
the Commission decided that for
administrative convenience and
efficiency, it would only provide
Lifeline support to ETCs. The
Commission did observe that it would
reassess this decision if it appeared
Lifeline was not being made available to
low-income consumers nationwide.
130. Discussion. Some commenters
have argued that nothing in the statute
requires ETC designation to receive
Lifeline support and urged the
Commission to revise its rules
accordingly. Section 254(e) states that
entities must be ETCs to receive
‘‘specific Federal universal service
support’’ but does not specifically tie
this requirement to Lifeline, even
though Congress did explicitly mention
the Lifeline program in other parts of
section 254. Does the legislative history
suggest that the Congress did not intend
for the ETC to be a precondition to
receive Lifeline support? The history of
this provision suggests that the ETC was
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
42688
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
created to address concerns about cream
skimming to ensure deployment in rural
areas for high cost support was not
compromised, concerns which are not
present with an affordability program.
The Commission seeks comment on
these issues.
131. Given the Commission’s desire to
promote competition for low-income
consumers and the evidence that the
ETC process is currently deterring such
entry, the Commission seeks comment
on revisiting the 1997 decision not to
provide Lifeline support to non-ETCs to
encourage broader participation in the
Lifeline market. The Commission seeks
comment on its legal authority to create
a separate designation process for
Lifeline. In particular, the Commission
seeks comment on whether the
Commission could provide Lifeline
support based on universal service
contributions made pursuant to section
254(d) authority, or would it need to
adopt a separate mechanism relying on
subsidies among rates as it used prior to
the 1996 Act? The Commission has
found that, ‘‘by its own terms, section
254(j) applies only to changes made
pursuant to section 254 itself. Our
authority to restrict, expand, or
otherwise modify the Lifeline program
through provisions other than section
254 has been well established over the
past decade.’’ Do sections 1, 4(i), 201,
and 205 give the Commission authority
to do so? Does section 706 of the 1996
Act or other statutory provisions
provide the Commission with authority
to give certain non-ETCs Lifeline
support? As above, the Commission also
seeks comment on whether the
collection and disbursement of funds
under an approach based on section 706
(or other statutory provisions) would
comport with federal appropriations
laws.
132. The Commission seeks comment
on the process and mechanism to
designate providers for participation in
the Lifeline program and separate from
the ETC designation process. What
information should providers submit to
participate in the Lifeline program?
What certifications or other information
should be required? Should the
Commission use a process similar to
certifications in the E-rate or rural
health care programs today?
133. In the Second FNPRM, the
Commission is proposing and seeking
comment on fundamental structural
changes to the Lifeline program that
further mitigate incentives for waste
fraud and abuse, including removing the
provider from determining eligibility.
How do these changes impact the type
of information and oversight necessary
for Lifeline providers? For example, if
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
the Commission reforms Lifeline to
provide the subsidy to the consumer as
a portable benefit, how does that impact
the oversight necessary on the provider?
Should the Commission consider a
‘‘deemed grant’’ approach to streamline
approval? Should the Commission
retain the use of compliance plans and,
if so, should they be modified or
changed? The Commission seeks
comment on how to ensure sufficient
oversight and accountability to reduce
waste, fraud and abuse.
134. The Commission seeks comment
on the federal-state role in creating a
new designation process. Lifeline and
universal service generally has always
involved federal-state partnerships and
the Commission seeks comment on how
to continue that work as the
Commission seeks comment on a new
framework. The Commission seeks
comment on pros and cons of creating
a national designation versus a state-bystate approach, or a combination thereof
where states with individual Lifeline
programs could supplement any federal
Lifeline designation with additional
conditions.
135. The Commission seeks comment
on the process of transitioning from
designating ETCs to a new designation
process. The Commission also seeks
comment on opening a window for new
providers to participate to help
minimize administrative burdens on
federal and state agencies. The
Commission seeks comment on
alternative approaches and how best to
ensure that the Commission has
sufficient checks and safeguards to
address potential waste, fraud and
abuse.
D. Modernizing and Enhancing the
Program
136. In this section, the Commission
seeks comment on two proposals to
update its rules to reflect the manner in
which consumers use Lifeline service
today. The Commission finds that all
consumers, including low-income
consumers, should have access to the
same features, functions, and consumer
protections.
1. TracFone Petition for Rulemaking
Regarding Texting
137. In light of the widespread use of
text messages, and as part of the
Commission’s continuing efforts to
modernize the Lifeline program, the
Commission seeks comment on
amending the Commission’s rules to
treat the sending of text messages as
usage for the purpose of demonstrating
usage sufficient to avoid de-enrollment
from Lifeline service. In so doing, the
Commission grants in part and denies in
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
part a petition on this filed by TracFone.
Specifically, the Commission grants that
portion of Tracfone’s petition that
requests the initiation of a rulemaking
proceeding to amend § 54.407(c)(2) of
the Commission’s rules to allow Lifeline
subscribers to establish usage of Lifeline
service by sending text messages. The
Commission denies, however, the
portion of TracFone’s petition that
requests the initiation of a rulemaking to
also include receipt of text messages to
count as usage. Because the subscriber
cannot control whether others send
texts, the receipt of such texts should
not be used as a basis for concluding
that the subscriber wishes to retain
service. The Commission also denies the
portion of Tracfone’s petition that
concerns a request for interim relief
allowing subscribers to use text
messaging to establish usage during the
pendency of the requested rulemaking.
While the Commission thinks there is
enough merit to TracFone’s proposal to
seek comment on a rule change, the
Commission is not yet certain enough to
find good cause to waive the rule to
allow text messaging to count as usage.
138. The Commission’s rules
currently require subscribers of prepaid
Lifeline services to use the service at
least once every 60 days. The
Commission adopted that requirement
to ensure that Lifeline providers do not
receive Lifeline support for customers
who do not actually use the service. The
requirement only applies to prepaid
services because the Commission found
that subscribers to post-paid Lifeline
providers do not present the same risk
of inactivity as subscribers to pre-paid
services.
139. In 2012, the Commission
declined to include sending or receiving
a text message in the list of activities
that qualify as usage for purposes of
§ 54.407(c)(2) of the Commission’s rules,
on the basis that text messaging is not
a supported service. While it is true that
text messaging is not currently a
supported service, it is widely used by
wireless consumers for their basic
communications needs. According to
TracFone, the rapid increase in use of
texting by subscribers of wireless
service, and the reliance on text
messaging by individuals who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or have difficulty with
speech, weigh in favor of amending the
Commission’s rules to allow text
messaging as an activity that constitutes
usage of service.
140. Allowing text messages to
constitute usage would be a reversal of
the Commission’s previous decision.
However, in light of the changes in
consumer behavior highlighted by the
extensive use of text messaging, the
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Commission proposes to amend
§ 54.407(c)(2) of the Commission’s rules
to allow the sending of a text message
by a subscriber to constitute usage. Is it
appropriate to base a subscriber’s
intention to use a supported service on
that subscriber’s use of a non-supported
service? The Commission also seeks
comment on whether the distinctions
between text messaging, voice, and
email should remain relevant, for the
purposes of the usage rules, given that
all such transmissions may occur over
the same broadband Internet access
service. The Commission also seeks
comment on the conclusion that we
should not allow the receipt of text
messages to qualify as usage, because
this would leave control of whether the
subscriber ‘‘intended’’ to use the service
in the hands of others.
2. Subscriber De-Enrollment Procedures
141. In this section, the Commission
proposes to adopt procedures to allow
subscribers to terminate Lifeline service
in a quick and efficient manner. The
Commission has received anecdotal
evidence that some subscribers cannot
readily reach their Lifeline provider to
terminate service, or their request to
terminate service is not followed. As a
result, funds are wasted for services that
are either not used or no longer desired.
142. Background. In the 2012 Lifeline
Reform Order, the Commission codified
rules requiring Lifeline providers to deenroll any subscriber indicating that he
or she is receiving more than one
Lifeline-supported service per
household, or if the subscriber neglects
to make the required one-per-household
certification on his or her certification
form. In order to ensure consumers are
fully informed about the terms of usage,
the Commission also adopted rules
requiring pre-paid Lifeline providers to
notify their subscribers at service
initiation about the non-transferability
of the phone service, its usage
requirements, and that de-enrollment
and deactivation will result following
non-usage in any 60-day period of time.
The Commission also required Lifeline
providers to update the database within
one business day of de-enrolling a
consumer for non-use. These rules were
adopted, among other reasons, to
substantially strengthen protections
against waste, fraud, and abuse and
improve program administration and
accountability. The Commission
reasoned that ‘‘[a]dopting usage
requirements should reduce waste and
inefficiencies in the Lifeline program by
eliminating support for subscribers who
are not using the service and reducing
any incentives ETCs may have to
continue to report line counts for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
subscribers that have discontinued their
service.’’
143. Although § 54.405(e)(1) of the
Commission’s rules requires Lifeline
providers to de-enroll subscribers when
an Lifeline provider has a reasonable
basis to believe that the subscriber no
longer meets the Lifeline-qualifying
criteria (including instances where a
subscriber informs the Lifeline provider
or the state that he or she is ineligible
for Lifeline), this provision does not
cover those situations where, for
whatever reason, subscribers themselves
wish to terminate Lifeline services.
144. Discussion. The Commission
proposes to require Lifeline providers to
make readily available a 24 hour
customer service number allowing
subscribers to de-enroll from Lifeline
services, for any reason, and codify the
obligation that Lifeline providers must
implement the subscriber’s decision
within two business days of the request.
The Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
145. The Commission seeks further
comment on requiring Lifeline
providers to publicize their 24-hour
customer service number in a manner
reasonably designed to reach their
subscribers and indicate, on all
materials describing the service that
subscribers may cancel or de-enroll
themselves from Lifeline services, for
any reason, without having to submit
any additional documents. For the
purposes of this rule, the Commission
proposes that the term ‘‘materials
describing the service’’ includes all
print, audio, video, and web materials
used to describe or enroll in the Lifeline
service offering, including application
and certification forms and materials
sent confirming initiation of the service.
The Commission seeks comment on a
rule requiring Lifeline providers to
record such requests for termination and
make such records available to state and
Federal regulators upon request. The
Commission also makes clear that a
Lifeline provider’s failure to respect
their subscribers’ wishes to de-enroll
from Lifeline service may subject the
Lifeline provider to enforcement action.
146. The Commission seeks comment
on whether it should require a
particular authentication process or
leave that decision up to each Lifeline
provider. In order to make this process
easy for the subscriber wishing to
terminate Lifeline service, the
Commission proposes that ETCs
authenticate subscribers solely through
social security numbers, account
numbers, or some other personal
identification verifying the subscriber’s
identity. In order to minimize the
burden on Lifeline providers
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42689
implementing these de-enrollment
procedures, including any customer
authentication processes the
Commission adopts, the Commission
further proposes that any rules
regarding subscriber de-enrollment shall
become effective six months after the
release of an order implementing such
rules, and seeks comment on this
proposal. However, the Commission
notes that, prior to the effective date of
any requirements in this section, a
Lifeline provider’s failure to de-enroll
the subscriber within a reasonable
period of time upon request may
constitute a violation of the Act and the
Commission’s rules.
147. The Commission seeks comment
on alternative ways to achieve the same
goals. Relatedly, the Commission seeks
comment on revising § 54.405(e)(1) of
the Commission’s rules to require
Lifeline providers to de-enroll
subscribers within five business days.
The Commission also seeks comment on
any other barriers to implementation the
Commission should consider related to
subscriber de-enrollment. The
Commission believes that these rules
will further its interest in reducing
waste and fraud, improve program
administration and accountability, and
facilitate subscriber choice and ultimate
control over their Lifeline service.
3. Wireless Emergency Alerts
148. Wireless Emergency Alerts
(WEA) play an important role in the
nation’s alerting and public warning
system. Participating carriers send, freeof-charge to their subscribers, text-like
messages alerting subscribers of
emergencies in their area, falling under
one of the following three classes: (1)
Presidential alerts, (2) imminent threats,
and (3) child abduction emergency, or
AMBER, alerts. This system (formerly
known as the Commercial Mobile Alert
System) allows authorized government
agencies to send geographically targeted
emergency alerts to commercial wireless
subscribers who have WEA-capable
mobile devices and whose commercial
wireless service provider has elected to
offer the service. Under the WARN Act,
participation in WEA system by
wireless carriers is widespread but
entirely voluntary. As a result, not all
CMS providers currently provide WEA
service or do not intend to provide WEA
service through their entire service
areas.
149. The Commission seeks comment
on ways to increase Lifeline provider
participation in WEA. Are there
measures the Commission could take to
encourage support of WEA, consistent
with the Commission’s legal authority
and core mission to promote the safety
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42690
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
of life and property through
communications? To what extent do
Lifeline providers, both facilities-based
and non-facilities-based, already
support WEA today? The Commission
observes that under the WARN Act,
participation is voluntary; do providers
have sufficient incentive to participate
in WEA on a voluntary basis? In order
to ensure that Lifeline service keeps
pace with the IP-based network
transitions, as well as evolving
consumer needs, the Commission seeks
comment on what additional public
safety functionalities or capabilities it
should consider as a critical component
of Lifeline service offerings.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
E. Efficient Administration of the
Program
150. In this section of the Second
FNRPM, the Commission seeks
comment on a number of reforms to
increase the efficient administration if
the program.
1. Program Evaluation
The Government Accountability
Office has recommended that the
Commission conduct a program
evaluation to determine how well
Lifeline is serving its intended
objectives. For example, one of the goals
that the Commission has set for the
Lifeline program is increasing the
availability of voice service for lowincome Americans, measured by the
difference in the penetration rate (the
percentage of households with
telephone service) between low-income
households and households with the
next highest level of income. Without a
program evaluation, however, GAO
reports that the Commission is currently
unable to determine the extent to which
Lifeline has assisted in lowering the gap
in penetration rates. The Commission
therefore seeks comment on whether a
program evaluation is needed to
determine the extent to which Lifeline
has contributed towards fulfilling its
goals, such as narrowing the gap in
telephone penetration rates, and at what
cost. Is this the right goal for Lifeline
program or should it focus on
affordability? Should the Commission
focus on measuring program efficiency
by determining the amount of people
who no longer need Lifeline? In
measuring the effectiveness of Lifeline
on low-income broadband subscribers,
how can the Commission capture the
benefits that flow from getting
consumers connected, such as the
ability to obtain employment, education
and improve their health care? How
should a program evaluation be
structured? How expensive would it be
to implement? Moreover, if Lifeline is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
expanded to include broadband
support, how could we evaluate the
effectiveness of such an expansion?
What metrics and timeframe should the
Commission use to determine whether
such funds were being spent efficiently?
2. Tribal Lands Support
151. The Commission now turns to
the universal service support provided
to low-income recipients residing on
Tribal lands, often referred to as
enhanced Tribal support. Enhanced
support provides a higher monthly
subsidy amount as well as Link Up at
service activation. In this section, the
Commission seeks additional
information on whether and how
enhanced Tribal support is being
utilized on Tribal lands, and whether
the minimum service level for Tribal
consumers should be different from the
proposed minimum service levels for
other consumers. The Commission also
seeks comment on narrowly tailoring
enhanced support to ensure that it
actually supports the deployment of
infrastructure. It also seeks comment on
requiring additional documentation to
demonstrate that a subscriber resides on
Tribal lands.
152. Background. The Commission
recognizes its historic federal trust
relationship with federally recognized
Tribal Nations, has a longstanding
policy of promoting Tribal selfsufficiency and economic development,
and has developed a record of helping
ensure that Tribal Nations and their
members obtain access to
communications services. It is well
documented that communities on Tribal
lands historically have had less access
to telecommunications services than
any other segment of the U.S.
population. Given the difficulties many
Tribal consumers face in gaining access
to basic services by living on typically
remote and underserved Tribal lands,
the Commission recognizes the
important role of universal service
support in helping to provide
telecommunications services to the
residents of Tribal lands.
153. Under the current rules, Lifeline
providers that are authorized to provide
service on Tribal lands may receive the
$9.25 per month that is offered for any
eligible low-income consumer and an
additional amount of up to $25 per
month for service provided to eligible
low-income residents of Tribal lands—
a total of up to $34.25 per month for
each eligible low-income consumer on
Tribal lands. Additionally, under the
current enhanced Link Up program,
Lifeline providers that receive high-cost
support on Tribal lands may receive a
one-time support payment of up to $100
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for each eligible low-income subscriber
on Tribal lands enrolled in the Lifeline
program to cover the cost of connecting
a consumer to service.
154. In the 2000 Tribal Order, 65 FR
12280, August 4, 2000, the Commission
adopted several measures to improve
low-income support for eligible
residents living on Tribal lands,
including the adoption of enhanced
Lifeline and Link Up support. The
Commission stated that the additional
support might provide Lifeline
providers an incentive to ‘‘deploy
telecommunications facilities in areas
that previously may have been regarded
as high risk and unprofitable’’ and also
to attract needed financing of facilities
on Tribal lands. The Commission noted
that, ‘‘unlike in urban areas where there
may be a greater concentration of both
residential and business customers,
carriers may need additional incentives
to serve Tribal lands that, due to their
extreme geographic remoteness, are
sparsely populated and have few
businesses.’’ The Commission believed
the enhanced Lifeline and Link Up
support would encourage Lifeline
providers to construct facilities on
Tribal lands that lacked such facilities,
encourage new entrants offering
alternative technologies to seek ETC
status, and address the high toll charges
that Tribal residents incur.
155. In its 2012 Annual Report, the
Commission’s Office of Native Affairs
and Policy provided case studies that
showed the benefits of enhanced Tribal
support and what some Tribal Nations
have been able to achieve in terms of
affordable and accessible service on
Tribal lands. For many Tribally-owned
ETCs, for example, the names Lifeline
and Link Up resonate strongly, given the
very high levels of unemployment in
Tribal lands, the very high percentage of
Tribal families with incomes well under
the Federal Poverty Guidelines, and the
remote nature of Tribal Reservations.
For example, seventy-eight percent of
Hopi Telecommunications Inc.’s (HTI)
residential customers are eligible for
Lifeline. The Lifeline and Link Up
programs have been vital assets as HTI
has expanded the reach and adoption of
communications services across the
Hopi Reservation. While the
Commission recognizes the benefits that
enhanced Tribal support have provided
to date, however, Tribal Nations have
indicated that there is still much that
can be done to encourage infrastructure
build-out and improve the level of
telecommunications service and
affordability of those services for Tribal
residents.
156. Impact of Enhanced Lifeline and
Link Up. The Commission seeks
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
additional information and data on the
utilization of enhanced Lifeline and
Link Up support for consumers on
Tribal lands and the carriers that serve
them. How is the enhanced Lifeline
support utilized by carriers and how
does it benefit consumers on Tribal
lands? How much do residents of Tribal
lands typically pay per month for voice
service without enhanced Lifeline
support? Does the additional $25 per
month subsidy achieve the intended
goal of making voice service affordable
for residents of Tribal lands? If not, how
should the Commission modify this to
better effectuate the intended goal?
What types of service plans are offered
on Tribal lands, and how do they differ
if the consumer receives enhanced
Lifeline support from a wireless or a
wireline carrier? How many minutes are
offered to consumers on Tribal lands
receiving enhanced Lifeline support?
157. The Commission also seeks
comment, information, and data on the
utilization of enhanced Link Up support
for the benefit of consumers on Tribal
lands and the carriers that serve such
consumers. How is the subsidy utilized
by carriers and how does it affect the
services delivered to consumers on
Tribal lands? How much do residents of
Tribal lands pay and how much do
carriers charge for connecting a Tribal
resident to voice service? What are the
variables affecting how much is
charged? Does the Link Up subsidy
achieve the intended goal of making
telephone service available and
affordable for residents of Tribal lands?
If not, how should the rule be modified
to better effectuate the intended goal? If
enhanced Tribal Link Up was
eliminated, what effect would it have on
affordability?
158. Additionally, the Commission
knows there are many factors that
contribute to whether
telecommunications service is available
and affordable for low-income
consumers living on Tribal lands. What
policies or practices should the
Commission adopt to ensure that the
Lifeline and Link Up programs are
successful on Tribal lands? What
measures should be implemented to
prevent waste, fraud, and abuse?
159. Infrastructure Deployment.
Recognizing that one of the
Commission’s original intentions in
adopting enhanced Tribal Lifeline
support was to encourage deployment
and infrastructure build-out to and on
Tribal lands, the Commission seeks
comment on the extent to which new
infrastructure development and
deployment has resulted from enhanced
Tribal support. In particular, the
Commission seeks data and comment on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
where and what types of infrastructure
deployments have occurred on Tribal
lands in the last 14 years. What drives
the successful build-out of
telecommunications infrastructure on
Tribal lands? Specifically, the
Commission seeks comment on what
measurable benefits the additional $25
per month in Lifeline support and the
$100 in Link Up support provide
towards infrastructure deployment and
the decisions about where and how to
build infrastructure on and to Tribal
lands. For example, has enhanced
support resulted in additional
deployment in areas that may have been
regarded as ‘‘high risk and
unprofitable,’’ or has it attracted needed
financing of facilities on unserved
Tribal lands, as the Commission
originally intended?
160. Lifeline program data show that
two-thirds of enhanced Tribal support
goes to non-facilities-based Lifeline
providers, and it is unclear whether the
support is being used to deploy facilities
in Tribal areas. The Commission
proposes, therefore, to limit enhanced
Tribal Lifeline and Link Up support
only to those Lifeline providers who
have facilities. Should there, for
example, be different approaches to
enhanced support provided to nonfacilities-based Lifeline providers
serving Tribal lands? One option would
be to limit enhanced Lifeline support
only to those ETCs currently receiving
high-cost support, similar to the
Commission’s Link Up reforms. Another
option would be to adopt the proposal
of the OCC that the Commission limit
enhanced Lifeline support to those
Lifeline providers that are deploying,
building, or maintaining infrastructure
on Tribal lands, even if they do not or
are not eligible to receive high-cost
support. The Commission seeks
comment on the benefits and drawbacks
to these proposed options. What would
be the impact of such limitations on the
provision of Lifeline-supported service
to residents of Tribal lands? How can
the Commission best accomplish the
objective of encouraging build out to
Tribal lands?
161. If the Commission were to adopt
a rule limiting enhanced Lifeline
support as proposed above, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
the annual submission of FCC Form 481
would be sufficient to determine
whether a Lifeline provider was
deploying, building, or maintaining
infrastructure on Tribal lands. Would
any changes to that form be required to
document that the build-out was
occurring on Tribal lands? For those
Lifeline providers that either are not
receiving or are not eligible for high-cost
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42691
support, but seek to receive enhanced
Lifeline support consistent with the
OCC proposal, what documentation
would be necessary to ensure that build
out was occurring on Tribal lands?
Should such a Lifeline provider have to
demonstrate that it is continuing to
build infrastructure on Tribal lands?
162. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether we should focus
enhanced Tribal support to those Tribal
areas with lower population densities,
on the theory that provision of
enhanced support in more densely
populated areas is inconsistent with the
Commission’s objectives. In the 2000
Tribal Order, the Commission
determined that the ‘‘unavailability or
unaffordability of telecommunications
service on tribal lands is at odds with
our statutory goal of ensuring access to
such services to ‘[c]onsumers in all
regions of the Nation, including lowincome consumers.’ ’’ In response, the
Commission established the enhanced
Tribal Lifeline subsidy of up to an
additional $25 available to qualified
residents of Tribal lands in order to
incentivize increased
‘‘telecommunications infrastructure
deployment and subscribership on tribal
lands.’’ Given the Commission’s desire
to use enhanced support to incent the
deployment of facilities on Tribal lands,
the Commission seeks comment as to
whether it is appropriate to provide
such enhanced support in areas with
large population densities where
advanced communications facilities are
widely available. The Commission seeks
comment on whether it is appropriate,
given the Commission’s goals, to focus
enhanced Tribal support in this manner.
Should the Commission focus enhanced
support only on areas of low population
density that are likely to lack the
facilities necessary to serve subscribers?
Should the Commission exclude urban,
suburban, or high density areas on
Tribal lands?
163. Certain Tribal lands have within
their boundaries more densely
populated locations, such as Tulsa,
Oklahoma, which is eligible for
enhanced Tribal Lifeline support as it is
within a former reservation in
Oklahoma, but nonetheless has a
comparatively high population density
compared to many other Tribal lands.
The Commission notes there are other
potential locations on Tribal lands, such
as Chandler, Arizona; Reno, Nevada; or
Anchorage, Alaska. If we adopted an
approach that focused Tribal support on
less densely populated areas, what level
of density would be sufficient to justify
the continued receipt of enhanced
Tribal lands support? What level of
geographic granularity should we
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42692
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
examine to apply any population
density-based test? The Commission
notes that, with respect to Tulsa,
Oklahoma, the history of Tribal lands in
Oklahoma has led at least one other
federal program to exclude certain
higher density Tribal lands from Tribal
income assistance programs in
Oklahoma. For instance, the United
States Department of Agriculture’s
(USDA) Food Distribution Program on
Indian Reservations (FDPIR) excludes
from eligibility residents of towns or
cities in Oklahoma greater than 10,000.
The Commission seeks comment on
whether we should implement a similar
approach that excludes urban areas on
Tribal lands from receiving enhanced
Tribal support. The Commission directs
ONAP, in coordination with the Bureau,
and other Bureaus and Offices as
appropriate, to engage in government-togovernment consultation with Tribal
Nations to develop the record and
obtain the perspective of Tribal
governments on this question.
164. Changes to Self-Certification
Requirement. The Commission seeks
comment on whether to require
additional evidence of residency on
Tribal lands beyond self-certification.
The Commission recognizes that there
may be challenges in verifying Tribal
residency, but it is concerned that a lack
of verification may provide
opportunities for waste, fraud, and
abuse, particularly in light of the
substantial enhanced support currently
available to Lifeline providers operating
on Tribal lands. The Commission also
seeks comment on the manner in which
residents of Tribal lands living at nonstandard addresses should prove their
residence on Tribal lands. Should the
obligation to confirm Tribal residency
rest with the Lifeline provider, rather
than the subscriber? If the Commission
implements a requirement to verify
Tribal lands residency, what impact will
that have on potential eligible, lowincome and current eligible, low-income
subscribers of Lifeline? The Commission
specifically invites and will foster
government-to-government consultation
with Tribal Nations on these matters.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. E-Sign
165. In this section, the Commission
seeks comment on ways to strengthen
the integrity of electronic signatures in
a manner that is both consistent with
the Electronic Signatures in Global and
National Commerce Act and that
increases protections against waste,
fraud, and abuse. The Commission also
seeks comment on reforms to ensure
that the clear intent of the subscriber to
enroll in Lifeline and his/her
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
understanding of the rules is reflected in
the completed Lifeline application.
166. Background. The 2012 Lifeline
Reform Order clarified that Lifeline
providers could obtain electronic
signatures from potential or current
subscribers certifying eligibility
pursuant to § 54.410 of the
Commission’s rules. The Commission
determined that electronic signatures
and interactive voice response systems
allow Lifeline providers to simplify
their enrollment procedures for
consumers applying for Lifeline service
and that it is in the public interest to
allow such signatures. While the E-Sign
Act contains a strong presumption in
favor of permitting electronic signatures
or electronic records between private
parties in transactions involving
interstate or foreign commerce, it also
permits federal and state agencies to
issue rules and guidance pertaining to
electronic signatures and records,
consistent with the E-Sign Act. The
Commission notes that simply making a
signature or record electronic does not
inoculate the record from concerns
about fraud or abuse. To the extent an
electronic signature or record raises
concerns about fraud or abuse in the
Lifeline context, the Commission and/or
USAC may investigate how the
signature was obtained and the record
(e.g., certification or recertification
form) finalized. Illegible signatures,
similarities between signatures, or
automatically generated signatures, in
the absence of more information about
how the signature was generated, may
well raise questions about whether the
named subscriber in fact had ‘‘the intent
to sign the record.’’
167. Discussion. The Commission
recognizes the ever increasing use of
tablets and other electronic devices to
sign up potential Lifeline subscribers,
and laud Lifeline provider efforts to
reach out to legitimate subscribers who
can benefit from Lifeline service.
Nevertheless, given the Commission’s
responsibility to safeguard the Fund
from waste, fraud, and abuse, it must
ensure that new technologies are
deployed with adequate protections and
mechanisms that permit oversight.
Thus, the Commission seeks comment
at this time on the types of techniques
or processes whose use might, in the
event of an investigation or audit, show
that an electronic signature is valid.
168. In responding to this query,
commenters may also take note of other
proposals in this Second FNPRM and
state whether coupling certain signature
verification processes with additional
proposed safeguards may help in
demonstrating that a signature is in fact
a valid ‘‘electronic signature.’’ In other
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
words, does the signature shown on the
electronic certification form in fact
reflect the subscriber’s intent to sign up
for Lifeline service?
169. The Commission seeks comment
on whether adopting regulations based
on what state governments or other
federal agencies have done would be
suitable in this context. The
Commission recognizes that in many
instances state and federal regulations
concern transactions between a state or
federal agency and the public, perhaps
allowing for greater government leeway
in determining what specific technology
should be used. While the Commission
does not wish to dictate the use of
technologies, it cannot permit a system
where a random stray mark, attributed
to stylus difficulties, or an automatically
generated signature, without more
constitute valid signatures. In this
regard, the Commission seeks comment
on what safeguards Lifeline providers
have adopted to date to ensure that an
electronic signature represents the
named subscriber’s ‘‘intent to sign the
record.’’ The Commission also seeks
comment on the utility of requiring
service providers to retain the IP, or
other unique identifier, such as a MAC
address, affiliated with the email or
device that was used for signing up a
subscriber. The Commission seeks
comment on whether such mechanisms
might be useful in detecting and
ultimately curtailing fraud. For
example, would retaining the MAC
addresses associated with iPads used by
sales agents enable service providers
and, if the need should arise, regulators
to better monitor the sign-up practices
of such agents? Such an approach
would assist companies and auditors in
determining patterns of fraudulent
behavior by agents or a subset of agents
within the company.
170. Moreover, as an added
protection, to ensure all subscribers
truly understand the certifications they
are making, the Commission proposes
that all written certifications
(irrespective of whether they are in
paper or electronic form) mandate that
subscribers initial their
acknowledgement of each of the
requirements contained in 47 CFR
54.410(d)(3). In proposing these
requirements, the Commission
emphasizes that Lifeline service
providers remain mindful of their
obligation under 15 U.S.C. 7001(e) to
ensure that an electronic record be in a
form that is capable of being retained
and accurately reproduced for later
reference. In this regard, the
Commission finds that it is consistent
with section 7001(e) of the E-Sign Act
that Lifeline providers be able to
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
reproduce their certification and
recertification forms, along with the
actual signatures placed on the forms, in
the event of a federal or state inquiry.
The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals.
4. The National Lifeline Accountability
Database: Applications and Processes
171. As part of the Commission’s
ongoing efforts to guard against waste,
fraud, and abuse in the Lifeline
program, we propose a number of
additional applications to the NLAD,
including the use of the NLAD to
calculate Lifeline providers’ monthly
Lifeline reimbursement. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal and others below.
172. Using the NLAD for
Reimbursement. The Commission seeks
comment on the legal and
administrative aspects of transitioning
to a process whereby Lifeline providers’
support is calculated based on Lifeline
provider subscriber information in the
NLAD. For example, how would officers
continue to make the monthly
certifications now required on the FCC
Form 497 in the NLAD? Should the
Commission consider requiring officers
to make a separate electronic
certification? The Commission in the
2012 Lifeline Reform Order permitted
states to opt out of the NLAD by
demonstrating that they had a
comprehensive system in place to check
for duplicative federal Lifeline support.
To date, four states and one territory
have received permission to opt out of
the NLAD and Lifeline providers
serving Lifeline subscribers in those
states are not required to submit
subscriber information to the NLAD. If
the Commission decides to calculate
Lifeline support based on Lifeline
provider submissions to the NLAD,
would Lifeline providers operating in
states that opted out of the NLAD be
required to continue to file FCC Form
497s for those states?
173. The Commission notes that in
the national verifier section above, it
sought comment on whether it would be
equitable and non-discriminatory
pursuant to section 254(d) to require
only those Lifeline providers that will
benefit from the functions of the
national verifier to contribute to its
implementation and operation through
additional USF funds. Since only
certain Lifeline providers will utilize
the NLAD, just as the national verifier,
the Commission seeks comment on
whether it is equitable and nondiscriminatory to require Lifeline
providers that will utilize the benefits of
the NLAD to contribute additional USF
funds pursuant to section 254(d). Under
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
this proposal, how would support be
allocated amongst the contributing
Lifeline providers? Would Lifeline
providers that utilize the NLAD more
than other Lifeline providers be
required to pay more? What
methodology should the Commission
use if implementing this support
mechanism?
174. The Commission also asks about
methods to address situations in which
there is a dispute about a Lifeline
provider’s subscribership. The
Commission’s rules, for example,
currently require that the NLAD be
updated with subscriber de-enrollments
within one business day. If Lifeline
providers receive reimbursement from
the NLAD, should this rule be modified
to ensure that Lifeline providers do not
receive reimbursement for subscribers
that they no longer serve? The NLAD
incorporates a dispute resolution
process whereby Lifeline providers have
an opportunity to ensure that eligible
subscribers are not inadvertently
rejected by the NLAD as ineligible. How
should support for subscribers in the
dispute resolution process be treated for
the purpose of determining Lifeline
support? What additional safeguards
against fraud, if any, should be
implemented in the NLAD in light of a
direct relationship between subscriber
counts in the NLAD and receipt of
payment?
175. Transition Period. The
Commission recognizes that using
information in the NLAD to generate
Lifeline provider support payments may
constitute a substantial change in the
way Lifeline providers operate and
USAC administers the program. The
Commission therefore proposes to
establish a transition period to ensure
that Lifeline providers and USAC have
put in place the necessary systems and
processes. The Commission seeks
comment on the length and contours of
such a transition period.
176. Fees for Using the NLAD TPIV
Search. To date, the costs associated
with developing the NLAD, maintaining
the applications and all of its
functionalities, including the ThirdParty Identification Verification (TPIV)
check, have come from the Fund. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
Lifeline providers should pay some or
all of the cost for TPIV checks and
whether the Commission has the
authority to impose such a requirement.
These costs are incurred on a pertransaction basis and are paid for by the
Fund to the TPIV vendor. At the request
of the industry, USAC implemented a
process to permit Lifeline providers to
submit subscriber information through
the TPIV check prior to enrolling the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42693
subscriber. Running the TPIV check
prior to determining whether to enroll a
potential subscriber might be
considered a routine customer
acquisition cost and, viewed in this
light, it might be appropriate to require
Lifeline providers to pay this cost. In
addition, the TPIV check is run again
when the subscriber is actually enrolled
in the NLAD. The Commission seeks
comment on whether some or all of the
costs associated with running a TPIV
check within the NLAD should be paid
for by Lifeline providers. Are there other
ways that the NLAD can recoup the cost
of TPIV functionality? The Commission
seeks comment on whether the NLAD
should recoup the cost of TPIV
functionality through additional
contributions from Lifeline providers to
the Fund that utilize the TPIV
functionality. The Commission seeks
comment on whether recouping the
costs of TPIV functionality through
contributions from those Lifeline
providers that utilize the functionality
would be equitable and nondiscriminatory pursuant to section
254(d). Similarly, the Fund currently
pays for the recertification process for
those Lifeline providers that elect to use
USAC. Should Lifeline providers be
required to pay for some or all of that
cost?
177. Additional Applications of and
Changes to NLAD and Related
Processes. The Commission also seeks
comment on using the information
stored in the NLAD for other aspects of
the Lifeline program. For example,
should USAC use subscriber
information in the NLAD to perform
recertification in those instances where
a Lifeline provider selects USAC to
perform the recertification? The
Commission seeks comment on the
manner in which the NLAD currently
works and whether there are changes
that could be made that would further
limit the potential for waste, fraud, and
abuse.
5. Assumption of ETC Designations,
Assignment of Lifeline Subscriber Base
and Exiting the Market
178. The Commission proposes rules
to minimize the disruption to Lifeline
subscribers associated with the transfer
of control of ETCs or the sale of assets
and lists of customers receiving benefits
under the program, as well as the
transfer of ETC designations between
providers. The Commission seeks
comment on proposals for when it
should permit an ETC to assume an ETC
designation from another carrier. The
Commission also proposes establishing
notification requirements when a carrier
sells or otherwise transfers Lifeline
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
42694
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
subscribers to another provider or exits
the market. Today, in order to receive
reimbursement for providing Lifeline
service to qualified-low-income
consumers, a carrier must be an ETC.
Although state commissions have
primary responsibility for designating
ETCs under section 214(e)(2) of the Act,
that responsibility shifts to the
Commission for carriers ‘‘providing
telephone exchange service and
exchange access that is not subject to
the jurisdiction of a State commission.’’
The Bureau has previously determined
that the transfer of control of licenses
and other authorizations from an entity
already designated as an ETC to another
entity that has not been designated as an
ETC is insufficient for the transferee to
assume the ETC status of the acquired
ETC. Rather, the transferee must
petition the proper designating
authority for its own designation. The
transferee is an ETC only after the
relevant authority determines that the
transferee satisfies all the requirements
of the Act.
179. The Commission also requires
any non-facilities-based carriers seeking
to offer Lifeline service to submit to the
Bureau and receive approval of a
compliance plan. The approval of a
compliance plan is limited to the entity,
and its ownership, as they are described
in the compliance plan approved by the
Bureau, and any material changes in
ownership or control require
modification of the compliance plan
that must be approved by the Bureau in
advance of the changes. The
Commission has not otherwise
addressed specific requirements on
ETCs that seek to transfer a Lifeline
subscriber to another entity.
180. Finally, section 214 of the Act
requires domestic telecommunications
carriers to obtain authorization to
undertake acquisitions of assets such as
by the purchase of transmission lines or
customers, or through acquisition of
corporate control, such as by
acquisitions of equity ownership. The
Commission treats acquisitions, whether
they are through a stock or asset
transaction, in the same manner by
requiring section 214 approval prior to
consummation of the transaction. In
cases in which a carrier does not
transfer its subscriber base to another
entity but instead discontinues service
for those customers, the carrier must
obtain authorization from the
Commission prior to discontinuing the
service. In practice, however, today
these rules apply to wireline or fixed
wireless service ETCs, either facilitiesbased or resellers. The Commission has
forborne from imposing the section
214(a) requirements on commercial
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
mobile radio service (CMRS) providers’
provision of domestic
telecommunication services.
181. Assumption of ETC Designations.
The Commission proposes requirements
to facilitate assumption of ETC
designations in which the Commission
is the designating authority (FCC
Designated ETCs). In circumstances
when an entity seeks to acquire an FCC
Designated ETC, the Commission
proposes to continue to require an
acquiring entity that has not been
designated as an ETC by the
Commission to file a petition with the
Commission seeking ETC designation
for the jurisdictions subject to the
proposed transaction involving the FCC
Designated ETC and await Commission
action in determining whether such
petition satisfies all the requirements of
the Act just as carriers are required to
do today. For the questions below, the
Commission also seeks comment on
applying a similar process if the
Commission provides Lifeline support
to non-ETCs or creates a separation
designation.
182. The Commission proposes that
these requirements would apply when
the acquiring entity becomes the ETC
using a different corporate name or
operating entity, and also would apply
when the acquiring entity maintains the
acquired ETC’s corporate name or
operating entity. In proposing such
requirements, the Commission seeks
comment on the approval process and
obligations for all impacted entities,
including the acquired ETCs. The
Commission also proposes that these
requirements would not apply to
designations in which the acquired
entity was designated by the state and
the state continues to exercise authority
to designate such carriers (State
Designated ETCs). The Commission is
persuaded that entities it has never
evaluated as an ETC should continue to
have the obligation to file their own ETC
petition and that a more streamlined
approach is better suited for
transactions where the acquiring entity
is an existing FCC Designated ETC.
183. The Commission proposes a
more streamlined approach for
transactions where the acquiring entity
is also an FCC Designated ETC. The
Commission has already evaluated
whether such entities satisfy the
requirements of the Act so there is a
presumption it is unnecessary for the
Commission to undertake the same
analysis again. The Commission seeks
comment on requiring an acquiring
entity that is an FCC Designated ETC,
and where such designation has not
been relinquished or revoked, to notify
the Commission of its intent to assume
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
control of the FCC Designated ETC held
by the acquired entity, details of the
transaction, how the acquiring entity is
financially and technically capable to
offer Lifeline service to the selling
carrier’s Lifeline subscribers, and how
allowing the acquiring entity to assume
the selling carrier’s ETC designation is
in the public interest. To comply with
a Commission notification requirement,
the Commission seeks comment on the
period of time that an acquiring entity
would notify the Commission of its
intent to acquire or assume the selling
carrier’s ETC designation and the details
contained in such notice, including
whether such transaction involved highcost support prior to consummation of
the transaction. If the Commission or
Bureau does not act on the ETC’s
notification within a certain period, the
Commission proposes that the
transaction would be deemed approved
and seek comment on that period of
time. If the Commission or Bureau acts
on the ETC’s notification within the
designated period of time via Public
Notice or other type of notice to
impacted entities, the proposed
transaction would not take effect until
the Commission or Bureau take
affirmative action on the proposed
transaction. The Commission seeks
comment on this process for the
Commission or Bureau to act regarding
such transactions, and whether the
process should change if there is an
underlying transaction connected with
the assumption or transfer of the ETC
designations (e.g., transfer of licenses
required to provision wireless service,
obligations specific to section 214 of the
Act).
184. The Commission recognizes that
states, as designating authorities, have
their own procedures to address the
assumptions and transfers of ETC
designations. The Commission seeks
comment from states and third parties
on whether we should consider certain
state procedures addressing transfer of
ETC designations in modifying the
Commission’s processes.
185. Requirements for the Assignment
of Subscriber Base. In addition to
procedures for the assumption or
transfer of ETC designations, the
Commission proposes to adopt rules to
govern the sale or transfer of its Lifeline
subscriber list to another service
provider, including any rules regarding
the transfer of subscribers between ETCs
within the NLAD. To make certain all
relevant authorities and the affected
Lifeline subscribers are aware of a
transaction in which one provider
acquires another ETC or its Lifeline
subscriber base, the Commission seeks
comment propose rules to ensure
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
adequate notice is given to relevant
parties.
186. Specifically, the Commission
proposes requiring an acquiring carrier
that is not currently subject to the 214
requirements, or already subject to
Commission approval of the underlying
transaction (i.e., transfer of licenses
required to provision wireless service),
to provide notice to the affected
customers, Commission, USAC, and the
state designating authority of the
transaction involving assignment of the
Lifeline subscriber base. The
Commission has previously adopted
rules to implement section 214 that
require telecommunications carriers
other than CMRS providers to seek
authorization from the Commission of
forthcoming transfers of control or
assignment of assets such as subscriber
lists from one provider to another. By
extension, the Commission is persuaded
that the Commission, USAC, state
designating authorities, and, most
importantly, affected Lifeline
subscribers, should have notice of such
transactions (including those involving
CMRS providers) to ensure that
subscribers have the option of choosing
alternative providers and that the
relevant authorities are on notice of
such transfers to ensure compliance
with Lifeline program rules. If the
Commission were to adopt such
requirements, the Commission seeks
comment on the time period and
content for such notice to each of the
affected parties—affected subscribers,
the Commission, USAC, and the state
designating authority.
Exiting the Lifeline Market. In some
circumstances, a Lifeline provider may
stop providing Lifeline service and we
propose in such situations that the
Lifeline provider’s subscribers be
provided notice of the upcoming event.
For example, when ETCs decide to exit
the market or transfer to a non-ETC, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
the ETC should give affirmative notice
to the Commission and its affected
Lifeline subscribers that it will no
longer be providing Lifeline service, if it
is not already subject to such an
obligation. The Commission notes that
CMRS-provider ETCs, for example, are
not subject to the Commission’s
discontinuance rules. The Commission
seeks comment on applying this
requirement to any ETCs or non-ETCs
that are not subject to the Commission’s
discontinuance rules. The Commission
is concerned that the absence of such
notification rules in the circumstances
described above could lead to consumer
disruption or encourage waste and
abuse of the Lifeline program. What
form should such notices take? Should
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
notices also be sent to states, USAC, or
other entities?
187. The Commission proposes that
this requirement would be a condition
of receipt of Lifeline support. Under this
scenario, the Commission is not
proposing to reinstate the
discontinuance authorization rules for
which the Commission has forborne for
CMRS providers. The notice
requirements the Commission seeks
comment on here are not pre-approval
requirements but are intended to ensure
that Lifeline consumers have the
opportunity to seek an alternative
provider. The notice provisions would
also support the Commission’s efforts
against waste by requiring providers to
inform regulators before exiting the
market and attempting either to benefit
from exit transactions or to shift funds
away before USAC or the Commission
could obtain repayment, if appropriate.
The Commission seeks comment on
such requirements and the impact to the
affected subscribers.
188. Other Requirements. The
Commission also seeks comment on any
other notice requirements for the
transfer of Lifeline subscribers or
discontinuance of service. The
Commission notes that some states have
specific requirements concerning the
transfer of Lifeline subscribers and the
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should look to a certain state to serve
as a model for national rules governing
transfer of subscribers among ETCs.
189. In regards to transfers among
entities, the Commission also notes that
any material changes in ownership or
control of entities with approved
compliance plans require modification
of those compliance plans, which in
turn, must be approved by the Bureau
in advance of changes. To facilitate
transfers between entities with
approved compliance plans, should the
Commission consider other rules that
will minimize disruption to Lifeline
subscribers? Should the Commission
also consider other rules to minimize
disruption to Lifeline subscribers
associated with the transfer of control of
ETCs receiving benefits under the
program, as well as the transfer of ETC
designations between providers? Given
that a majority of states designate
competitive ETCs, the Commission
seeks comment from states on these
matters. The Commission seeks
comment on whether states impose
discontinuance of service requirements
on CMRS ETCs and if so, whether those
states’ requirements should serve as a
model for the Commission’s rules.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42695
6. Shortening the Non-Usage Period
190. As part of the Commission’s
ongoing efforts to reduce waste and
inefficiency in the Lifeline program, the
Commission proposes to reduce the
non-usage interval to 30 days. In the
Lifeline Reform Order, the Commission
amended its rules to prevent ETCs from
receiving Lifeline support for inactive
subscribers. At that time, the
Commission determined that imposing a
60-day usage period appropriately
balanced the interests of subscribers and
commenters, as well as the risks
associated with potential waste in the
program. However, the Commission
now seeks comment on whether the 60day period of time is too long and
should be reduced to 30 days. Would
reducing the time period benefit the
program and help us to better achieve
the Commission’s goals to reduce waste,
fraud, and abuse in the program? How
would this change affect consumers? If
the Commission modified the non-usage
period, should it also modify the notice
period?
191. The Commission further seeks
comment on how this change would
impact ETCs. Would a reduction in the
usage period cause administrative
burdens for ETCs? If yes, what are the
burdens and would there be ways to
minimize these burdens? Are there
benefits to reducing the non-usage
period, for example, to 30 days instead
of the current 60 days?
7. Increasing Public Access to Lifeline
Program Disbursements and Subscriber
Counts
192. To increase transparency and
promote accountability in the program,
the Commission proposes to direct
USAC to modify its online disbursement
tool to display the total number of
subscribers for which the ETC seeks
support for each SAC, including how
many are subscribers for which it claims
enhanced Tribal support. Making this
data more accessible will allow the
public to more easily ascertain the
number of subscribers that each ETC
serves within each SAC on a monthly
basis.
193. Within the Lifeline program,
ETCs provide discounts to eligible
households and receive support from
the Fund for the provision of such
discounts. ETCs submit an FCC Form
497 to USAC on a monthly or quarterly
basis, which lists the number of
subscribers it served for the previous
month(s) and the requested support
amount. USAC has a disbursement tool
available on its Web site that provides
the disbursement amounts that are
authorized for payment for a particular
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42696
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
month within each study area code
(SAC) based on the ETC’s submission of
its FCC Form 497. While the FCC Form
497 includes the number of subscribers
the ETC served for the previous
month(s), the USAC Web site does not
currently display this information.
194. Even though the public can
already derive Lifeline subscriber
counts from USAC’s Web site and
Quarterly Reports, we propose this
additional transparency step so the
public, including state commissions and
policymakers at the state and federal
levels, can more easily examine these
aspects of the program through one
resource. In proposing these
modifications, the Commission seeks
comment on the impact to ETCs. The
Commission also seeks comment on
whether there are other modifications to
USAC’s disbursement tool that should
be made to promote transparency and
accountability in the program. For
example, should USAC modify the
disbursement tool to provide more
clarity on an ETC’s adjustments made to
its FCC Form 497 filings within the last
12 months?
8. Universal Consumer Certification,
Recertification, and Household
Worksheet Forms
195. In this section, the Commission
seeks comment on adopting forms
approved by the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) that all consumers,
ETCs, or states, where applicable, must
use in order to certify consumers’ initial
and ongoing eligibility for Lifeline
benefits. The Commission believes that
standardization of subscriber
certification forms will save time by
avoiding the need to analyze each form
to make sure it contains all of the
requirements of the federal rules, and
allow for easier compliance checks. The
Commission specifically seeks comment
on whether the Commission should
adopt standard forms for consumers’
initial and annual certifications of
consumer eligibility as well as the ‘‘oneper-household worksheet’’ for when
multiple households reside at the same
address and seek Lifeline benefits.
196. All ETCs must obtain a signed
certification from the consumer that
complies with § 54.410 of the
Commission’s rules. ETCs are required
to annually recertify each subscriber’s
eligibility for Lifeline, and may recertify
subscribers by requiring each subscriber
to submit an annual re-certification form
to the ETC. In instances where multiple
households reside at the same address,
the consumer must affirmatively certify
through the ‘‘one-per-household
worksheet’’ that other Lifeline recipients
residing at that address are part of a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
separate household, i.e., a separate
economic unit that does not share
income and expenses.
197. Currently, ETCs (or states, where
applicable) may create and use their
own forms, so long as their forms
comply with the Commission’s rules.
The Commission has received anecdotal
evidence expressing concerns that the
forms for these purposes are
inconsistent, deficient, or are difficult
for consumers to understand. To
increase compliance with the rules,
facilitate administration of the program
and to reduce burdens placed upon
ETCs, the Commission proposes
creating an official, standardized initial
certification form, annual recertification
form and ‘‘one-per household’’
worksheet. Standardized forms would
allow ETCs, the states, and consumers
to better interface with any national
verifier or state or federal agency that
assists with enrollment, as proposed
elsewhere in this item. The Commission
seeks comment on potential drawbacks
to adopting a standardized form. In
GAO’s most recent report on Lifeline, it
notes that many eligible consumers may
struggle to complete an application due
to lack of literacy or language skills. The
Commission thus seeks comment on
how to improve the language used on
such forms so that consumers are better
able to understand their and the ETC’s
obligations.
198. The URL,www.usac.org/li/
FCCForComment, displays sample
forms that USAC currently uses for
recertification and provides to ETCs to
use for the household worksheet. While
we do not propose to adopt these
specific forms, the Commission seeks
comment on the sample forms displayed
at the URL as a starting point. What are
the shortcomings of these forms, if any?
What other information should be
included on these forms? Are there
other mechanisms by which the
Commission can increase consistency
and uniformity in its certification and
recertification practices?
9. Execution Date for Certification and
Recertification
199. The Commission proposes to
require Lifeline providers to record the
subscriber execution date on
certification and recertification forms. In
the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the
Commission required consumers to
make a number of standardized
certifications at the time of enrollment.
Consumers are required to certify under
penalty of perjury that they are eligible
to receive Lifeline supported service
and that they understand the Lifeline
program rules before enrolling in the
program. ETCs must also collect specific
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
information about the certifying
consumer on the certification form, such
as the consumer’s date of birth and the
last four digits of the consumer’s Social
Security number or Tribal government
identification card number. The 2012
Lifeline Reform Order did not, however,
require ETCs to obtain from the
consumer the date on which the
certification form was executed
(‘‘execution date’’) or to record such
date. The lack of an execution date can
create confusion regarding which rules
should apply to a given subscriber’s
enrollment.
200. The Commission seeks comment
on requiring Lifeline providers to record
the subscriber execution date on
certification and recertification forms.
Mandating an execution date produces
a number of benefits for ETCs and
regulators. An execution date will
ensure that USAC, the Commission, and
independent auditors can, among other
things, determine the relevant rules that
apply to the enrollment or
recertification of that subscriber.
Obtaining the execution date will also
allow USAC to recover funds for
enrollment and recertification rule
violations more accurately.
201. The Commission seeks
additional comment on the manner in
which the execution date should be
collected and retained. For example,
should the execution date appear in a
particular designated area on the
certification or recertification form?
How would this requirement be
implemented for subscribers that
complete a certification or
recertification form online or through
other electronic means? How would this
obligation interact with the E-Sign Act
and any additional requirements the
Commission proposes to implement for
electronic signatures?
10. Officer Training Certification
202. In order to increase ETC
accountability and compliance with the
Lifeline rules, the Commission proposes
to require an officer of an ETC to certify
on each FCC Form 497 that all
individuals taking part in that ETC’s
enrollment and recertification processes
have received sufficient training on the
Lifeline rules. In the 2012 Lifeline
Reform Order, the Commission required
all subscribers to show documentation
of eligibility upon enrollment. The
Commission also considered whether to
require ETCs, rather than their agents or
representatives, to review all
documentation of eligibility, but the
Commission declined to adopt such a
rule at that time. The Commission
reasoned that such a measure was
unnecessary because ETCs remain
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
responsible for ensuring the agent’s or
independent contractor’s compliance
with the Lifeline rules.
203. Subsequent to the 2012 Lifeline
Reform Order, there have been
allegations of agents hired by ETCs
abusing program rules by enrolling
unqualified consumers in the Lifeline
program. The Indiana Regulatory
Commission expressed concern about
the acts of agents in the field, and in
July 2013, two ETCs fired 700 agents
that enrolled consumers in the Lifeline
program because the ETCs were
uncertain if the agents were complying
with the Lifeline rules. The Commission
has also acted to increase oversight over
the Lifeline enrollment process. The
Enforcement Bureau released an
enforcement advisory reminding ETCs
that they are responsible for the actions
of their agents and of ETCs’ obligations
to ensure compliance with the Lifeline
rules. In addition, the Bureau codified
the requirement that ETCs verify a
Lifeline subscriber’s eligibility for
Lifeline service prior to activating such
service.
204. Interested parties have suggested
additional reforms to the Lifeline
program intended to reduce agent
abuses. In June 2013, the Lifeline
Reform 2.0 Coalition filed a petition
urging the Commission to establish a
rule that requires all ETCs to have only
their employees review and approve
consumers’ documentation of eligibility,
rather than an agent or independent
contractor, before the ETC activates
Lifeline service or seeks reimbursement
from the Fund. To minimize any
improper financial incentives, the
Lifeline Reform 2.0 Coalition argued
that the Commission should implement
a rule to no longer permit employees
who are paid on a commission to review
and approve applicants of the program.
In responding to the June 2013 Lifeline
Reform 2.0 Coalition petition, the
Michigan Public Service Commission
suggested that the Commission require
ETCs to develop quality control
procedures tailored to their particular
business plan in lieu of having the
Commission impose one specific set of
procedures.
205. Consistent with the Michigan
PSC’s suggestion, the Commission now
proposes to require an officer of an ETC
to certify on each FCC Form 497 that all
individuals taking part in that ETC’s
enrollment and recertification processes
have received sufficient training on the
Lifeline rules. Under this proposal,
ETCs would be required to affirmatively
certify on each FCC Form 497 that all
individuals, both company employees
and third-party agents (‘‘covered
individuals’’), interfacing with
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
consumers on behalf of the company
have received sufficient training on the
Lifeline program rules. The Commission
seeks comment on how an ETC can
show sufficiency of training. The
Commission believes that this
requirement will not only help to ensure
that covered individuals are adequately
trained but will also create an
environment of compliance at all levels
of the company, thereby reducing the
risk of waste, fraud, and abuse. In
addition, adequate training will have
the additional benefit of reducing
consumer confusion during the
enrollment process. The Commission
seeks comment on these views.
206. The Commission proposes to
require that ETCs obtain a signature of
all covered individuals certifying that
the covered individual has completed
such training. This would allow
auditors, the FCC, and other interested
government agencies to ensure that the
ETC is acting in accordance with its
Form 497 certification. The Commission
seeks comment on alternative means to
document the training of covered
individuals. To ensure that covered
individuals remain aware of the current
rules, we propose that every covered
individual must receive such training
before taking part in the enrollment
process on behalf of the company and
again every twelve months thereafter in
order to ensure that every person
involved in enrolling and verifying
consumers for Lifeline has been
adequately educated about the program
and its requirements. The Commission
seeks additional comment and solicit
ideas for any additional safeguards that
may be necessary to ensure that agents
or other employees enrolling subscribers
do not have the opportunity or incentive
to defraud the Fund.
207. As the Lifeline program enters its
fourth decade, it must continue to
evolve to ensure that it is serving its
statutory mission. The proposals and
questions included herein are intended
to solicit the kind of record that will
allow the Commission to ensure that it
is meeting the requirements of section
254 while strengthening protections
against waste, fraud, and abuse.
11. First-Year ETC Audits
208. To ensure the Lifeline audits are
the best use of Commission resources,
do not unduly burden Lifeline providers
and accurately demonstrate a Lifeline
provider has complied with
Commission rules, the Commission
proposes to revise the Commission’s
rule requiring all first-year Lifeline
providers to undergo an audit within
the first year of receiving Lifeline
benefits.
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42697
209. The Commission has directed
USAC to establish an audit program for
all of the universal service programs,
including Lifeline. As part of the audit
program, in the 2012 Lifeline Reform
Order, the Commission required USAC
to conduct audits of new Lifeline
carriers within the first year of their
participation in the program, after the
carrier completes its first annual
recertification of its subscriber base. The
Commission specifically declined to
adopt a minimum dollar threshold for
those audits and instead directed USAC
to conduct a more limited audit of
smaller newly established ETCs.
210. Since the adoption of the 2012
Lifeline Reform Order, USAC has
audited a number of first-year Lifeline
providers. Many of those Lifeline
providers are still ramping up
operations within that first year and the
number of subscribers they are serving
results in a sample size too small to
draw conclusions regarding compliance
with Commission rules. For example,
USAC has two Lifeline providers that it
is preparing to audit—Glandorf
Telephone Company and NEP Cellcorp,
Inc.—that have only one or two
subscribers as of March 2015. In
addition, although USAC is conducting
limited-scope ‘‘desk audits’’ of these
Lifeline providers, these still impose
costs on the Commission, USAC, and
Lifeline providers that might not be
warranted by the benefits of audits in
particular circumstances. If the audits
are made even more limited in scope, it
would reduce the costs, but it would not
further limit their utility.
211. Given the three years of
experience auditing these carriers since
the adoption of the 2012 Lifeline Reform
Order, the Commission now believes
that, in limited instances, it is not the
best use of USF resources to audit every
Lifeline provider within the first year of
its operations. Instead, if the Lifeline
providers have sufficiently limited
operations, the Commission proposes to
delay the audit until such time it is
useful to audit the Lifeline provider. As
such, the Commission seeks comment
on its proposal to revise § 54.420(b) of
the Commission’s rules to allow the
Office of Managing Director (OMD) to
determine if a Lifeline provider should
be audited within the first year of
receiving Lifeline benefits in the state in
which it was granted ETC status. The
Commission believes this slight change
to its audit requirement will allow for
the best use of audit resources and
protect against waste, fraud and abuse.
The Commission seeks comment on this
conclusion.
212. Instead of adopting a bright-line
threshold to identify those audits of
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
42698
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
first-year Lifeline providers that should
be delayed, the Commission proposes to
delegate authority to OMD, in its role of
overseeing the USF audit programs, to
work with USAC to identify those
audits of first-year Lifeline providers
that will not result in useful audits and
permit those carriers to be audited after
the one-year deadline, when the
auditors can evaluate sufficient data to
identify non-compliance and when it
might be more cost-effective. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal. Are there particular metric(s),
threshold(s), or criteria that the
Commission should identify to provide
more specific guidance to inform OMD’s
determination of when an audit is
unlikely to be useful given the scope of
the Lifeline provider’s operations,
perhaps based on considerations of the
sort discussed below?
213. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether, if an audit is
delayed, it should establish a deadline
by which the audit must be conducted,
even if the Lifeline provider still has
limited operations. The Commission
notes that it can audit any beneficiary at
any time. Is there some benefit to a
Lifeline provider in knowing that it will
definitely be audited within its first
year? Alternatively, or in addition, are
there procedures that OMD, Bureau, or
USAC should follow beyond those
typically used in the case of other audits
under § 54.707 of the Commission’s
rules? For example, should a letter or
other notification be sent to the Lifeline
provider to set a period of time in
advance of when the audit was
scheduled to occur notifying the
provider it will be delayed? After a
delay, should USAC notify the Lifeline
provider when it has been determined
that an audit will be announced? If so,
how far in advance? Should any such
notification simply inform the Lifeline
provider of the forthcoming audit
pursuant to § 54.420(b) of the
Commission’s rules, or is there
additional information that should be
included?
214. Instead of setting a specific time
frame by which an audit must be
conducted after the current one-year
deadline or delegating authority to
OMD, to determine when an audit
should be conducted, should the
Commission instead adopt a minimum
threshold under which audits should
not be conducted because they are
unlikely to be useful? If so, what
metric(s) should be used to define the
threshold(s)? Should it be measured in
dollars or subscribers, some other
metric(s), or some combination? Under
such an approach, what metrics would
best enable an evaluation of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
usefulness of a § 54.420(b) of the
Commission’s rules audit, in terms of
both substance (i.e., the metric(s) bear a
strong relationship to whether the audit
is likely to be useful) and ease of
administration (e.g., the data needed to
evaluate the metric are readily available
and verifiable, and the metric(s)
otherwise can be readily implemented
in practice). What should the magnitude
of any such threshold(s) be (whether
dollars, subscribers, other metric(s), or
some combination)? The Commission
believes allowing OMD some discretion
in determining which carriers should be
exempt from the audit requirement will
allow for situations in which an audit
may be warranted for a first-year
Lifeline provider with limited Lifeline
operations. The Commission seeks
comment on this conclusion.
215. Finally, the Commission seeks
comment on whether there are
variations or combinations of the
forgoing options or other alternatives
that the Commission should consider.
Commenters advocating particular
alternatives should explain how readily
they can be used to identify whether an
audit is likely to be useful and how
readily administrable the alternatives
would be.
III. Procedural Matters
F. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
216. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended, the
Commission has prepared an Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA)
for the Second Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM), of the
possible significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities by
the policies and rules proposed in this
Second FNPRM. Written public
comments are requested on this IRFA.
Comments must be identified as
responses to the IRFA and must be filed
by the deadlines for comments on the
Second FNPRM. The Commission will
send a copy of the Second FNPRM,
including this IRFA, to the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration.
217. The Commission is required by
section 254 of the Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, to promulgate
rules to implement the universal service
provisions of section 254. The Lifeline
program was implemented in 1985 in
the wake of the 1984 divestiture of
AT&T. On May 8, 1997, the Commission
adopted rules to reform its system of
universal service support mechanisms
so that universal service is preserved
and advanced as markets move toward
competition. The Lifeline program is
administered by the Universal Service
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Administrative Company (USAC), the
Administrator of the universal service
support programs, under Commission
direction, although many key attributes
of the Lifeline program are currently
implemented at the state level,
including consumer eligibility, eligible
telecommunication carrier (ETC)
designations, outreach, and verification.
Lifeline support is passed on to the
subscriber by the ETC, which provides
discounts to eligible households and
receives reimbursement from the
universal service fund (USF or Fund) for
the provision of such discounts.
G. Initial Paperwork Reduction Act
Analysis
218. The Second FNPRM seeks
comment on a potential new or revised
information collection requirement. If
the Commission adopts any new or
revised information collection
requirement, the Commission will
publish a separate notice in the Federal
Register inviting the public to comment
on the requirement, as required by the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,
Public Law 104–13 (44 U.S.C. 3501–
3520). In addition, pursuant to the
Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of
2002, Public Law 107–198, 44 U.S.C.
3506(c)(4), the Commission seeks
specific comment on how it might
‘‘further reduce the information
collection burden for small business
concerns with fewer than 25
employees.’’
H. Comment Filing Procedures
219. Comments and Replies. The
Commission invites comment on the
issues and questions set forth in the
FNPRM and IRFA contained herein.
Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.415 and
1.419, interested parties may file
comments on this Second FNPRM on or
before 30 days after publication of this
Second FNPRM in the Federal Register
and may file reply comments on or
before 60 days after publication of this
Second FNPRM in the Federal Register.
All filings related to this Second
FNPRM shall refer to WC Docket Nos.
11–42, 09–197, and 10–90. Comments
may be filed using the Commission’s
Electronic Comment Filing System
(ECFS) or by filing paper copies. See
Electronic Filing of Documents in
Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121
(1998).
• Electronic Filers: Comments may be
filed electronically using the Internet by
accessing the ECFS: https://
fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/.
• Paper Filers: Parties who choose to
file by paper must file an original and
one copy of each filing.
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
• Filings can be sent by hand or
messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or
overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All
filings must be addressed to the
Commission’s Secretary, Office of the
Secretary, Federal Communications
Commission.
• All hand-delivered or messengerdelivered paper filings for the
Commission’s Secretary must be
delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
12th St. SW., Room TW–A325,
Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand
deliveries must be held together with
rubber bands or fasteners. Any
envelopes and boxes must be disposed
of before entering the building.
• Commercial overnight mail (other
than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail
and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300
East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights,
MD 20743.
• U.S. Postal Service first-class,
Express, and Priority mail must be
addressed to 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20554.
220. People with Disabilities. To
request materials in accessible formats
for people with disabilities (braille,
large print, electronic files, audio
format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov
or call the Consumer & Governmental
Affairs Bureau at 202–418–0530 (voice),
202–418–0432 (tty).
221. In addition, one copy of each
paper filing must be sent to each of the
following: (1) The Commission’s
duplicating contractor, Best Copy and
Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street SW.,
Room CY–B402, Washington, DC 20554;
Web site: www.bcpiweb.com; phone:
(800) 378–3160; (2) Jonathan Lechter,
Telecommunications Access Policy
Division, Wireline Competition Bureau,
445 12th Street SW., Room 5–B442,
Washington, DC 20554; email:
Jonathan.Lechter@fcc.gov; and (3)
Charles Tyler, Telecommunications
Access Policy Division, Wireline
Competition Bureau, 445 12th Street
SW., Room 5–A452, Washington, DC
20554; email: Charles.Tyler@fcc.gov.
222. Filing and comments are also
available for public inspection and
copying during regular business hours
at the FCC Reference Information
Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW.,
Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554.
Copies may also be purchased from the
Commission’s duplicating contractor,
BCPI, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY–
B402, Washington, DC 20554.
Customers may contact BCPI through its
Web site: www.bcpi.com, by email at
fcc@bcpiweb.com, by telephone at (202)
488–5300 or (800) 378–3160 or by
facsimile at (202) 488–5563.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
42699
223. Comments and reply comments
must include a short and concise
summary of the substantive arguments
raised in the pleading. Comments and
reply comments must also comply with
section 1.49 and all other applicable
sections of the Commission’s rules. All
interested parties must include the
name of the filing party and the date of
the filing on each page of their
comments and reply comments. All
parties are encouraged to utilize a table
of contents, regardless of the length of
their submission. The Commission also
strongly encourages parties to track the
organization set forth in the Second
FNPRM in order to facilitate the
Commission’s internal review process.
224. For additional information on
this proceeding, contact Jonathan
Lechter at (202) 418–7387 in the
Telecommunications Access Policy
Division, Wireline Competition Bureau.
seeks comment on ensuring the
effectiveness of its administrative rules
while also ensuring that they are not
unnecessarily burdensome. Fourth, the
Commission examines ways to enhance
consumer protection. Finally, the
Commission seeks comment on other
ways to improve administration and
ensure efficiency and accountability in
the Lifeline program. The rules the
Commission proposes in the Second
FNPRM are directed at enabling the
Commission to meet these goals and
objectives for the Lifeline program.
I. Need for, and Objectives of, the
Proposed Rules
225. When the Commission
overhauled the Lifeline program in its
2012 Lifeline Reform Order, it
substantially strengthened protections
against waste, fraud and abuse;
improved program administration and
accountability; improved enrollment
and consumer disclosures; and took
preliminary steps to modernize the
Lifeline program for the 21st Century.
While the Commission is pleased that
the Commission’s previous reforms have
taken hold and sustained the integrity of
the Fund, it realizes that the
Commission’s work is not complete. In
light of the realities of the 21st Century
communications marketplace, the
Commission must overhaul the Lifeline
program to ensure it complies with the
statutory directive to provide consumers
in all regions of the nation, including
low-income consumers, with access to
telecommunications and information
services. At the same time, the
Commission must ensure that adequate
controls are in place as it implements
any further changes to the Lifeline
program to guard against waste, fraud
and abuse.
226. In the Second FNPRM, the
Commission therefore seeks comment
on a package of potential reforms to
modernize and restructure the Lifeline
program. First, it proposes to establish
minimum service levels for voice and
broadband Lifeline service to ensure
value for its USF dollars and more
robust services for those low-income
Americans who need them. Second, the
Commission seeks to reset the Lifeline
eligibility rules. Third, to encourage
increased competition and innovation
in the Lifeline market, the Commission
K. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities To Which the
Proposed Rules Will Apply
228. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of and, where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA
generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small business concern’’
under the Small Business Act. A small
business concern is one that: (1) Is
independently owned and operated; (2)
is not dominant in its field of operation;
and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the Small Business
Administration (SBA). Nationwide,
there are a total of approximately 28.2
million small businesses, according to
the SBA. A ‘‘small organization’’ is
generally ‘‘any not-for-profit enterprise
which is independently owned and
operated and is not dominant in its
field.’’
229. Nationwide, as of 2007, there
were approximately 1.6 million small
organizations. The term ‘‘small
governmental jurisdiction’’ is defined
generally as ‘‘governments of cities,
towns, townships, villages, school
districts, or special districts, with a
population of less than fifty thousand.’’
Census Bureau data for 2007 indicate
that there were 87,476 local
governmental jurisdictions in the
United States. We estimate that, of this
total, 84,506 entities were ‘‘small
governmental jurisdictions.’’ Thus, we
estimate that most governmental
jurisdictions are small.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
J. Legal Basis
227. The legal basis for the Second
FNPRM is contained in sections 1
through 4, 201–205, 254, 303(r), and 403
of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended by the Telecommunications
Act of 1996, 47 U.S.C. 151 through 154,
201 through 205, 254, 303(r), and 403.
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
42700
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
1. Wireline Providers
230. Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers (Incumbent LECs). Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a small business size standard
specifically for incumbent local
exchange services. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. Census Bureau data
for 2007 show that there were 3,188
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 3,144 had
employment of 999 or fewer and 44
firms had employment of 1,000 or more.
According to Commission data, 1,307
carriers reported that they were
incumbent local exchange service
providers. Of these 1,307 carriers, an
estimated 1,006 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 301 have more than
1,500 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
these incumbent local exchange service
providers can be considered small.
231. Competitive Local Exchange
Carriers (Competitive LECs),
Competitive Access Providers (CAPs),
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
Other Local Service Providers. Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a small business size
standard specifically for these service
providers. The appropriate category for
this service is the category Wired
Telecommunications Carriers. Under
the category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census Bureau data for 2007
show that there were 3,188 firms in this
category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 3,144 had
employment of 999 or fewer and 44
firms had 1,000 employees or more.
Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard,
the majority of these Competitive LECs,
CAPs, Shared-Tenant Service Providers,
and Other Local Service Providers can
be considered small entities. According
to Commission data, 1,442 carriers
reported that they were engaged in the
provision of either competitive local
exchange services or competitive access
provider services. Of these 1,442
carriers, an estimated 1,256 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 186 have more
than 1,500 employees. In addition, 17
carriers have reported that they are
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
all 17 are estimated to have 1,500 or
fewer employees. In addition, 72
carriers have reported that they are
Other Local Service Providers, seventy
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
of which have 1,500 or fewer employees
and two have more than 1,500
employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that most
providers of competitive local exchange
service, competitive access providers,
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
Other Local Service Providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Notice.
232. Interexchange Carriers. Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a small business size
standard specifically for providers of
interexchange services. The appropriate
category for Interexchange Carriers is
the category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. Census Bureau data
for 2007, which now supersede data
from the 2002 Census, show that there
were 3,188 firms in this category that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or
fewer, and 44 firms had had
employment of 1,000 employees or
more. Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard,
the majority of these Interexchange
carriers can be considered small
entities. According to Commission data,
359 companies reported that their
primary telecommunications service
activity was the provision of
interexchange services. Of these 359
companies, an estimated 317 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 42 have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the
majority of interexchange service
providers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
233. Operator Service Providers
(OSPs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business
size standard specifically for operator
service providers. The appropriate
category for Operator Service Providers
is the category Wired
Telecommunications Carriers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census Bureau data for 2007
show that there were 3,188 firms in this
category that operated for the entire
year. Of the total, 3,144 had
employment of 999 or fewer, and 44
firms had had employment of 1,000
employees or more. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
these interexchange carriers can be
considered small entities. According to
Commission data, 33 carriers have
reported that they are engaged in the
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
provision of operator services. Of these,
an estimated 31 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 2 have more than 1,500
employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of OSPs are small entities that may be
affected by the Commission’s proposed
action.
234. Local Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
Census data for 2007 show that 1,523
firms provided resale services during
that year. Of that number, 1,522
operated with fewer than 1000
employees and one operated with more
than 1,000. Thus under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these local
resellers can be considered small
entities. According to Commission data,
213 carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of local resale
services. Of these, an estimated 211
have 1,500 or fewer employees and two
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of local
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Notice.
235. Toll Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
Census data for 2007 show that 1,523
firms provided resale services during
that year. Of that number, 1,522
operated with fewer than 1000
employees and one operated with more
than 1,000. Thus under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these resellers
can be considered small entities.
According to Commission data, 881
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of toll resale
services. Of these, an estimated 857
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 24
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of toll
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by the Commission’s action.
236. Pre-paid Calling Card Providers.
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size
standard specifically for pre-paid calling
card providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census data for 2007 show
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
that 1,523 firms provided resale services
during that year. Of that number, 1,522
operated with fewer than 1000
employees and one operated with more
than 1,000. Thus under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these pre-paid
calling card providers can be considered
small entities. According to Commission
data, 193 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of prepaid calling cards. Of these, an
estimated all 193 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and none have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of pre-paid calling card providers are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
237. 800 and 800-Like Service
Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small
business size standard specifically for
800 and 800-like service (‘‘toll free’’)
subscribers. The appropriate category
for these services is the category
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that category and corresponding size
standard, such a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees. Census
data for 2007 show that 1,523 firms
provided resale services during that
year. Of that number, 1,522 operated
with fewer than 1000 employees and
one operated with more than 1,000.
Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard,
the majority of resellers in this
classification can be considered small
entities. To focus specifically on the
number of subscribers than on those
firms which make subscription service
available, the most reliable source of
information regarding the number of
these service subscribers appears to be
data the Commission collects on the
800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in use.
According to the Commission’s data, as
of September 2009, the number of 800
numbers assigned was 7,860,000; the
number of 888 numbers assigned was
5,888,687; the number of 877 numbers
assigned was 4,721,866; and the number
of 866 numbers assigned was 7,867,736.
The Commission does not have data
specifying the number of these
subscribers that are not independently
owned and operated or have more than
1,500 employees, and thus are unable at
this time to estimate with greater
precision the number of toll free
subscribers that would qualify as small
businesses under the SBA size standard.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that there are 7,860,000 or
fewer small entity 800 subscribers;
5,888,687 or fewer small entity 888
subscribers; 4,721,866 or fewer small
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
entity 877 subscribers; and 7,867,736 or
fewer small entity 866 subscribers. We
do not believe 800 and 800-Like Service
Subscribers will be affected by the
Commission’s proposed rules, however
we choose to include this category and
seek comment on whether there will be
an effect on small entities within this
category.
2. Wireless Carriers and Service
Providers
238. Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite). This industry
comprises establishments engaged in
operating and maintaining switching
and transmission facilities to provide
communications via the airwaves.
Establishments in this industry have
spectrum licenses and provide services
using that spectrum, such as cellular
phone services, paging services,
wireless Internet access, and wireless
video services. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers. The size standard for that
category is that a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees. For this
category, census data for 2007 show that
there were 11,163 establishments that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 10,791 establishments had
employment of 999 or fewer employees
and 372 had employment of 1000
employees or more. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the Commission
estimates that the majority of wireless
telecommunications carriers (except
satellite) are small entities that may be
affected by the Commission’s proposed
action.
239. Wireless Communications
Services. This service can be used for
fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital
audio broadcasting satellite uses. The
Commission defined ‘‘small business’’
for the wireless communications
services auction as an entity with
average gross revenues of $40 million
for each of the three preceding years,
and a ‘‘very small business’’ as an entity
with average gross revenues of $15
million for each of the three preceding
years. The SBA has approved these
definitions. The Commission auctioned
geographic area licenses in the WCS
service. In the auction, which
commenced on April 15, 1997 and
closed on April 25, 1997, seven bidders
won 31 licenses that qualified as very
small business entities, and one bidder
won one license that qualified as a small
business entity.
240. Satellite Telecommunications
Providers. Two economic census
categories address the satellite industry.
The first category has a small business
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
42701
size standard of $32.5 million or less in
average annual receipts, under SBA
rules. The second has a size standard of
$32.5 million or less in annual receipts.
241. The category of Satellite
Telecommunications ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
providing telecommunications services
to other establishments in the
telecommunications and broadcasting
industries by forwarding and receiving
communications signals via a system of
satellites or reselling satellite
telecommunications.’’ Census Bureau
data for 2007 show that 512 Satellite
Telecommunications firms that operated
for that entire year. Of this total, 464
firms had annual receipts of under $10
million, and 18 firms had receipts of
$10 million to $24,999,999.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of Satellite
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by the
Commission’s action.
242. The second category, i.e. ‘‘All
Other Telecommunications’’ comprises
‘‘establishments primarily engaged in
providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as
satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation.
This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in
providing satellite terminal stations and
associated facilities connected with one
or more terrestrial systems and capable
of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from,
satellite systems. Establishments
providing Internet services or voice over
Internet protocol (VoIP) services via
client-supplied telecommunications
connections are also included in this
industry.’’ The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for All
Other Telecommunications, which
consists of all such firms with gross
annual receipts of $32.5 million or less.
For this category, Census Bureau data
for 2007 show that there were a total of
2,383 firms that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 2,347 firms had
annual receipts of under $25 million
and 12 firms had annual receipts of $25
million to $49,999,999. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the
majority of All Other
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by the
Commission’s action.
243. Common Carrier Paging. As
noted, since 2007 the Census Bureau
has placed paging providers within the
broad economic census category of
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite).
244. In addition, in the Paging Second
Report and Order, the Commission
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
42702
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
adopted a size standard for ‘‘small
businesses’’ for purposes of determining
their eligibility for special provisions
such as bidding credits and installment
payments. A small business is an entity
that, together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for
the preceding three years. The SBA has
approved this definition. An initial
auction of Metropolitan Economic Area
(‘‘MEA’’) licenses was conducted in the
year 2000. Of the 2,499 licenses
auctioned, 985 were sold. Fifty-seven
companies claiming small business
status won 440 licenses. A subsequent
auction of MEA and Economic Area
(‘‘EA’’) licenses was held in the year
2001. Of the 15,514 licenses auctioned,
5,323 were sold. One hundred thirtytwo companies claiming small business
status purchased 3,724 licenses. A third
auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses in
each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in
all but three of the 51 MEAs, was held
in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming
small or very small business status won
2,093 licenses.
245. Currently, there are
approximately 74,000 Common Carrier
Paging licenses. According to the most
recent Trends in Telephone Service, 291
carriers reported that they were engaged
in the provision of ‘‘paging and
messaging’’ services. Of these, an
estimated 289 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and two have more than
1,500 employees. We estimate that the
majority of common carrier paging
providers would qualify as small
entities under the SBA definition.
246. Wireless Telephony. Wireless
telephony includes cellular, personal
communications services, and
specialized mobile radio telephony
carriers. As noted, the SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under the SBA small business
size standard, a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to the 2010 Trends Report,
413 carriers reported that they were
engaged in wireless telephony. Of these,
an estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees. We have estimated
that 261 of these are small under the
SBA small business size standard.
3. Internet Service Providers
247. The 2007 Economic Census
places these firms, whose services might
include voice over Internet protocol
(VoIP), in either of two categories,
depending on whether the service is
provided over the provider’s own
telecommunications facilities (e.g., cable
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
and DSL ISPs), or over client-supplied
telecommunications connections (e.g.,
dial-up ISPs). The former are within the
category of Wired Telecommunications
Carriers, which has an SBA small
business size standard of 1,500 or fewer
employees. The latter are within the
category of All Other
Telecommunications, which has a size
standard of annual receipts of $32.5
million or less.
L. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities
248. In this Second FNPRM, we
propose and seek public input on new
and additional solutions for the Lifeline
program, including reforms that would
bring the program closer to its core
purpose and promote the availability of
modern services for low-income
families. The rules we propose in this
Second FNPRM are directed at enabling
us to meet the Commission’s goals and
objectives for the Lifeline program.
Specifically, the Commission seeks
comment on a number of proposed
changes that would increase the
economic burdens on small entities.
These proposed changes include:
249. Eligibility documentation. In the
2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the
Commission adopted measures to verify
a low-income consumer’s eligibility for
Lifeline supported services and required
Lifeline providers to confirm an
applicant’s eligibility prior to enrolling
the applicant in the Lifeline Program.
However, program eligibility
documentation may not contain
sufficient information to tie the
documentation to the identity of the
prospective subscriber and often does
not include a photograph. In this
Second FNPRM, the Commission seeks
comment on requiring Lifeline
providers to obtain additional
information to verify that the eligibility
documentation being presented by the
consumer is valid and has not expired.
250. Use of National Lifeline
Accountability Database (NLAD) for
reimbursement. In this Second NPRM,
the Commission seeks comment on
whether the Commission should
establish a national Lifeline eligibility
verifier (national verifier) to make
eligibility determinations and perform
other functions related to the Lifeline
program. As part of the proposed
functions of the national verifier, the
Commission seeks comment on using
the national verifier to calculate ETCs’
support.
251. Reforms to Increase Efficient
Administration of the Lifeline Program.
As part of this Second FNPRM, the
Commission seeks comment on a
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
number of reforms to increase the
efficient administration if the program,
including requiring an officer of an ETC
to certify that individuals taking part in
the ETC’s enrollment and recertification
processes have received training, and
requiring Lifeline providers to record
the subscriber execution date.
M. Steps Taken To Minimize the
Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives
Considered
252. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant, specifically
small business, alternatives that it has
considered in reaching its proposed
approach, which may include the
following four alternatives (among
others): ‘‘(1) the establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance and reporting requirements
under the rule for such small entities;
(3) the use of performance rather than
design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part
thereof, for such small entities.’’
253. As indicated above, in the
Second FNPRM, while the Commission
seeks comment on several proposed
changes that would increase the
economic burdens on small entities, it
also proposes a number of changes that
would lessen the economic impact on
small entities. In those instances in
which a proposed change would
increase burdens on small entities, the
Commission has determined that the
benefits from such changes outweigh
the increased burdens on small entities.
4. Proposed Changes That Lessen
Economic Impact on Small Entities
254. National Lifeline eligibility
verifier. The Commission’s proposal to
remove the responsibility of conducting
the eligibility determination from the
ETC and shift this responsibility to a
trusted third-party lessens the
recordkeeping and compliance burden
on small entities by relieving them of
the obligation to conduct eligibility
determinations.
255. Coordinated enrollment with
other federal and state agencies. The
Commission’s proposal to coordinate
enrollment with other government
benefit programs that qualify lowincome consumers, thus allowing
consumers to enroll themselves, lessens
the recordkeeping and compliance
burden on small entities by shifting this
responsibility to the low-income
consumer along with other government
benefit programs.
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
256. New FCC Forms. The
Commission’s proposal to adopt
standardized FCC Forms that all ETCs,
where applicable, must use in order to
certify a consumers’ eligibility for
Lifeline benefits will decrease burdens
on small entities, increase compliance
with the Commission’s rules, and
facilitate administration of the Lifeline
program.
257. Use of National Lifeline
Accountability Database (NLAD) for
reimbursement. In the long-term, the
Commission’s proposal to transition to a
process where the NLAD is used to
calculate ETCs’ support will ultimately
reduce the burden on small entities,
because they will no longer have to file
the FCC Form 497 (Lifeline Worksheet).
258. First-year ETC audits. The
Commission’s proposal to revise its
rules to allow the Office of Managing
Director to determine if a Lifeline
provider should be audited within the
first year of receiving Lifeline benefits in
the state in which it was granted ETC
status, rather than requiring all first-year
Lifeline providers to undergo an audit
within the first year of receiving Lifeline
benefits, will minimize the burden on a
substantial number of small entities to
respond to requests for information as
part of an audit.
5. Proposed Changes That Increase
Economic Impact on Small Entities
259. Eligibility documentation. The
Commission’s proposal to require ETCs
to obtain additional information in
certain instances to verify that the
eligibility documentation being
presented by the consumer is valid
increases the recordkeeping burden on
small entities. Such proposal, however,
supports the Commission’s objective to
eliminate waste, fraud, and abuse in the
Lifeline program.
260. Use of National Lifeline
Accountability Database (NLAD) for
reimbursement. The Commission’s
proposal to transition to a process where
the NLAD is used to calculate ETCs’
support may initially increase the
burden upon small entities to change
the way in which they calculate support
payments. However, the Commission
proposes a transition period to ensure
that entities and USAC have time to put
in place the necessary systems and
processes.
261. Compliance burdens.
Implementing any of the Commission’s
proposed rules (e.g., requiring an officer
of an ETC to certify that individuals
taking part in the ETC’s enrollment and
recertification processes have received
training, and requiring Lifeline
providers to record the subscriber
execution date) would impose some
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
burden on small entities by requiring
them to make such certifications and
entries on FCC forms, and requiring
them to become familiar with the new
rules to comply with them. For many of
proposed the rules, there is a minimal
burden. Thus, these new requirements
should not require small businesses to
seek outside assistance to comply with
the Commission’s rule but rather are
more routine in nature as part of normal
business processes. The importance of
bringing the Lifeline program closer to
its core purpose and promoting the
availability of modern services for lowincome families, however, outweighs
the minimal burden requiring small
entities to comply with the new rules
would impose.
42703
summarizing oral ex parte
presentations, and all attachments
thereto, must be filed through the
electronic comment filing system
available for that proceeding, and must
be filed in their native format (e.g., .doc,
.xml, .ppt, searchable .pdf). Participants
in this proceeding should familiarize
themselves with the Commission’s ex
parte rules.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 54
Communications common carriers,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telecommunications,
Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
N. Federal Rules That May Duplicate,
Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed
Rules
262. None
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR
part 54 as follows:
O. Ex Parte Presentations
263. Permit-But-Disclose. The
proceeding the Second FNPRM initiates
shall be treated as a ‘‘permit-butdisclose’’ proceeding in accordance
with the Commission’s ex parte rules.
Persons making ex parte presentations
must file a copy of any written
presentation or a memorandum
summarizing any oral presentation
within two business days after the
presentation (unless a different deadline
applicable to the Sunshine period
applies). Persons making oral ex parte
presentations are reminded that
memoranda summarizing the
presentation must (1) list all persons
attending or otherwise participating in
the meeting at which the ex parte
presentation was made, and (2)
summarize all data presented and
arguments made during the
presentation. If the presentation
consisted in whole or in part of the
presentation of data or arguments
already reflected in the presenter’s
written comments, memoranda, or other
filings in the proceeding, the presenter
may provide citations to such data or
arguments in his or her prior comments,
memoranda, or other filings (specifying
the relevant page and/or paragraph
numbers where such data or arguments
can be found) in lieu of summarizing
them in the memorandum. Documents
shown or given to Commission staff
during ex parte meetings are deemed to
be written ex parte presentations and
must be filed consistent with rule
1.1206(b). In proceedings governed by
rule 1.49(f) or for which the
Commission has made available a
method of electronic filing, written ex
parte presentations and memoranda
PART 54—UNIVERSAL SERVICE
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1. The authority citation for part 54
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 155, 201,
205, 214, 219, 220, 254, 303(r), 403, and 1302
unless otherwise noted.
2. Amend § 54.101 by revising
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
■
§ 54.101 Supported services for rural,
insular and high cost areas.
(a) Services designated for support.
Voice Telephony services and
broadband Internet access services shall
be supported by federal universal
service support mechanisms. Eligible
voice telephony services must provide
voice grade access to the public
switched network or its functional
equivalent; minutes of use for local
service provided at no additional charge
to end users; access to the emergency
services provided by local government
or other public safety organizations,
such as 911 and enhanced 911, to the
extent the local government in an
eligible carrier’s service area has
implemented 911 or enhanced 911
systems; and toll limitation services to
qualifying low-income consumers as
provided in subpart E of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Amend § 54.400 by adding and
reserving paragraph (k); and adding
paragraphs (l) and (m) to read as
follows:
§ 54.400
Terms and definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(l) Broadband Internet access service.
Broadband Internet access service is
defined as a mass-market retail service
by wire or radio that provides the
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
42704
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
capability to transmit data to and
receive data from all or substantially all
Internet endpoints, including any
capabilities that are incidental to and
enable the operation of the
communications service, but excluding
dial-up service.
(m) Supported services. Voice
Telephony services and broadband
Internet access services are supported
services for the Lifeline program.
■ 4. Amend § 54.401 by revising
paragraphs (a)(2) and (b) to read as
follows:
§ 54.401
Lifeline defined.
(a) * * *
(2) That provides qualifying lowincome consumers with Voice
Telephony service or broadband
Internet access service as defined in
§ 54.400(l). Toll limitation service does
not need to be offered for any Lifeline
service that does not distinguish
between toll and non-toll calls in the
pricing of the service. If an eligible
telecommunications carrier charges
Lifeline subscribers a fee for toll calls
that is in addition to the per month or
per billing cycle price of the subscribers’
Lifeline service, the carrier must offer
toll limitation service at no charge to its
subscribers as part of its Lifeline service
offering.
(b) Eligible telecommunications
carriers may allow qualifying lowincome consumers to apply Lifeline
discounts to any residential service plan
that includes Voice Telephony service
or broadband Internet access service,
including bundled packages of both
voice and broadband Internet access
services; and plans that include optional
calling features such as, but not limited
to, caller identification, call waiting,
voicemail, and three-way calling.
Eligible telecommunications carriers
may also permit qualifying low-income
consumers to apply their Lifeline
discount to family shared calling plans.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 5. Amend § 54.405 by revising
paragraph (e)(1) and adding paragraph
(e)(5) to read as follows:
§ 54.405
Carrier obligation to offer Lifeline.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) De-enrollment generally. If an
eligible telecommunications carrier has
a reasonable basis to believe that a
Lifeline subscriber no longer meets the
criteria to be considered a qualifying
low-income consumer under § 54.409,
the carrier must notify the subscriber of
impending termination of his or her
Lifeline service. Notification of
impending termination must be sent in
writing separate from the subscriber’s
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
monthly bill, if one is provided, and
must be written in clear, easily
understood language. A carrier
providing Lifeline service in a state that
has dispute resolution procedures
applicable to Lifeline termination, that
requires, at a minimum, written
notification of impending termination,
must comply with the applicable state
requirements. The carrier must allow a
subscriber 30 days following the date of
the impending termination letter
required to demonstrate continued
eligibility. A subscriber making such a
demonstration must present proof of
continued eligibility to the carrier
consistent with applicable annual recertification requirements, as described
in § 54.410(f). An eligible
telecommunications carrier must deenroll any subscriber who fails to
demonstrate continued eligibility within
five business days after the expiration of
the subscriber’s time to respond. A
carrier providing Lifeline service in a
state that has dispute resolution
procedures applicable to Lifeline
termination must comply with the
applicable state requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) De-enrollment requested by
subscriber. If an eligible
telecommunications carrier receives a
request from a subscriber to de-enroll, it
must de-enroll the subscriber within
two business days after the request.
■ 6. Amend § 54.407 by revising
paragraph (a), by adding paragraph
(c)(2)(v), and by revising paragraph (d)
to read as follows:
§ 54.407
Lifeline.
Reimbursement for offering
(a) Universal service support for
providing Lifeline shall be provided
directly to an eligible
telecommunications carrier based on the
number of actual qualifying low-income
customers it serves directly as of the
first day of the month in the NLAD.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) Sending a text message.
(d) In order to receive universal
service support reimbursement, an
officer of each eligible
telecommunications carrier must certify,
as part of each request for
reimbursement, that:
(1) The ETC is in compliance with all
of the rules in this subpart;
(2) The ETC has obtained valid
certification and recertification forms to
the extent required under this subpart
for each of the subscribers for whom it
is seeking reimbursement; and
(3) The ETC has provided sufficient
training on all of the rules in this
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
subpart to all individuals who interact
with consumers during enrollment,
recertification, or consumer information
calls.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 7. Amend § 54.410 by revising
paragraphs (d) introductory text, (d)(1)
introductory text, (d)(2) introductory
text, and by adding paragraph (d)(2)(ix)
and by revising paragraphs (d)(3)
introductory text, (f)(1), (f)(2)(iii),
(f)(3)(iii), and by adding paragraph (h) to
read as follows:
§ 54.410 Subscriber eligibility
determination and certification.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) FCC Form [XXX] Certification of
Eligibility. Eligible telecommunications
carriers and state Lifeline administrators
or other state agencies that are
responsible for the initial determination
of a subscriber’s eligibility for Lifeline
must use FCC Form [XXX] to enroll a
qualifying low-income consumer into
the Lifeline program.
(1) The FCC Form [XXX] shall provide
the following information in clear,
easily understood language:
*
*
*
*
*
(2) The FCC Form [XXX] shall require
each prospective subscriber to provide
the following information:
*
*
*
*
*
(ix) The date on which the
certification form was executed.
(3) The FCC Form [XXX] shall require
each prospective subscriber to initial his
or her acknowledgement of each of the
following certifications individually and
under penalty of perjury:
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) All eligible telecommunications
carriers must annually re-certify all
subscribers using FCC Form [XXX],
except for subscribers in states where a
state Lifeline administrator or other
state agency is responsible for recertification of subscribers’ Lifeline
eligibility.
(2) * * *
(iii) Obtaining a signed certification
from the subscriber on the FCC Form
[XXX] that meets the certification
requirements in paragraph (d) of this
section.
(3) * * *
(iii) Obtaining a signed certification
from the subscriber on the FCC Form
[XXX] that meets the certification
requirements in paragraph (d) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) The FCC Form [XXX] One-PerHousehold Worksheet. The prospective
subscriber will complete the FCC Form
[XXX] One-Per-Household Worksheet
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
upon initial enrollment. At recertification, if there are changes to the
subscriber’s household that would
prevent the subscriber from accurately
certifying to paragraph (d)(3)(vi) of this
section (that is, that the subscriber’s
household will receive only one Lifeline
service and to the best of his or her
knowledge, the subscriber’s household
is not already receiving Lifeline service),
then the subscriber must complete a
One-Per-Household Worksheet.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:00 Jul 16, 2015
Jkt 235001
8. Amend § 54.420 by revising
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
■
§ 54.420
Low income program audits.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Audit requirements for new
eligible telecommunications carriers.
After a company is designated for the
first time in any state or territory, the
Administrator will audit that new
eligible telecommunications carrier to
assess its overall compliance with the
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
42705
rules in this subpart and the company’s
internal controls regarding these
regulatory requirements. This audit
should be conducted within the carrier’s
first twelve months of seeking federal
low-income Universal Service Fund
support, unless otherwise determined
by the Office of Managing Director.
[FR Doc. 2015–17289 Filed 7–16–15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
E:\FR\FM\17JYP2.SGM
17JYP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 137 (Friday, July 17, 2015)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 42669-42705]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2015-17289]
[[Page 42669]]
Vol. 80
Friday,
No. 137
July 17, 2015
Part III
Federal Communications Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
47 CFR Part 54
Lifeline and Link Up Reform and Modernization, Telecommunications
Carriers Eligible for Universal Service Support, Connect America Fund;
Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 137 / Friday, July 17, 2015 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 42670]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 54
[WC Docket Nos. 11-42, 09-197, 10-90; FCC 15-71]
Lifeline and Link Up Reform and Modernization, Telecommunications
Carriers Eligible for Universal Service Support, Connect America Fund
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In this document, the Federal Communications Commission (the
Commission) seeks to rebuild the current framework of the Lifeline
program and continue its efforts to modernize the Lifeline program so
that all consumers can utilize advanced networks.
DATES: Comments are due August 17, 2015. Reply comments are due
September 15, 2015.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by [docket number and/or
rulemaking number], by any of the following methods:
[ssquf] Federal Communications Commission's Web site: https://apps.fcc.gov/ecfs/. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
[ssquf] Mail: [Optional: Include the mailing address for paper,
disk, or CD-ROM submissions needed/requested by your Bureau or Office.
Do not include the Office of the Secretary's mailing address here.]
[ssquf] People with Disabilities: Contact the FCC to request
reasonable accommodations (accessible format documents, sign language
interpreters, CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov or phone: 202-418-
0530 or TTY: 202-418-0432.
For detailed instructions for submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process, see the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jonathan Lechter, Wireline Competition
Bureau, (202) 418-7400 or TTY: (202) 418-0484.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Second
Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (Second FNPRM) in WC Docket Nos.
11-42, 09-197, 10-90; FCC 15-71, adopted on June 18, 2015 and released
on June 22, 2015. The full text of this document is available for
public inspection during regular business hours in the FCC Reference
Center, Room CY-A257, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554 or at
the following Internet address: https://www.fcc.gov/document/fcc-releases-lifeline-reform-and-modernization-item.
Pursuant to Sec. Sec. 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules,
47 CFR 1.415 and 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply
comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this
document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic
Comment Filing System (ECFS). See Electronic Filing of Documents in
Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121 (May 1, 1998).
[ssquf] Electronic Filers: Comments may be filed electronically
using the Internet by accessing the ECFS: https://apps.fcc.gov/ecfs/.
[ssquf] Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must file
an original and one copy of each filing. If more than one docket or
rulemaking number appears in the caption of this proceeding, filers
must submit two additional copies for each additional docket or
rulemaking number.
Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service
mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary,
Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
[ssquf] All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings for
the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
12th St. SW., Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours are
8 a.m. to 7 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together with rubber
bands or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes must be disposed of before
entering the building.
[ssquf] Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service
Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton
Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.
[ssquf] U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail
must be addressed to 445 12th Street SW., Washington DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request materials in accessible
formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic
files, audio format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the
Consumer & Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-
418-0432 (tty).
I. Introduction
1. For nearly 30 years, the Lifeline program has ensured that
qualifying low-income Americans have the opportunities and security
that voice service brings, including being able to find jobs, access
health care, and connect with family. As the Commission explained at
the program's inception, ``[i]n many cases, particularly for the
elderly, poor, and disabled, the telephone [has] truly [been] a
lifeline to the outside world.'' Thus, ``[a]ccess to telephone service
has [been] crucial to full participation in our society and economy
which are increasingly dependent upon the rapid exchange of
information.'' In 1996, Congress recognized the importance and success
of the program and enshrined its mission into the Telecommunications
Act of 1996 (1996 Act). Over time, the Lifeline program has evolved
from a wireline-only program, to one that supports both wireless and
wireline voice communications. Consistent with the Commission's
statutory mandate to provide consumers in all regions of the nation,
including low-income consumers, with access to telecommunications and
information services, the program must continue to evolve to reflect
the realities of the 21st Century communications marketplace in a way
that ensures both the beneficiaries of the program, as well as those
who pay into the universal service fund (USF or Fund), are receiving
good value for the dollars invested. The purpose of the Lifeline
program is to provide a hand up, not a hand out, to those low-income
consumers who truly need assistance connecting to and remaining
connected to telecommunications and information services. The program's
real success will be evident by the stories of Lifeline beneficiaries
who move off of Lifeline because they have used the program as a
stepping stone to improve their economic stability.
2. Over the past few years, the Lifeline program has become more
efficient and effective through the combined efforts of the Commission
and the states. The Lifeline program is heavily dependent on effective
oversight at both the Federal and the state level and the Commission
has partnered successfully with the states through the Federal-State
Joint Board on Universal Service (Joint Board) to ensure that low-
income Americans have affordable access to voice telephony service in
every state and territory. In addition to working with the Commission
on universal service policy initiatives on the Joint Board, many states
administer their own low-income programs designed to ensure that their
residents have affordable access to telephone service and connections.
These activities provide the states the opportunity and
[[Page 42671]]
flexibility to develop new and innovative ways to make the Lifeline
program more effective and efficient, and ultimately bring
recommendations to the Commission for the implementation of
improvements on a national scale. As the Commission continues to
modernize the Lifeline program, it deeply values the input of the
states as it, among other reforms, seeks to streamline the Lifeline
administrative process and enhance the program.
3. The Commission's 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, 77 FR 12951, March
2, 2012, substantially strengthened protections against waste, fraud,
and abuse; improved program administration and accountability; improved
enrollment and consumer disclosures; and took some preliminary steps to
modernize the program for the 21st Century. These reforms provided a
much needed boost of confidence in the Lifeline program among the
public and interested parties, increased accountability, and set the
Lifeline program on an improved path to more effectively and
efficiently provide vital services to the Nation's low-income
consumers. In particular, the reforms have resulted in approximately
$2.75 billion in savings from 2012 to 2014 against what would have been
spent in the absence of reform. Moreover, in the time since the reforms
were adopted, the size of the Lifeline program has declined steadily.
In 2012, the Universal Service Administrative Company (USAC), the
Administrator of the Fund, disbursed approximately $2.2 billion in
Lifeline support payments compared to approximately $1.6 billion in
Lifeline support payments in 2014. These reforms have been
transformational in minimizing the opportunity for Lifeline funds to be
used by anyone other than eligible low-income consumers.
4. The Commission is pleased that its previous reforms have taken
hold and sustained the integrity of the Fund. However, the Commission's
work is not complete. In light of the realities of the 21st Century
communications marketplace, the Commission must overhaul the Lifeline
program to ensure that it advances the statutory directive for
universal service. At the same time, it must ensure that adequate
controls are in place as it implements any further changes to the
Lifeline program to guard against waste, fraud, and abuse. The
Commission therefore, among other things, seeks to revise its
documentation retention requirements and establish minimum service
standards for any provider that receives a Lifeline subsidy. It also
seeks to focus its efforts on targeting funding to those low-income
consumers who really need it while at the same time shifting the burden
of determining consumer eligibility for Lifeline support from the
provider. The Commission further seeks to leverage efficiencies from
other existing federal programs and expand its outreach efforts. By
rebuilding the existing Lifeline framework, the Commission hopes to
more efficiently and effectively address the needs of low-income
consumers. It ultimately seeks to equip low-income consumers with the
necessary tools and support system to realize the benefits of broadband
independent of Lifeline support.
5. Three years ago, the Commission took important steps to reform
the Lifeline program. The reforms, adopted in the 2012 Lifeline Reform
Order, focused on changes to eliminate waste, fraud, and abuse in the
Lifeline program by, among other things: Setting a savings target;
creating a National Lifeline Accountability Database (NLAD) to prevent
multiple carriers from receiving support for the same household; and
confirming a one-per-household rule applicable to all consumers and
Lifeline providers in the program. It also took preliminary steps to
modernize the Lifeline program by, among other things: Adopting express
goals for the program; establishing a Broadband Adoption Pilot Program;
and allowing Lifeline support for bundled service plans combining voice
and broadband or packages including optional calling features. Now, 30
years after the Lifeline program was founded, the Commission believes
it is past time for a fundamental, comprehensive restructuring of the
program.
6. In the Second FNPRM, the Commission seeks to rebuild the current
framework of the Lifeline program and continue its efforts to modernize
the Lifeline program so that all consumers can utilize advanced
networks. The Commission is joined in this effort by the many
stakeholders who have suggested that further programmatic changes are
necessary. The Commission also takes steps to promote accountability
and transparency for both low-income consumers and the public at-large,
and modernize the program. The Commission's efforts in the Second FNPRM
are consistent with the Commission's ongoing commitment to monitor, re-
examine, reform, and modernize all components of the Fund to increase
accountability and efficiency, while supporting broadband deployment
and adoption across the Nation.
7. In the Second FNPRM, the Commission proposes and seeks public
input on new and additional solutions for the Lifeline program,
including reforms that would bring the program closer to its core
purpose and promote the availability of modern services for low-income
families. The Second FNPRM is organized into five sections and, within
those sections, the Commission addresses various issues:
In Section A, the Commission proposes to modernize the
Lifeline program to extract the most value for consumers and the USF.
First, it seeks comment on establishing minimum service levels for both
broadband and voice service under the Lifeline program to ensure low-
income consumers receive ``reasonably comparable'' service per
Congress's directive in section 254(b) and proposes to retain the
current subsidy to do so. Second, the Commission seeks comment on
whether to set a budget for the program. Third, it seeks comment on a
transition period to implement these reforms. Fourth, it seeks comment
on the legal authority to support the inclusion of broadband into the
Lifeline program.
In Section B, the Commission proposes various ways to
further reduce any incentive for waste, fraud, and abuse by having a
third-party determine whether a consumer is eligible for Lifeline, and,
in doing so, also streamline the eligibility process. First, it seeks
comment on establishing a national verifier to make eligibility
determinations and perform other functions related to the Lifeline
program. Second, it seeks comment on leveraging efficiencies from other
federal benefit programs and state agencies that determine eligibility,
and work with such programs and agencies to educate consumers and
potentially enroll them in the Lifeline program. Third, it seeks
comment on whether a third-party entity can directly transfer Lifeline
benefits to individual consumers. Fourth, it seeks comment on changing
the programs through which consumers qualify for Lifeline to ensure
that those consumers most in need can receive support. Fifth, it seeks
comment on putting in place standards for eligibility documentation and
state eligibility databases.
In Section C, the Commission proposes ways to increase
competition and innovation in the Lifeline marketplace. First, it seeks
comment on ways to promote competition among Lifeline providers by
streamlining the eligible telecommunications carrier (ETC) designation
process. Second, it seeks comment on whether to permit Lifeline
providers to opt-out of providing Lifeline supported service in certain
circumstances. Third, it seeks
[[Page 42672]]
comment on other ways to increase participation in the Lifeline
program. Fourth, it seeks comment on ways to encourage states to
increase state Lifeline contributions. Fifth, it seeks comment on how
to best utilize licensed and unlicensed spectrum bands to provide
broadband service to low-income consumers. Sixth, as an alternative to
streamlining the Commission's current ETC designation process, it seeks
comment on creating a new designation process for participation in
Lifeline.
In Section D, the Commission proposes measures to enhance
Lifeline service and update the Lifeline rules to enhance consumer
protections and reflect the manner in which consumers currently use
Lifeline service. First, it seeks comment on amending its rules to
treat the sending of text messages as usage of Lifeline service and,
thus, grants in part a petition filed by TracFone Wireless, Inc.
(TracFone). Second, it proposes to adopt procedures to allow
subscribers to de-enroll from Lifeline upon request. Third, it seeks
comment on ways to increase Lifeline provider participation in Wireless
Emergency Alerts (WEA).
In Section E, the Commission proposes a number of ways to
increase the efficient administration of the Lifeline program by, among
other things, seeking comment on: Changing Tribal enhanced support;
enhancing the requirements for electronic signatures; using subscriber
data in the NLAD to calculate Lifeline provider support; and rules to
minimize disruption to Lifeline subscribers upon the transfer of
control of Lifeline providers.
II. Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
8. In the Second FNRPM, the Commission proposes to modernize and
restructure the Lifeline program. First, it proposes to establish
minimum service levels for voice and broadband Lifeline service to
ensure value for our USF dollars and more robust services for low-
income Americans consistent with the Commission's obligations in
section 254. Second, it seeks to reset the Lifeline eligibility rules.
Third, to encourage increased competition and innovation in the
Lifeline market, it seeks comment on ensuring the effectiveness of its
administrative rules while also ensuring that they are not
unnecessarily burdensome. Fourth, the Commission examines ways to
enhance consumer protection. Finally, it seeks comment on other ways to
improve administration and ensure efficiency and accountability in the
program.
A. The Establishment of Minimum Service Standards
9. The 2012 Lifeline Reform Order established clear goals to enable
the Commission to determine whether Lifeline is being used for its
intended purpose. Specifically the Commission committed itself to: (1)
Ensuring the availability of voice service for low-income Americans;
(2) ensuring the availability of broadband service for low-income
Americans; and (3) minimizing the contribution burden on consumers and
businesses. In an effort to further these goals and extract the most
value possible from the Lifeline subsidy, the Commission proposes to
establish minimum service levels for all Lifeline service offerings to
ensure the availability of robust services for low-income consumers.
The service standards the Commission proposes to adopt may require low-
income consumers to contribute personal funds for such robust service.
The Commission seeks comment on these proposals.
1. Minimum Service Standards for Voice
10. While consumers increasingly are migrating to data, voice
communications remain essential to daily living and may literally
provide a lifeline to 911 and health care providers. Despite years of
participation by multiple providers offering voice service in
competition with one another, we do not see meaningful improvements in
the available offerings. It has been over three years since the 2012
Lifeline Reform Order and the standard Lifeline market offering for
prepaid wireless service has remained largely unchanged at 250 minutes
at no cost to the recipient. Unlike competitive offerings for non-
Lifeline customers, minutes and service plans for Lifeline customers
have largely been stagnant. The fact that service levels have not
increased over time may also suggest that the current program is not
structured to drive sufficient competition. The Commission therefore
believes it is necessary to establish minimum voice standards to ensure
maximum value for each dollar of universal service and that consumers
receive reasonable comparable service, and seeks comment on this
analysis.
2. Minimum Service Standards for Broadband
11. The ability to use and participate in the economy increasingly
requires broadband for education, health care, public safety, and for
persons with disabilities to communicate on par with their peers. As
the Commission ensures that Lifeline is restructured for the 21st
Century, it wants to ensure that any Lifeline offering is sufficient
for consumers to participate in the economy.
12. Education. As the Commission recognized in the E-rate (more
formally known as the schools and libraries universal service support
program) modernization proceeding, ``schools and libraries require
high-capacity broadband connections to take advantage of digital
learning technologies that hold the promise of substantially improving
educational experiences and expanding opportunity for students,
teachers, parents and whole communities.'' Within schools, ``high-
capacity broadband connectivity . . . is transforming learning by
providing customized teaching opportunities, giving students and
teachers access to interactive content, and offering assessments and
analytics that provide students, their teachers, and their parents,
real-time information about student performance.'' Modernizing the E-
rate Program for Schools and Libraries, WC Docket No. 13-184, Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking, 28 FCC Rcd 11304, 11305, para. 1 (2013). However,
the need for connectivity for educational purposes does not necessarily
stop at the end of the school day. Teachers often assign work to their
students that requires broadband connectivity outside of school hours
to more efficiently and effectively complete the assignment or project.
Homework assignments requiring access to the Internet allow teachers
and students to work outside the bounds of paper and pencil--students
can be assigned additional and individualized problems and concepts to
practice specific skills through interactive learning environments that
provide students instant feedback. Many homework assignments also
require students to integrate technology when creating their own
content, such as developing reports, designing PowerPoint
presentations, or manipulating data. Online assignments and assessments
also provide for immediate feedback from instructors, thus allowing
teachers to better direct their focus when teaching and assessing
individual student needs. Students who lack broadband access outside of
the classroom find it difficult and sometimes impossible to complete
their homework assignments and to broadly explore the subjects they are
learning in school. As a result, lack of Internet access can lead to
reduced academic preparedness and decreased academic performance and
classroom engagement
[[Page 42673]]
in school. Lack of Internet access also puts some students at a
competitive disadvantage with respect to their peers, and limits their
educational horizons. As a result, student access to the Internet has
become a necessity, not a luxury.
13. Unfortunately, many low-income students do not have access to
the Internet at home. Computer ownership and Internet use strongly
correlate with a household's income. The higher a household's income,
the more likely it is for that household to subscribe to broadband
service. In 2013, about 95 percent of the households with incomes of
$150,000 or more reported connecting to the Internet, compared to about
48 percent of the households making less than $25,000. There are
approximately 29 million American households with school-age children
(ages 6 to 17). Approximately 31 percent of those American households
with incomes below $50,000 do not have a high-speed connection at home.
Thus, while low-income students may be connected to the Internet while
at school, they become digitally disconnected immediately upon exiting
the school building. As noted in the National Broadband Plan,
``[o]nline educational systems are rapidly taking learning outside the
classroom, creating a potential situation where students with access to
broadband at home will have an even greater advantage over those
students who can only access these resources at their public schools
and libraries.'' This lack of access to technology and broadband in
low-income households has created a ``homework gap'' between low-income
students and the rest of the student population.
14. The ``homework gap'' puts low-income students at a
disadvantage. ``If you are a student in a household without broadband,
just getting homework done is hard, and applying for a scholarship is
challenging.'' Many students who do not have access to the Internet at
home head to the library after school and on weekends in order to
utilize the library's broadband service to complete assigned homework.
However, library hours are limited and even when they are open, they
may not be able to fully accommodate the needs of their users. Thus, in
many communities, after the library and the computer labs close for the
night, there is often only one place for students to go without
Internet access at home--the local McDonald's. Some schools have
attempted to extend the school day to help students with their homework
or partner with after-school programs to ensure that students have the
ability and resources needed to complete their assignments, but not all
can do so. Moreover, after school programs cannot provide students with
the same kind of flexibility and opportunity to access the Internet as
those students who do have home access. As technology continues to
evolve and teachers continue to integrate technology into their
teaching by supplementing their in-class projects and instruction with
projects and assignments necessitating Internet access, the ``homework
gap'' presumably will widen as many students in low-income households,
with a lack of home Internet access, struggle to complete assigned
homework and projects.
15. Various successful initiatives have been improving broadband
access to underserved groups, some of which contain low-income student
populations. For example, Mobile Beacon's Internet Inclusion
Initiative, in partnership with EveryoneOn, provides students who do
not have Internet access at home with unlimited 4G access and low-cost
computers in order to put them on the path to digital opportunity and
learning. Comcast's Internet Essentials program provides qualifying
low-income households with affordable access to high-speed service from
their homes. Additionally, in conjunction with the Knight Foundation,
The New York Public Library (NYPL) has implemented a pilot program to
expand its efforts to bridge the digital divide by allowing the public
to borrow portable Wi-Fi hotspot devices for up to one year (students
can borrow the devices for the school year). The NYPL hopes to
eventually provide 10,000 hotspots to people involved in their
education programs. The Chicago Public Library (CPL) also has
implemented a pilot program to provide members of underserved
communities in three locations access to both portable WiFi and laptop
computers. During the course of the two year pilot program, CPL plans
to make 300-500 MiFi hotspots available in several library locations in
areas with less than 50 percent broadband adoption rates. While these
initiatives are working toward closing the ``digital divide'' and
expanding broadband access to underserved populations, including low-
income students, none of these initiatives provide for a comprehensive,
nationwide solution addressing the ``homework gap'' issue.
16. Building upon the Commission's recent modernization of the E-
rate program, where the Commission, among other things, took major
steps to close the WiFi gap within schools and libraries, the
Commission recognizes the valuable role that the Lifeline program can
play beyond the school day in the lives of elementary and secondary-
school students living in low-income households. Lifeline can help to
extend broadband access beyond the school walls and the school day to
ensure that low-income students do not become digitally disconnected
once they leave the school building. Lifeline can help to ensure that
low-income students have access to the resources needed to complete
their research and homework assignments, and compete in the digital
age. The Commission thus seeks comments on how the Lifeline program can
address the ``homework gap'' issue--the gap between those households
with school-age children with home broadband access to complete their
school assignments and those low-income households with school-age
children without home broadband access. The Commission recognizes that
no one program or entity can solve this problem on its own and what is
needed is many different organizations, vendors, and communities
working together to address this problem. The Commission therefore
seeks creative solutions to addressing this gap so that eligible low-
income students are provided with affordable, reliable, and quality
broadband services in order to effectively complete their homework, and
have the same opportunity as their classmates to reach their full
potential and feel like they are part of the academic conversation.
17. Participation in Lifeline by eligible households with school
children. Recognizing that when the Lifeline program provides support
for broadband services, it will play an important role in closing the
``homework gap'' by helping children in low income families obtain the
educational advantage associated with having home broadband service,
the Commission seeks comment on how best to ensure that low income
households that include school children are aware of and have the
opportunity to participate in a broadband-focused Lifeline program. As
an initial matter, the Commission seeks comments on how best to
identify such households.
18. The Commission first seeks comments on data it can use from the
schools and libraries universal service support program (the E-rate
program) to assist its efforts. Currently, school districts use student
eligibility for free and reduced school lunches through the National
School Lunch Program (NSLP) or an alternative discount mechanism as a
proxy for poverty when calculating discounts on eligible services
received under the E-rate program. Thus, when
[[Page 42674]]
requesting services under the E-rate program, a school district
provides the total number of students in the school district eligible
for NSLP and the calculated discount rate. How might the Commission use
this information to ensure that Lifeline eligible households with
school children are aware of the opportunity provided by the Lifeline
program? How does the fact that E-rate discount levels are based on the
percentage of children eligible for both free and reduced school
lunches impact the usefulness of E-rate data for identifying households
that are eligible for Lifeline support which is limited to lower-income
households?
19. The Commission seeks comments on sources of data that would be
useful for identifying Lifeline eligible households with school-age
children. Eligibility for free school lunches through the NSLP is
already one way to demonstrate eligibility for the Lifeline program.
Schools and school districts collect NSLP eligibility information, but
they are already burdened with numerous administrative responsibilities
and the introduction of other tasks may cause additional administrative
burdens. In addition, more and more school districts have moved towards
the community eligibility option in the NSLP program, which saves them
from collecting individual NSLP eligibility data. How will the movement
away from individual NSLP data collection affect the Commission's
ability to identify Lifeline eligible households with school children?
Are the state databases that directly certify some students'
eligibility to participate in NSLP a possible source of information
that could help the Commission identify Lifeline eligible households
with school children? Are there other non-burdensome methods to
identify Lifeline eligible households with students and make sure that
those households with school children are aware of the opportunity to
receive Lifeline support?
20. The Commission also seeks comments on how it can incentivize
Lifeline providers to reach out to those households with school
children to provide Lifeline supported services. Commenters should
indicate what, if any, practical or administrative implications there
may be to utilizing existing data provided to USAC under the E-rate
program for this purpose. Are there other ways to use the E-rate
program and the data the Commission already collects to address the
``homework gap''?
21. Health Care. Congress directed the Commission to consider the
extent to which ``supported'' services are ``essential to . . . public
health.'' Health care is a necessity that can represent a considerable
barrier to low-income consumers due to the time and resource burdens it
often presents to patients. However, when patients utilize broadband in
the interest of their personal health, it not only improves their own
lifestyles, but also reduces health care-related costs for both the
patient and the health care providers. Reduction in health care related
costs represents a significant benefit for all consumers, but
particularly for low-income consumers, who too often must make
difficult decisions when deciding how and where to spend the limited
money they have. For example, telehealth, the ability to connect with
health care professionals remotely via broadband, has significant
potential to enrich a patient's life by reducing the need for frequent
visits to the doctor and by utilizing e-visits and remote telemetry
monitoring. The Veterans Administration conducted a study of over
17,000 patients with chronic conditions, and found that by using
telehealth applications, bed days of care were reduced by 25 percent
and hospital admissions were reduced by 19 percent. Even when a patient
does not directly interact with a health care professional, health care
software accessed through broadband can also provide significant
benefits to patients. Research has shown that those with a lower
socioeconomic status are more prone to develop type 2 diabetes. But a
study of type 2 diabetes patients concluded that utilization of
software loaded onto broadband-capable mobile phones that provided
mobile coaching in combination with blood glucose data, changes in
lifestyle behaviors, and patient self-management substantially reduced
negative symptoms of type 2 diabetes. Access to broadband can lead to
better health care outcomes. The Commission seeks comment on additional
broadband health care related initiatives that can significantly
improve the health outcomes for low-income consumers.
22. Individuals with Disabilities. Broadband adds significant
benefit to the daily lives of those with disabilities through ``access
to a . . . universe of products, applications, and services that
enhance lives, save money, facilitate innovation, and bolster health
and well-being.'' See Letter from Douglas Orvis II, Counsel,
Telecommunications for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing, Inc., to Marlene
H. Dortch, Secretary, FCC, WC Docket No. 11-42, at 1-2 (filed June 10,
2015) (TDI June 10, 2015 Letter). U.S. Chamber of Commerce, The Impact
of Broadband on People with Disabilities at 2 (Dec. 2009). https://www.onecommunity.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/BroadbandandPeoplewithDisabilities.pdf (last visited May 26, 2015) (The
Impact of Broadband on People with Disabilities). For example,
broadband provides the ability to facilitate societal interaction and
communications through email, instant messaging, and real-time video
conferencing through services like Skype. In fact, individuals who are
deaf or hard of hearing rely on video relay service (VRS) to the same
extent that other consumers rely on voice service; therefore, broadband
must be sufficiently robust to meet this need. Living with a disability
often coincides with a lower socioeconomic status because of the
limited ability to work, but broadband ``provides employment
opportunities by enabling telecommuting and encourages entrepreneurship
by providing a robust platform for conveniently launching and managing
a home business[.]'' See The Impact of Broadband on People with
Disabilities at 2. In addition, broadband significantly ``[e]nhances
the number and types of educational opportunities available to people
with disabilities by enabling a [significant] universe of distance
learning applications.'' See id. The benefits of broadband to
individuals with disabilities are countless, as broadband is a
``flexible and adaptable tool'' that can be used ``to deliver
affordable, convenient, and effective services,'' and enable a ``range
of social, economic, and health-related benefits.'' See id. at 1; See
TDI June 10, 2015 Letter at 1-3. Due to the limiting nature of many
physical and intellectual disabilities, broadband may be further out of
reach for individuals with disabilities than the average consumer. The
Commission seeks comment on how to ensure the benefits of broadband
reach low-income individuals with disabilities. For example, are there
unique outreach efforts or eligibility initiatives targeted towards
individuals with disabilities that ensure the benefits of broadband are
utilized by this community? Additionally, the Commission seeks comment
on any data showing the use, benefits, and penetration of broadband for
individuals with disabilities so that the Commission may identify
trends across different types of communities and regions, particularly
those that serve individuals with disabilities.
23. Public Safety. Congress directs the Commission to consider the
extent to which ``supported'' services are ``essential to . . . public
safety,'' and the
[[Page 42675]]
National Broadband Plan enumerated several benefits that broadband
technologies provide to a cutting-edge public safety communications
network. As the Plan observed, broadband ``can help public safety
personnel prevent emergencies and respond swiftly when they occur,''
and ``can also provide the public with new ways of calling for help and
receiving emergency information.'' The transition to Next Generation
911 (NG911) networks based on broadband technology holds the potential
to improve access to 911 through services such as text-to-911, while
providing public safety answering points (PSAPs) with more flexible and
resilient options for routing 911 calls. In an NG911 environment, IP-
based devices and applications will provide consumers with the ability
to transmit and receive photos, video, text messages, and real-time
telemetry information with first responders and other public-safety
professionals. Broadband also ensures that consumers are notified of
emergencies and disasters through advanced emergency alerts on a
variety of platforms, including geographically-targeted Wireless
Emergency Alerts warning wireless subscribers of imminent threats to
safety in their area. Yet, for these services to be available when they
are needed most, they must also be reliable and resilient, and must
provide sufficient privacy and security for consumers to have
confidence in their everyday use. Therefore, it is essential that all
consumers, including low-income consumers, have access to broadband-
capable devices that provide the ability to send and receive critical
information, as well as broadband service with sufficient capacity,
security, and reliability to be dependable in times of need. Through
the Lifeline program, the Commission seeks to ensure that low-income
consumers have access to critical broadband public safety
communications during an emergency, and service levels comparable to
those offered to other residential subscribers. The Commission
emphasizes that providers must ensure that all Lifeline service
offerings continue to be compliant with all applicable 911
requirements. The Commission seeks comments on the utilization of
broadband by low-income consumers to receive public safety alerts and
connect with public safety professionals.
24. Low-Income Broadband Pilot Program. In 2012, the Commission
launched a pilot program to collect data on what policies might
overcome the key broadband adoption barriers--cost, relevance, and
digital literacy--for low-income consumers and how the Lifeline program
could best be structured to provide support for broadband. Each pilot
project provided support for broadband service to qualifying low-income
consumers for 12 months. In selecting the pilot projects, Commission
staff struck a balance between allowing providers enough flexibility in
the design of the pilots and ensuring the structure of each project
would result in data that would be statistically and economically
relevant. On the one hand, the 14 pilot projects shared a set of common
elements that reflect the current model of the Lifeline program--e.g.,
all relied on existing ETCs to provide service, and the ETCs had to
confirm that individuals participating in the pilot were eligible and
qualified to receive Lifeline benefits. On the other hand, each project
tested different subsidy amounts, conditions to receiving service, and
different outreach and marketing strategies. The result was a highly
diverse set of 14 funded pilot projects that implemented different
strategies and provided a range of services across varying geographies.
25. The Wireline Competition Bureau (Bureau) prepared a report to
assist the Commission in considering reforms to the Lifeline Program
and released for public review and consumption all of the data reported
by the participating carriers. The Broadband Pilot Report summarizes
each of the 14 pilot projects and the data collected during the course
of the projects. As shown from the data summarized in the Broadband
Pilot Report, the pilot projects provide an informative perspective on
how various policy tools can impact broadband adoption by low-income
consumers. For example, patterns within the data indicate that cost to
consumers does have an effect on adoption and which service plans they
choose. Given the condition in the Pilot Program that participation was
limited to consumers that had not subscribed to broadband within the
last 60 days, Commission staff recognized that there was a risk of low
enrollment in each of the projects relative to the initial provider
projections. As a result of this limitation, providers had to market
the limited-time project offerings to consumers that either could not
afford broadband service or, until that time, did not understand the
relevance of broadband. The Commission seeks comment on how this report
and the underlying data will provide guidance to the Commission as it
considers reforms to the Lifeline program.
26. Current Offerings. In the wireline market, some offerings
specifically target low-income consumers and typically include a $10
per month broadband product. Participation often is limited to
consumers who have not had wireline broadband service from the provider
within a certain time period, have no past due bills, and meet certain
income and other eligibility restrictions.
27. In the wireless market, direct-to-consumer broadband wireless
plans are limited for low-income consumers, and generally require
pricey top-ups for minimal broadband. However, low-income consumers are
able to receive discounted service on either a smartphone plan or a
mobile hotspot plan through some innovative plans. For about $10 per
month, Mobile Beacon, a nonprofit licensee of EBS, provides mobile
Internet to other nonprofit institutions. The Commission notes Mobile
Beacon is not itself a direct-to-consumer wireless provider and
consumers must have a relationship with a Mobile Beacon partner
institution to receive service. Kajeet offers a similar service to
schools, where the school pays a single low monthly fee for a hotspot,
CIPA-compliant filtering software and network management, and 4G
wireless service. Schools provide the devices to those students which
they identify as most in need of connectivity at home.
3. Service Levels
28. The Commission proposes to establish minimum service levels for
fixed and mobile voice and broadband service that Lifeline providers
must offer to all Lifeline customers in order to be eligible to receive
Lifeline reimbursement. The Commission also seeks comment on minimum
standards for Tribal Lifeline, recognizing the additional support may
allow for greater service offerings. The Commission believes taking
such action will extract the maximum value for the program, benefitting
both the recipients as well as the ratepayers who contribute to the
USF. It also removes the incentive for providers to offer minimal, un-
innovative services that benefit providers, who continue to receive USF
support above their costs, more than consumers. The Commission also
believes it is consistent with its statutory directives. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
a. Standard for Setting Minimum Service Levels
29. The Commission seeks comments on how to establish minimum
service levels. The Commission looks first to the statute for guidance.
Congress indicated that ``[q]uality services should be available at
just, reasonable, and affordable rates.'' Specifically with
[[Page 42676]]
regard to low-income Americans, Congress directed that they should have
``access to telecommunications and information services, including
interexchange services and advanced telecommunications and information
services that are reasonably comparable to those services provided in
urban areas.'' Congress also stated that, in defining supported
services, the Commission should consider the extent to which such
services ``are essential to education, public health, or public
safety''; are ``subscribed to by a substantial majority of residential
customers''; and are ``consistent with the public interest,
convenience, and necessity.'' The Commission seeks comment on how to
develop minimum standards based on these principles. In particular,
would it be appropriate to develop an objective, data-based methodology
for establishing such levels? Could the Commission establish an
objective standard that could be updated on a regular basis? The
Commission also seeks comment on minimum service levels for Tribal
Lifeline. Given the higher monthly subsidy, the Commission expects more
robust service and seeks comment on how to do so. The Commission seeks
comment on these or other approaches.
30. Given that the Lifeline program is specifically targeted at
affordability, the Commission seeks comment on how to ensure that the
minimum service levels it proposes to adopt result in services that are
affordable to low-income Americans. How should the Commission establish
minimum service levels that result in affordable but ``reasonably
comparable'' offerings?
b. Ensuring ``Reasonably Comparable'' Service for Voice and Broadband
31. The Commission next seeks comment on how minimum service
standards based on statutory universal service principles could be
applied to various Lifeline offerings to produce different service
levels. The Commission seeks comments on whether and how service levels
would vary between fixed and mobile broadband service. In addition, the
Commission proposes to require providers to offer data-only broadband
to Lifeline customers to ensure affordability of the service. In
addition to the comment the Commission solicits below, the Commission
seeks explicit comment from the states on its proposed course of
action. As the Commission's partners in implementation and
administration of the Lifeline program, any views or quantifiable data
specifically from a state perspective would be invaluable to the
Commission as it moves forward with these reforms.
32. Voice-Only Service. Some consumers may prefer to use their
Lifeline discount for a voice-only service, and the Commission seeks
comment on how to require providers to continue offering affordable
stand-alone voice service to provide consumers' access to critical
employment, health care, public safety, or educational opportunities.
The Commission seeks comments on how requiring providers to offer
stand-alone voice service affects providers' business models and
affordability to the consumer.
33. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the Commission established
the program goal of ensuring the availability of quality voice service
for low-income consumers. Given the relatively stagnant Lifeline market
offerings, the Commission believes that it is appropriate to establish
minimum service levels for voice-only service. The Commission seeks
comment on whether to establish a standard for mobile and/or fixed
voice-only service based on objective data. What usage levels would
result from these options? Since the cost of providing voice service
has declined drastically, should the Commission require mobile
providers to offer unlimited talk and text to Lifeline consumers to
maximize the benefit of the Lifeline subsidy? What other approaches
should the Commission consider?
34. The 17th Mobile Competition Report, (DA 14-1862, released
December 18, 2014) found that consumers average between 690 and 746
minutes per month, depending on the type of device they use. And
according to Nielsen, the average monthly minutes-of-use for a postpaid
consumer is 644. These figures suggest that a typical wireless voice
consumer uses two-to-three times the amount of voice service offered on
a standard plan by typical Lifeline wireless resellers and suggests
that low-income consumers do not have comparable offerings. However, in
California, where Lifeline consumers and providers benefit from an
additional state subsidy, consumers may elect plans in progressively
increasing tiers of minutes in exchange for providers receiving
progressively larger combined state and federal subsidies. The
Commission seeks comments on whether the Commission should adopt a
similar framework The Commission also seeks comment on voice and text
plans and whether it should use average usage as a baseline for minimum
service. The Commission seeks comments on whether it should require
unlimited talk and text for voice service.
35. The Commission seeks comments on how to ensure fixed voice
service provides ``reasonably comparable'' service that is affordable
for low-income consumers. Is there a price to the low-income consumer
above which voice telephony service is no longer affordable?
36. A key component of ensuring service remains affordable to the
end-user is ensuring Lifeline providers utilize universal service funds
consistent with their intended purpose. The Commission seeks comment on
whether Lifeline providers are currently passing on reductions in their
costs to end-users. Specifically with respect to mobile voice service,
the level of Lifeline service has not appreciably increased recently,
while the cost per minute to wireless resellers has declined to less
than two cents on the wholesale market. The per-minute cost for
facilities-based providers is likely lower still. When the declines in
costs are coupled with the average minutes of use and stagnant Lifeline
service levels, it appears that Lifeline ETCs are not offering
consumers ``innovative and sufficient service plans'' or passing on
their greater efficiencies to consumers. The Commission seeks comment
on these conclusions. Further, it notes that the Commission's rules
state that federal universal service support should be used only for
the provision, maintenance, and upgrading of facilities and services
for which the support is intended.
37. Fixed Broadband Service. Next, the Commission seeks comments on
the application of minimum service standards to fixed broadband
offerings. Unlike mobile technologies, the prevailing benchmark for
fixed broadband is the speed of the service. In addition to speed, the
Commission needs to ensure that capacity is sufficient. The Commission
seeks comments on whether the Commission should define an objective
standard for fixed service by looking at what kinds of services are
typically offered or subscribed to ``in urban areas'' or by a
substantial majority of Americans. Could the Commission establish an
objective standard that could be updated on a regular basis simply by
examining new data about fixed broadband service? In the alternative,
should the Commission look to the standard, as well as capacity and
latency requirements, adopted in the Connect America Fund proceeding to
determine the appropriate level of service? The Commission seeks
comments on how to address data caps
[[Page 42677]]
and if it needs to set a minimum level of capacity for fixed broadband
service. Should the Commission consider setting any minimum standards
based on the FCC Form 477 data, which is based on what most residential
consumers subscribe to? What other criteria should the Commission use?
Should providers be required to make available any offering that is at
or above a minimum speed to eligible low-income consumers?
38. Mobile Broadband Service. The Commission seeks comments on how
to apply minimum service standards to mobile broadband offerings. It
also seeks comment on whether the Commission should define an objective
standard for mobile broadband service by looking at what kinds of
services are typically offered or subscribed to ``in urban areas'' or
by a substantial majority of Americans. For example, in December 2014,
an average American consumer utilized roughly 1.8 GB of data across
both 3G and 4G networks. Should a mobile minimum service standard be
tied to this average, or a similar metric? Would it be more appropriate
to set a standard tied to a different level of consumer usage? Should
the Commission consider setting any minimum standards on criteria other
than data usage? Today, mobile Lifeline providers may offer a specific
service just for Lifeline but providers do not allow such customers to
apply the Lifeline discount to other service offerings. Should
providers be required to make available any offering that is at or
above a minimum speed to eligible low-income consumers?
39. The Commission notes that low-income consumers that are more
likely to only have mobile broadband service, likely due to
affordability issues, may rely on that service more heavily than the
majority of consumers who can offload some of their usage onto their
residential fixed connection. The Commission seeks comments on how, if
at all, this dynamic should affect its choice of minimum service
levels.
40. The Commission seeks comments on how to ensure that this
approach results in services that are affordable to low-income
consumers. For example, the Commission understands that providers in
the Lifeline market have developed their businesses based on the
premise that Lifeline was a voice-only market, including the
distribution of primarily voice-only handsets at a low price point.
Therefore, the Commission seeks comment on whether it should take into
account the cost of wireless Consumer Premises Equipment (CPE) passed
on to consumers by Lifeline providers in determining whether a
particular level of service is affordable. The Commission seeks
comments on how these costs would influence affordability of mobile
broadband service to low-income consumers.
41. Minimum Service for Tribal Lifeline. Low-income consumers
living on Tribal lands may receive up to $34.25 per month in a Lifeline
discount. Given the additional support, we expect that more robust
service will be offered to consumers. The Commission seeks comments on
establishing minimum levels of service for voice and broadband for low-
income residents living on Tribal lands. The Commission seeks comment
on the appropriate standards for mobile data as well as a fixed
broadband service. What metric should be used and how should it evolve
over time? The Commission notes that the Oklahoma Corporation
Commission (OCC) requires wireless ETCs to provide a large number of
minutes each month to Lifeline subscribers on Tribal lands, which is
significantly higher than what ETCs typically offer to non-Tribal
Lifeline consumers. Are other states considering similar minimum
service levels on Tribal lands? More generally, what is the level of
service provided to residents of Tribal lands, and how does it compare
to consumers nationwide?
c. Updating Standards and Compliance
42. The Commission seeks comment on how to set appropriate minimum
service levels that evolve with technology and innovation, and how to
ensure compliance with those levels. A comparison of subscription rates
from 2011 to 2013 show a steady increase in adoption for fixed wireline
at 10/1 Mbps level of service. The Commission expects these increases
in adoption will continue because carriers will continue to build out
networks offering at least 10/1 Mbps service. At the same time, the
Commission has not seen a decline in the utilization of wireline voice
service, but an increase in wireless voice service. In light of this
dynamic, the Commission believes it needs a mechanism to ensure that
the minimum service levels it proposes to adopt stay relevant over
time.
43. The Commission proposes to delegate to the Wireline Competition
Bureau (Bureau) the responsibility for establishing and regularly
updating a mechanism setting the minimum service levels that are tied
to objective, publicly available data. The Commission seeks comment on
this proposal. It also seeks comment on how best to regularly update
service levels for both fixed and wireless voice and broadband services
to ensure that Lifeline supports an ``evolving level'' of
telecommunications service.
44. Alternatively, it may be appropriate to establish explicit
procedures by which to ensure those minimum service levels are met and
maintained. In the high-cost program, the Commission defined strict
broadband performance metrics, and the Bureau recently sought comment
on the best mechanism to measure these performance metrics. The
Commission seeks comment on whether it would be reasonable to subject
Lifeline providers to similar broadband measurement mechanisms.
45. The Commission also seeks comments on how to monitor and ensure
compliance with any voice and broadband minimum service levels. Should
this be part of an annual certification by Lifeline providers? Should
offerings be part of any application to become a Lifeline provider?
What information and records should be retained for an audit or review?
Should consumer or other credible complaints result in an audit or
review of a Lifeline provider provisioning Lifeline service? Should
complaints to state/local regulatory agencies, the Commission, and/or
public watchdog organizations trigger audits? Are there other events
that should trigger an audit? Proposed audit triggers should address
both ensuring that performance standards are met and minimizing
administrative costs.
d. Support Level
46. The Commission proposes to retain the current, interim non-
Tribal Lifeline support amount that the Commission adopted in the 2012
Lifeline Reform Order, but the Commission seeks to extract more value
for low-income consumers from the subsidy. When it set the interim
rate, the Commission sought comment on a permanent support amount that
would best meet the Commission's goals. The Commission sought comment
on a number of issues associated with establishing a permanent support
amount, but received limited comments. Recently, GAO noted that the
Commission has not established a permanent support amount. The
Commission tentatively concludes that it should set a permanent support
amount of $9.25, and seeks comment on this tentative conclusion. If the
Commission sets a minimum service level where $9.25 is insufficient to
cover broadband service, would an end-user charge be necessary? Since a
central goal of the Lifeline program is affordability, how can the
Commission assure both a sufficient level of
[[Page 42678]]
broadband service while also ensuring the service is affordable to the
consumer? The Commission seeks comment on if or how bundles should
affect the support level.
47. The Commission also seeks comment on whether the support amount
should be reduced for Lifeline supported mobile voice-only service. The
cost of provisioning wireless voice service has decreased significantly
since the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order. Therefore, the Commission
questions whether it is necessary to support mobile voice-only Lifeline
service with a $9.25 subsidy, and the Commission seeks comments on the
level of support needed for mobile voice-only service. The Commission
also seeks comments on whether a different level of support would be
appropriate for a voice and broadband bundle. If so, what would be
appropriate?
48. Broadband Connection Charge Reimbursement. The Commission seeks
comments on whether to provide a one-time reimbursement to Lifeline
consumers to cover any up-front broadband connection charges for fixed
residential service. The costs associated with connecting a low-income
consumer to fixed broadband exceed the costs of connecting that same
consumer to mobile broadband service. For example, the Commission finds
that it is more likely that a technician would need to visit a location
to connect the consumer to broadband than would be the case for mobile
service, resulting in an up-front charge. Such fees may serve as a
barrier for low-income consumers to adopt broadband, particularly if
consumers pay an ongoing charge for robust Lifeline supported broadband
service. The Commission also seeks comments on how best to protect the
Fund from any waste, fraud, and abuse if the Commission implements a
one-time reimbursement for connection charges. Additionally, the
Commission seeks comments on how to appropriately set the level of the
broadband connection charge subsidy.
e. Managing Program Finances
49. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the Commission adopted a
number of reforms designed to combat waste, fraud, and abuse in the
program. These reforms have taken significant strides to address
concerns with the program, including through the elimination of
duplicate support. In 2012, USAC disbursed approximately $2.2 billion
in Lifeline support payments compared to approximately $1.6 billion in
Lifeline support payments in 2014. The Commission, in the 2012 Lifeline
Reform Order, also indicated that the reforms would put the Commission
``in a position to determine the appropriate budget for Lifeline''
after evaluating the impact of the reforms.
50. Accordingly, in light of progress made on these reforms, and
consistent with steps the Commission has taken to control spending in
other universal service programs, the Commission seeks comments on a
budget for the Lifeline program. The purpose of a budget is to ensure
that all of the Commission's goals are met as the Lifeline program
transitions to broadband, including minimizing the contribution burden
on ratepayers, while allowing the Commission to take account of the
unique nature and goals of the Lifeline program. The Commission seeks
comment on this approach.
51. Adopting a budget for the Lifeline program raises a number of
important implementation questions. For example, what should the budget
be? The Commission expects that efforts to reduce fraud, waste and
abuse should limit any increase in program expenditures that may be
associated with the reforms to modernize the program. What data would
help ensure Lifeline-supported voice and broadband services are
available to qualifying low-income households and that also minimizes
the financial burden on all consumers? Today, not every eligible
household participates in the Lifeline program. Thus, if the Commission
were to adopt the current size of the Lifeline program as a budget, it
could foreclose some eligible households from participating in the
program. And, there is no data to suggest that the particular size of
Lifeline in a given year is the right approach. Ultimately, the size of
the Lifeline program is limited by the number of households living in
poverty and, as the Commission does better as a society to bring
households out of poverty, the program should naturally reduce in size.
52. Additionally, the Lifeline program is a month-to-month program.
The Commission wants to avoid a situation where the Commission would be
forced to suddenly halt support for individuals that otherwise meet the
eligibility requirements. How can the Commission monitor and forecast
demand for the program so that the Commission would be in a position to
address any possible increases in advance of reaching the budget,
should that necessity arise? The Commission seeks comment on these and
other implementation questions that would be raised by a budget.
f. Transition
53. The Commission seeks comments on whether any transition is
necessary to implement the reforms described in this section. If the
Commission adopts the proposal to eliminate the provider from
determining whether a consumer is eligible for Lifeline, as discussed,
the Commission seeks comments in particular on the appropriate
transition to ensure that the Lifeline program has sufficient
protections against waste, fraud and abuse. For example, should the
Commission have a transition where the providers continue determining
eligibility while the third-party process is being established and, if
so, how long should there be an overlap to ensure that the third-party
process is working as intended? For each of the possible program
changes discussed in this document, the Commission seeks comments on
whether a transition is necessary and, if so, how to structure any such
transition to minimize fraud and protect the integrity of the program
while maximizing the value and benefits to consumers.
54. The Commission also seeks to minimize any hardships on
consumers affected by the proposed changes and we also seek to
alleviate complications resulting from a transition on Lifeline
providers. The Commission seeks comments on specific paths to
transition that would minimize the impact on both consumers and
Lifeline providers.
g. Legal Authority To Support Lifeline Broadband Service
55. In order to establish minimum service levels for both voice and
broadband service, the Commission proposes to amend the Commission's
rules to include broadband Internet access service, defined consistent
with the Open Internet Order, 80 FR 19737, April 13, 2015, as a
supported service in the Lifeline program. Section 254(c) defines
universal service as ``an evolving level of telecommunications
service.'' Broadband Internet access service is a ``telecommunications
service,'' therefore, including broadband Internet access service as a
supported service for Lifeline purposes is consistent with Congress's
principles for universal service. Moreover, defining broadband Internet
access service as a supported service is also consistent with the
criteria in section 254(c)(1)(A) through (D). Should the Commission
amend Sec. Sec. 54.101, 54.400, and 54.401 of the Commission's rules
to include broadband as a supported service? The Commission seeks
comments on these views.
56. The Commission also seeks comment on other ways to support
broadband within the Lifeline program. For example, should the
Commission condition a Lifeline provider's receipt of
[[Page 42679]]
Lifeline support for voice service (a supported telecommunications
service) on its offering of broadband Internet access service? Could
the Commission provide the support for broadband-capable networks,
similar to what the Commission did in the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
76 FR 78384, December 8, 2011. For example, could the Commission use a
similar analysis to conclude that providing Lifeline support to
facilities-based Lifeline providers encourages the deployment of
broadband-capable networks, as does stimulating the demand for
wholesale broadband services by providing Lifeline support to non-
facilities-based Lifeline providers? Are there other sources of
authority that could allow the Commission to adopt rules to provide
support for broadband Internet access service in the Lifeline program?
How should the Commission view section 706 of the 1996 Act? The
Commission asks commenters to take federal appropriations laws into
account as they offer their responses to these questions.
B. Third-Party Eligibility Determination
57. The Commission proposes to remove the responsibility of
conducting the eligibility determination from the Lifeline providers
and seeks comment on various ways to shift this responsibility to a
trusted third-party and further reduce waste, fraud, and abuse in the
Lifeline program, and leverage other programs serving the same
constituency to extract saving for the Fund. By removing that decision
from the Lifeline provider, the Commission removes one potential source
of waste, fraud, and abuse from the program while also creating more
efficiencies overall in the program administration. Doing so also
brings much-needed dignity to the program, reduces administrative
burdens on providers, which should help to facilitate greater provider
participation and competition for consumers. A number of states have
been proactive in their efforts to bring further efficiencies into the
program by establishing state eligibility databases or other means to
verify Lifeline eligibility. The Commission commends these states for
working to make the program a prime example of Federal/state
partnership, and seeks comment below on the best ways to build off of
these successful efforts and extract benefits for Lifeline. The
Commission seeks comment on the costs and benefits of each approach for
third-party eligibility including the costs to providers, the universal
service fund, and the costs and timeframe to transition to an
alternative mechanism. In particular, the Commission seeks comment on
leveraging eligibility and oversight procedures that already exist
within other benefit programs rather than recreating another mechanism
just for Lifeline. The Commission also seeks comment on whether to
provide eligible consumers with a portable benefit, provided by the
third-party verifying eligibility, which they could use with any
Lifeline provider. That approach could facilitate consumer choice while
also reducing administrative burdens on Lifeline providers. The
Commission seeks comment on these and other options below.
1. National Lifeline Eligibility Verifier
58. In this section, the Commission seeks comment on whether the
Commission should establish a national Lifeline eligibility verifier
(national verifier) to make eligibility determinations and perform
other functions related to the Lifeline program. A national verifier
would review consumer eligibility documentation to verify Lifeline
eligibility, and where feasible, interface with state eligibility
databases to verify Lifeline eligibility. A national verifier could
operate in a manner similar to the systems some states have already
implemented. For example, California has chosen to place the duty of
verifying Lifeline eligibility in the hands of a third-party
administrator. In California, the state's third-party administrator
examines documentary proof of eligibility and verifies that the
prospective subscriber has executed a proper Lifeline certification.
The Commission seeks comment on whether such an approach could be
adopted on a national scale and the costs and timeframe to do so.
Because a number of states have already implemented Lifeline
eligibility verification systems, the Commission seeks comment and
quantifiable data from the states to enrich its understanding of how
such systems function when implemented. As the Commission's partners in
administering the Lifeline program, the states can provide a unique
perspective on these issues that may be overlooked elsewhere. The
Commission welcomes and solicits comment from the states on the issues
of Lifeline eligibility verification discussed below.
59. Core Functions of a National Verifier. The Commission proposes
that a national verifier would, at a minimum, review consumers' proof
of eligibility and certification forms, and be responsible for
determining prospective subscribers' eligibility. The Commission seeks
comment on the scope of this core function and other potential
responsibilities associated with determining eligibility that the
administrator could undertake. Consistent with the responsibilities of
Lifeline providers to protect Lifeline applicants' personal information
from misappropriation, breach, and unlawful disclosure, it also seeks
comment on reasonable data security practices that should be adopted by
a national verifier and whether a national verifier should notify
consumers if their information has been compromised.
60. Interfacing with Subscribers and Providers. The Commission
seeks comments on whether consumers should be permitted to directly
interface with a national verifier, or whether only providers should be
permitted to do so. If consumers are permitted to interface with a
national verifier, they could compile and submit all required Lifeline
eligibility documentation and obtain approval for Lifeline prior to
contacting a provider for service. However, many consumers are likely
unfamiliar with many of the Lifeline application documents and program
requirements. Therefore, should interaction with a national verifier be
limited to providers for reasons of efficiency and expertise? If
interaction is limited to providers, how could information be collected
and compiled in a manner that reduces administrative burdens on
providers and maintains consumer privacy and dignity?
61. If subscribers are not able to directly interface with a
national verifier to apply for a Lifeline benefit, are there other ways
a national verifier could interact with consumers? For example,
California has established a call center to answer consumers' questions
about the Lifeline application process. Are there other similar
customer service functions the national verifier should implement as
part of its responsibilities? Should the Commission establish a process
so that a potential subscriber contacts the national verifier to learn
about the service and the providers that serve the subscriber's area?
Are there any lessons that providers have learned from the
implementation of, and their interaction with the NLAD?
62. Processing Applications. Next, the Commission seeks comment on
whether a provider should be permitted to provision service to a
consumer prior to verification of eligibility by a national verifier.
Currently, providers are required to evaluate and verify a prospective
subscriber's eligibility prior to activating a Lifeline service. Under
any implementation of a national verifier, where the verifier must
review eligibility documentation, there will be a delay between a
national verifier receiving documentation and the time a
[[Page 42680]]
national verifier makes an eligibility determination. For example, in
California, several days can pass between the time the Lifeline
application and supporting documentation is received by the state's
third-party verifier and when the consumer is approved for Lifeline.
Would a similar, multi-day approval process on the national level
negatively impact consumers? If so, does the benefit of reduced waste,
fraud, and abuse in the program outweigh any harms a delay may cause?
What additional costs would shortening the review process incur?
63. The Commission also seeks comment on whether it should
implement a pre-approval process. To mitigate the effects of the delay
from the time the consumer submits a Lifeline application and
supporting documentation and an eligibility determination, California
put a ``pre-approval'' process in place. It is the Commission's
understanding that, in California, the pre-approval occurs subsequent
to a duplicates check and ID verification, but before the third-party
administrator performs a full review of the consumer's documentation
for eligibility and occurs in a matter of minutes. The Commission seeks
comment on whether we should implement a similar pre-approval process
for the national verifier. Would pre-approval increase the chances for
waste, fraud, and abuse in the program?
64. The Commission notes that delay of several hours or even days
can occur during the period between when the subscriber seeks to obtain
Lifeline service from a provider and subsequently provides a completed
application and supporting documentation to the third-party entity.
What assistance, if any, should providers or a national verifier give
to the subscriber in completing a Lifeline application and compiling
supporting eligibility documentation to shorten the eligibility
verification process? For example, should verifier staff walk
applicants through the enrollment process? Would permitting the
national verifier to enroll subscribers directly without the subscriber
having to apply through the provider shorten this period?
65. The Commission also seeks comment on how providers and/or
consumers should transmit and receive Lifeline applications and proof
documentation with a national verifier. Should consumers be required to
submit their Lifeline applications and proof documentation through a
provider who ultimately sends the documentation to a national verifier,
or could consumers submit their documentation directly to a national
verifier? For example, should the Commission permit consumers to
directly submit their Lifeline application and supporting eligibility
documentation to a national verifier via U.S. Postal Service, fax,
email, or Internet upload? If consumers are not permitted to submit
documentation on their own, how should providers submit consumer
eligibility documentation to a national verifier? Are some forms of
submission better than others in terms of ensuring an expedited
response? What are the data privacy and security advantages and
disadvantages of each approach, and how can any risk of unauthorized
disclosure of personal information be mitigated? The Commission seeks
comment on any other submission methods that may benefit consumers,
providers, and a national verifier.
66. Interacting with State Databases. In this section the
Commission seeks comment on the scope of a national verifier's
operations and how or whether it should interact with states that have
already put in place state eligibility databases and/or processes to
check documentary proof of eligibility. The Commission is pleased and
encouraged with the fact that several states already have in place
eligibility databases and/or processes to check documentary proof of
eligibility.
67. While many states have made significant strides in verifying
Lifeline eligibility, some states' processes are limited in that they
only verify eligibility against some, but not all, Lifeline qualifying
programs. The Commission seeks comment on how these states should
interact with a national verifier. How would a possible change in the
number of qualifying programs, as discussed below, affect this
analysis? The Commission also seeks comment on interim steps that could
be taken to leverage state databases to confirm eligibility as the
Commission moves away from providers determining eligibility. Could the
Commission move faster in states that have existing databases and then
phase-in the process for other states?
68. The Commission also seeks comment on ways a national verifier
could access state eligibility databases to verify subscriber
eligibility prior to review of consumer eligibility documentation.
Would this step improve the efficiency of the enrollment process? How
would requiring a national verifier to utilize a state eligibility
database for eligibility verification interplay with any standards set
for state databases, as discussed below? Could the national verifier
use the NLAD database and have the state databases interface with NLAD?
If so, how? Alternatively, what are the drawbacks if the duty to check
such databases remains with the state, its agent, and/or individual
providers in those states? The Commission encourages interested parties
to suggest cost-effective ways a national verifier could utilize state
databases.
69. Existing State Systems for Verifying Eligibility. In this
section the Commission seeks comment on the relationship between a
national verifier and states with existing systems for verifying
eligibility. The Commission wants to encourage the continued
development of eligibility databases at the state level. The Commission
seeks comment on whether states should be required to use a national
verifier, or whether and how states could ``opt-out'' of a national
verifier in those cases where the state has developed a process to
examine subscribers' eligibility and/or a state eligibility database
and the state wishes to continue to perform the eligibility screening
function on its own. The Commission currently permits states to opt-out
of utilizing the NLAD, contingent upon a state's system being at least
as robust as the processes adopted by the Commission in the 2012
Lifeline Reform Order. Similarly, it now seeks comment on whether to
adopt standards that state systems would have to meet in order to opt-
out of a national verifier.
70. The Commission also seeks comment on standards for any database
or state-led process used to verify Lifeline program eligibility and
how the states must meet these requirements as part of their request to
opt-out of a national verifier. The Commission seeks comment on
requirements for state eligibility databases generally in order for a
state to qualify to opt out of a national verifier. Specifically, the
Commission seeks comment on whether state eligibility databases should
be required to verify eligibility for each Lifeline qualifying program,
or whether such a requirement would impose an unreasonable burden.
71. To ensure the reliability and integrity of the state
eligibility databases, the Commission seeks comment on whether we
should set a requirement for updating eligibility data on a regular
basis, and if so, what the appropriate time frame should be. For
example, would the burden of a nightly refresh requirement outweigh the
benefit of fully up-to-date data? What specific barriers prevent timely
data updates?
72. The Commission seeks comment on whether and to what extent to
[[Page 42681]]
include state database consumer privacy protections in any opt-out
standard we adopt. Many of the state eligibility databases currently in
use only return a ``yes'' or ``no'' response subsequent to an
eligibility query. By doing so, the provider is unaware of which
Federal Assistance program the consumer qualifies under for Lifeline.
The Commission seeks comment on whether the Commission should require
this type of ``yes'' or ``no'' response from Lifeline eligibility
databases as a means to protect consumers' private information as part
of our opt-out threshold. What other types of controls can the
Commission adopt to protect consumer privacy?
73. The Commission and USAC may need to be able to audit state
databases to monitor compliance. Is direct access to the databases
needed to perform a sufficient audit? What are the data privacy and
security implications of allowing direct access? How can we reduce the
administrative burden on states, while ensuring compliance? What state
or Federal rules and statutes may limit the ability of USAC or the FCC
to audit the state database?
74. Lastly, the Commission seeks comment on how states may fund and
implement any standards for their eligibility databases. Pursuant to
Sec. 54.410(a) of the Commission's rules, providers are required to
implement procedures to ensure their subscribers are eligible to
receive the Lifeline benefit. Could this rule be interpreted to require
providers to fund any necessary implementation efforts for state
eligibility databases? More generally, the Commission seeks comment on
the sources and scope of Commission authority to require minimum
standards for state databases so as to opt out of a national verifier.
75. Alternative State Interaction. In this section the Commission
seeks comment on utilizing state eligibility systems as the primary
means of verifying Lifeline eligibility, and utilizing a national
verifier to promote and coordinate state eligibility verification
efforts. As the Commission note above, a number of states have been
proactive in their efforts to bring further efficiencies into the
program by establishing state eligibility databases or other means to
verify Lifeline eligibility. Therefore, it may be administratively
inefficient to create a national verifier that would duplicate the
functionality of these databases and systems already in place at the
state level. The Commission seeks comment on this idea.
76. The Commission acknowledges that the current tapestry of state
eligibility systems is far from uniform and has some shortcomings. It
notes, as mentioned above, that many states have Lifeline eligibility
verification systems in place but these systems vary in functionality.
In addition, other states do not have in place any means of verifying
Lifeline eligibility. The Commission seeks comment on how to incent
states to develop dependable means-tested processes to verify consumer
Lifeline eligibility. Does the Commission have the authority to utilize
universal service funds to finance the development and implementation
of Lifeline eligibility verification systems at the state level?
Section 54.410(a) of the Commission's rules requires providers to
implement procedures to ensure their subscribers are eligible to
receive the Lifeline benefit. Could this rule be interpreted to require
providers to fund any necessary implementation efforts for state
eligibility databases? The Commission seeks comment on the sources and
scope of Commission authority to incent states, either through monetary
or other means, to develop Lifeline eligibility verification systems.
How can the Commission guarantee all state eligibility verification
systems meet specific standards to ensure the reliability and integrity
of those systems? If some states decline to develop systems meeting any
minimum standards as set by the Commission, would a national verifier
as envisioned act to verify consumer Lifeline eligibility? If a
national verifier assumes the function of verifying consumer Lifeline
eligibility for non-compliant states, what additional functions can a
national verifier undertake to assist and encourage states to develop
systems to verify Lifeline eligibility that meet Commission standards?
77. In addition, the Commission seeks explicit comment from the
states on this alternative course of action. As the Commission's
partners in implementation and administration of the Lifeline program,
any views or quantifiable data specifically from a state perspective
would be beneficial in determining whether to move forward with this
alternative option for verifying Lifeline eligibility.
78. Dispute Resolution. The Commission seeks comment on any means
or process for consumers or providers to contest a rejection of a
prospective consumer's eligibility. The Commission seeks comment on a
dispute resolution process that consumers may utilize should they
believe that they have been wrongly denied Lifeline eligibility. Should
the provider act on behalf of the consumer to resolve any eligibility
disputes, or should the consumer interface directly with the national
verifier? Should resolution of disputes be addressed by the national
verifier in the first instance, subject to an appeal to USAC? In
developing a dispute resolution/exceptions management process for the
national verifier, the Commission generally seeks comment on additional
issues such as implementation, transition, and timing of decisions.
79. Privacy. Consumer privacy is of the utmost concern to us in
establishing a national verifier, and the Commission proposes requiring
that any national verifier put in place significant data privacy and
security protections against unauthorized misappropriation, breach, or
disclosure of personal information. It notes that in response to the
Lifeline FNPRM, several commenters raised consumer privacy concerns
with having a third-party entity review and retain prospective Lifeline
subscriber qualifying documentation. Moreover, recently, we have
emphasized that Lifeline providers must ``take every reasonable
precaution to protect the confidentiality of proprietary or personal
customer information,'' including ``all documentation submitted by a
consumer or collected by a Lifeline provider to determine a consumer's
eligibility for Lifeline service, as well as all personally
identifiable information contained therein.'' In order to ensure that
consumers' privacy is protected at all stages of the Lifeline
eligibility verification process, the Commission seeks comment on how a
national verifier can receive, process, and retain eligibility
documentation while ensuring adequate protections of consumer privacy.
The Commission seeks comment on how the functions of a national
verifier would conform to government-wide statutory requirements and
regulatory guidance with respect to privacy and information technology.
What privacy and data security practices should the Commission require
a national verifier to adopt with respect to its receipt, processing,
use, sharing, and retention of applicant information? Should the
Commission require a national verifier to adopt the minimum practices
we require of Lifeline providers in the accompanying Order on
Reconsideration? Should a national verifier be required to provide
consumers with a privacy policy, and what topics should such a policy
include? What responsibility, if any, should a national verifier have
to notify consumers of a data breach or other unauthorized access to
information
[[Page 42682]]
submitted to determine eligibility for Lifeline service? Are consumer
privacy concerns mitigated if the Commission adopts a mechanism for
coordinated enrollment with other federal benefits programs?
80. Additional Functions of a National Verifier. The Commission
seeks comment on additional functions that a national verifier could
perform to further eliminate waste, fraud, and abuse. For example,
should a national verifier become involved in the subscriber
recertification process? Given its likely role in determining initial
subscriber eligibility, should the duty to recertify subscribers be
transitioned from Lifeline providers and/or USAC's current process to
the national verifier? If so, the Commission seeks comment on whether
any recertification performed by a national verifier should be
mandatory. The Commission also seeks comment on how the recertification
process as performed by a national verifier should differ, if at all,
from the current process as performed by USAC.
81. A national verifier could also interact with the NLAD to check
for duplicates. The NLAD has been established to ensure that neither
individual consumers nor households receive duplicative Lifeline
support. Now that the NLAD is fully operational, Lifeline providers and
states are required to access the NLAD prior to enrolling a potential
subscriber to determine whether the subscriber already is receiving
service and load an eligible subscriber's information into the NLAD.
Are there efficiencies if both the national verifier and the NLAD are
operated by the same entity? Should a national verifier be required to
access the NLAD to check for duplicates on behalf of or in addition to
the Lifeline providers and/or states? Should a national verifier also
be responsible for loading subscriber information into the NLAD on
behalf of Lifeline providers? If so, what kinds of communication and
coordination must occur between a national verifier, the NLAD and
Lifeline providers? Should a national verifier assist in the process of
generating or verifying the accuracy of the Lifeline providers' FCC
Form 497s? Lifeline providers are generally designated by wire center
and it may be difficult to determine if a particular address is within
a wire center where the Lifeline provider is designated to serve. Could
a national verifier implement a function so that a Lifeline provider
could query a mapping tool to determine whether a prospective
subscriber's address is within the Lifeline provider's service area and
not be permitted to serve that subscriber if the tool indicates that
the subscriber does not reside within the service area? The Commission
also seeks comment on any other functions that could be undertaken by a
national verifier.
82. Currently, the Commission believes that the administrative
burden that Lifeline providers face in verifying subscriber eligibility
is significant. A national verifier will lift this financial burden
from Lifeline providers. The Commission proposes to require Lifeline
providers to reimburse the Fund for part or all of the operations of
the national verifier. Under this proposal, how should support be
allocated amongst the contributing Lifeline providers? Would Lifeline
providers that utilize a national verifier more than other Lifeline
providers be required to pay more? The Commission seeks additional
comment on any other ways to fund a national verifier outside of
utilizing USF funds.
83. Upon the establishment and implementation of a national
verifier, the Commission anticipates that Lifeline providers would no
longer be permitted to formally verify subscriber eligibility for
Lifeline purposes, and the Commission seeks comment on that approach.
It also seeks comment on how to handle the transition. Should the
Commission define a transition path? If so, how long should such a
period last?
84. In the alternative, if we do not adopt a national verifier, the
Commission seeks comment on whether, once Lifeline providers review
subscriber eligibility, they should be required to send the eligibility
documents to USAC so that they can be easily audited and reviewed
later. The Commission seeks comment on this approach, including the
cost to Lifeline providers and USAC to transmit, store and review such
documentation. Are there benefits for USAC to receive such documents in
the normal course instead of asking for them at the time of an audit?
Under this approach, are there ways that USAC can examine eligibility
documents on a regular basis to detect patterns of fraud?
85. Document Retention. In the event the Commission establishes a
national verifier or otherwise removes the responsibility for
determining eligibility from the Lifeline provider, the Commission
seeks comment on Lifeline providers' retention obligation for consumer
eligibility documentation when the provider is no longer responsible
for determining eligibility. How and when should providers cease
retaining Lifeline consumer eligibility documentation? The Commission
also seeks comment on transitioning to a third party. Should providers
be required to send all retained Lifeline consumer eligibility
documents to the third party verifier? What type of administrative
burden would requiring providers to send retained Lifeline consumer
eligibility documentation to a national verifier place on providers?
How best can the Commission ensure such documentation will remain
available and accessible for the purpose of audits?
2. Coordinated Enrollment With Other Federal and State Programs
86. In this section, the Commission seeks comments on coordinating
with federal agencies and their state counterparts to educate consumers
about, or simultaneously allow consumers to enroll themselves in, the
Lifeline program. The Commission seeks comments on this issue as an
alternative, or supplement to, its inquiry regarding whether a third-
party should perform consumer eligibility determinations rather than
Lifeline providers. Other federal benefit programs which qualify
consumers for Lifeline already have mechanisms to confirm eligibility.
In this section, the Commission seeks comments on how to leverage such
existing processes including verification and additional fraud
protections in lieu of creating a separate national verifier to confirm
Lifeline.
87. Background. One of the goals in the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order
was to coordinate Lifeline enrollment with other government benefit
programs that qualify low-income consumers for federal benefit
programs. Coordinated enrollment with other Federal and state agencies
will generate efficiencies in the Lifeline program by increasing
awareness in the program and making enrollment more convenient for
eligible subscribers, while also protecting the Fund against waste,
fraud, and abuse by helping to ensure that only eligible consumers are
enrolled.
88. In order to qualify for support under the Lifeline program, the
Commission's rules require low-income consumers to have a household
income at or below 135 percent of the Federal Poverty Guidelines, or
receive benefits from at least one of a number of federal assistance
programs. Consumers qualifying for Lifeline under program-based
criteria receive documentation from that program tying the eligibility
and participation of both programs.
89. For example, the Supplemental Nutritional Assistance Program
(SNAP) is a qualifying program where coordinated enrollment may be
particularly helpful. SNAP, formerly known as Food Stamps, provides
financial assistance to eligible
[[Page 42683]]
households for food through an electronic benefit transfer (EBT) card,
which functions like a debit card. Of roughly 33 million households
eligible for traditional Lifeline support through participation in a
federal assistance program, approximately 42 percent, or about 14
million households, are eligible for Lifeline through SNAP. In
verifying the eligibility of a consumer, Lifeline providers may accept
program participation in SNAP (for example through a SNAP EBT card) as
acceptable program eligibility documentation. Approximately 40 states
use the EBT cards not only to deliver SNAP benefits, but also to
coordinate the delivery of other eligible benefits.
90. Discussion. Coordinated enrollment with other federal agencies
and their state counterparts could streamline the Commission's efforts,
produce savings for the Lifeline program and providers, increase checks
and protections against fraud, and greatly reduce administrative
burdens. For example, coordinated enrollment with other Federal and
state benefit programs could: 1) Educate consumers about the
possibility of signing up for Lifeline while they sign up for other
programs, 2) leverage existing infrastructure and technologies further
minimizing waste, fraud, and abuse, while confirming eligibility, 3)
provide more dignity to the program and better protect consumer
privacy, because it would limit the number of entities to which
consumers would disclose personal information, 4) allow consumers to
simultaneously apply for Lifeline as they enroll in other programs, and
5) work, together with other benefit programs to transfer Lifeline
benefits directly to consumers allowing consumers to redeem Lifeline
benefits with the Lifeline provider of their choice.
91. The Commission seeks comment on how best to leverage the
existing technologies, databases, and fraud protections that already
exist in other federal benefit programs. For example, the SNAP program
requires states to cross check any potential subscriber against the
Social Security Master Death File, Social Security's Prisoner
Verification System, and FNS's Electronic Disqualified Recipient
System, prior to certifying individuals for the program, to ensure that
no ineligible people receive benefits. If the Commission coordinates
with other federal benefit programs, Lifeline receives the benefit of
having another agency already conducted these checks, which increases
protection against fraud while incrementally more efficient than
creating a separate process.
92. How can the Commission better coordinate and build upon the
work already invested by state and federal agencies to confirm
consumers are eligible for programs. The Commission seeks comment on
the incremental costs of adding Lifeline to an existing eligibility
database in lieu of setting up a separate national framework. Would
such administrative burdens and costs outweigh the benefits of such a
proposal? Or would the Lifeline fund actually incur a net savings
because of the administrative efficiencies that may result from
coordinated enrollment? What are the various administrative,
technological, or other barriers to implementation related to such
coordinated enrollment? Should states be compensated for eligibility
determinations and coordinated enrollment? If so, should it be per
subscriber or another metric? Should such costs be borne equally by all
Lifeline providers or should it be borne by the Lifeline program? The
Commission seeks comment on the timeframe to implement such a change
and whether the Commission should first start with a handful of states
that already have coordinated enrollment across benefits programs. If
so, the Commission seeks comment on how to identify these states.
93. The Commission seeks comment on how the Commission may best
facilitate coordinated enrollment with other Federal benefit programs
such as the USDA and its state agency counterparts (collectively,
``SNAP Administrators''). For example, should SNAP Administrators
merely educate consumers about Lifeline? If so, should SNAP
Administrators limit their role to providing relevant materials to
their SNAP consumers and informing them that eligibility in SNAP
qualifies such consumers for Lifeline, while also directing these
consumers to the appropriate sources to apply for Lifeline? If the
Commission establishes a national verifier, how may the Commission
facilitate coordinated enrollment with SNAP Administrators? In this
context, should SNAP administrators play a role in which they ``pre-
approve'' consumers who are eligible for SNAP and then forward the
Lifeline application to a national verifier to complete the
application? What responsibility, if any, should SNAP Administrators
have for checking the NLAD prior to providing the consumer's
application to a national verifier?
94. Should the Commission pursue coordinated enrollment in a manner
that authorizes SNAP administrators to allow consumers who qualify for
SNAP to simultaneously sign up for Lifeline as well? Since SNAP
Administrators can perform eligibility verifications, does it makes
sense for the Commission or USAC to conduct these same checks again for
Lifeline? Should the Commission establish a procedure where the
Commission and the SNAP Administrators work together on a single,
unified application? As the Commission discusses infra, the Commission
seeks comment on whether the Commission should work with SNAP
Administrators, to place Lifeline benefits directly on SNAP EBT cards,
thereby transferring the benefit directly to consumers. This approach,
in turn, allows consumers themselves to apply the Lifeline benefit to
the Lifeline provider of their choice. How may the Commission best
facilitate coordinated enrollment under this approach?
95. Are there any legal and practical limitations of having the
state or federal benefit administrators serve as agents for the
Commission with respect to Lifeline? Are there other ways to coordinate
enrollment with other Federal or state agencies? How does having SNAP
Administrators or other Federal or state benefit programs affect the
need for a national verifier? How can the Commission best coordinate
with or rely upon SNAP Administrators when verifying eligibility and
enrolling subscribers?
96. The Commission also seeks specific comment on how to encourage
coordinated enrollment with other Federal assistance programs that
qualify participants for support under the Lifeline program--such as
Medicaid; SSI; Federal Public Housing Assistance; LIHEAP; NSLP free
lunch program; and Temporary TANF. As noted below, the Lifeline program
has the potential to provide essential connectivity to the Nation's
veterans. The Commission seeks comment on how we can coordinate its
outreach and enrollment efforts to reach low-income veterans. For
example, the Veterans Affairs Supportive Housing (VASH) program, a
joint effort between the Department of Housing and Urban Development
and the Department of Veterans Affairs, provides support to homeless
veterans and their families to help them out of homelessness and into
permanent housing. The program provides housing assistance and clinical
and supportive services to veterans. These services require
communication between veterans, veteran families and caseworkers. The
Commission seeks comment on how it can coordinate outreach efforts
related to the Lifeline program with the VASH program or other federal
efforts designed to assist vulnerable veterans.
[[Page 42684]]
97. The Commission recognizes that individual states play an
important role in the administration of various Federal assistance
programs and seeks specific comment from these states about their
experiences, best practices, and how to encourage coordinated
enrollment with these Federal programs, state administrative agencies,
and the Lifeline program. For example, the Commission understands that
administration of the SNAP EBT card is performed at the state level and
the Commission seeks specific comment from states on issues such as
eligibility verification, placing Lifeline benefits on the SNAP EBT
card, and any other administrative issues. Because many individual
states have implemented coordinated enrollment with Federal assistance
programs, the Commission solicits specific comments from these states.
The Commission encourages coordinated enrollment and recognizes how it
can increase the effectiveness of state eligibility databases. The
Commission seeks comments from states operating state eligibility
databases and specifically ask how the Commission may work best with
such states. If the Commission moves to a third party verification
model, should the Commission first attempt to transition with a handful
of states already operating eligibility databases before attempting
such a transition on a national scale?
3. Transferring Lifeline Benefits Directly to the Consumer
98. In this section, the Commission seeks comments on whether
designated third-party entities can directly transfer Lifeline benefits
to individual consumers. As discussed, having a third-party make
eligibility determinations removes this burden from Lifeline providers
and should result in substantial cost savings and efficiencies. The
Commission now seeks comment on establishing processes for the national
verifier or another federal agency to transfer Lifeline benefits
directly to consumers via a portable benefit.
99. Background. The Commission has long considered assigning
Lifeline benefits directly to the consumer. Under this approach,
consumers can take their benefit to the Lifeline providers of their
choosing and can receive Lifeline support for whatever service best
meets their needs. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform FNPRM, the Commission
sought to further develop the record on MetroPCS's proposal that the
Commission implement a voucher-based Lifeline program in which Lifeline
discounts would be provided directly to eligible low-income consumers.
Under this approach, MetroPCS emphasized that ``[b]y allowing the
payment to be made directly to the consumer, it would permit the
consumer to decide how and on what telecommunications service to spend
the payment.'' The Commission, in the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, also
considered, but ultimately declined to adopt, AT&T's proposal to
transfer Lifeline benefits directly to the consumer by assigning
subscribers with a unique identifier or Personal Information Number
(PIN) that could be ``deactivated'' once a consumer is no longer
eligible for Lifeline. In declining to adopt AT&T's proposal, the
Commission reasoned that ``AT&T's proposal assumes that a third-party
at the state level (e.g., state PUC) would issue and manage PIN numbers
and there is no guarantee that states would be willing or economically
able to take-on such an administrative function in the absence of
explicit federal support.''
100. Discussion. Consistent with the Commission's goal to reduce
waste, fraud, and abuse, the Commission seeks comment on having third
parties directly assigns Lifeline benefits to individual consumers
through a physical media (e.g., like a debit card) or a unique code
(e.g., PIN). Should the Commission require a national verifier, or work
with other interested Federal and state agencies, to transfer Lifeline
benefits directly to the consumer in the form of a portable benefit?
Are there other entities that can serve this role or fulfill this task?
What are the various administrative, technological, funding, or other
barriers to implementation related to providing the portable benefit to
the consumer? For example, how can a national verifier and other
Federal and state agencies ensure that benefits are transferred to the
consumer in a timely fashion following the submission of a Lifeline
application? How can Lifeline providers best monitor continued
eligibility of consumers once they are selected? How would a portable
benefit work with the recertification requirement and permit a consumer
to transfer the benefit from one Lifeline provider to another?
101. The Commission also seeks comment on the appropriate mechanism
that should be used to transfer the Lifeline benefit directly from a
third-party to the consumer. For example, what are the costs and
benefits of placing Lifeline benefits on a physical card? The
Commission notes that in some states, SNAP as well as other benefits
are encoded on the SNAP EBT card, providing the consumer with a single
card for several social service needs. Should the Commission work with
SNAP administrators to place Lifeline benefits directly on a SNAP EBT
card? If so, how would such a process be implemented? What costs have
SNAP administrators or other agencies incurred in encoding non-SNAP
benefits on the card and would such costs compare with other approaches
the Commission seeks comment on today such as the National Verifier? As
the Commission discusses above, the Commission seeks comment on how to
encourage coordinated enrollment with other Federal and state agencies
that administer programs that also qualify participants for Lifeline.
Because many individual states have implemented coordinated enrollment
with SNAP benefits and other Federal assistance programs, it solicits
specific comments from these states regarding their experiences and any
best practices which they may have established.
102. The Commission seeks comment on approaches other than a
physical card but using alternative approaches such as an online portal
or application on a user's device to submit payment. What is the most
appropriate way to use an EBT-type card for a communications service?
What are the costs and benefits to providers of moving to an EBT-type
card? Can USAC pay Lifeline providers each month for EBT card is in
use? How would USAC be informed that a card has been associated with a
particular provider entitled to the benefit? What protections would
need to be in place and how would USAC be notified when a consumer
switches providers? Could the EBT card automatically notify USAC of a
provider change?
103. If a portable benefit is offered to consumers through a
national verifier or state or Federal agency, how would such a benefit
be provided? How should secure physical cards be issued to the
consumer? How may the Commission best facilitate coordination between
third parties determining eligibility and Lifeline providers during the
transition? What protections should be put in place to prevent fraud or
abuse by, for example, automatically deactivating the card if it is not
used for a certain period of time, if the consumer is no longer
eligible, or if the consumer reports that the card has been lost or
stolen? If the benefit is placed on a federal or state benefit card,
can the FCC put in place such protections or must the FCC work within
the structures and rules already established by the other relevant
agencies? Would the customer need to ``touch'' the Lifeline provider on
a monthly basis to reapply the discount?
104. As an alternative, or in addition to, the possibility of
placing Lifeline benefits on a physical card, should
[[Page 42685]]
consumers' Lifeline benefits be distributed by a national verifier or
state or federal agency through a unique identifier or PIN associated
with individual consumers? The Commission seeks comment on the pros and
cons of such an approach. A pin-based approach may be preferable to a
physical card in those cases where the consumer signs up for Lifeline
over the phone or online and cannot ``swipe'' the card with the
Lifeline provider.
4. Streamline Eligibility for Lifeline Support
105. Background. Currently, in order to qualify for support under
the Lifeline program, the Commission's rules require low-income
consumers to have a household income at or below 135 percent of the
Federal Poverty Guidelines or receive benefits from at least one of a
number of federal assistance programs. As of March 2014, roughly 42
million households were eligible for support under the Lifeline program
with nearly 80 percent of those households (approximately 33 million)
eligible based solely on participation in at least one of the federal
assistance programs. In addition to income qualification and the
federal assistance programs, consumers may also gain entry to the
Lifeline program if they are able to meet additional eligibility
criteria established by a state.
106. Discussion. The Commission seeks comment on the prospect of
modifying the way low-income consumers qualify for support under the
Lifeline program to target the Lifeline subsidy to those low-income
consumers most in need of the support. In exploring these possible
changes, we also seek to reduce the administrative burden on Lifeline
providers to verify a low-income consumer's eligibility for Lifeline-
supported service and any burden to the Fund as a whole, and reduce the
likelihood of waste, fraud, and abuse. The Commission seeks comment on
how to streamline the program while promoting the Commission's goals of
universal service and ensure that all consumers, including the nation's
most vulnerable, are connected.
107. The Commission first seeks comment on which federal assistance
programs it should continue to use to qualify low-income consumers for
support under the Lifeline program. The Commission specifically seeks
comments on any potential drawbacks in limiting the qualification
criteria for Lifeline support exclusively to households receiving
benefits under a specific federal assistance program(s). For example,
if the Commission no longer permits consumers to qualify through
Tribal-specific programs, what would be the impact to low-income
consumers on Tribal lands? In particular, as the Commission noted in
the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, because both SNAP and the Food
Distribution Program on Indian Reservations (FDPIR) have income-based
eligibility criteria, but households may not participate in both
programs, some residents of Tribal lands did not qualify for Lifeline
support simply because they chose to participate in FDPIR rather than
SNAP. When adopting FDPIR as an additional assistance program that
would qualify eligible residents of Tribal lands for Lifeline and Link
Up, the Commission noted further that members of more than 200 Tribes
currently receive benefits under FDPIR, and that elderly Tribal
residents often opt for FDPIR benefits. What would become of these low-
income consumers' access to affordable voice service under a change to
the eligibility rules? What would be the impact on Medicaid recipients
if households could no longer qualify for Lifeline support through
Medicaid?
108. The Commission also seeks comment on whether it should
continue to allow low-income consumers to qualify for Lifeline support
based on household income and/or eligibility criteria established by a
state. Under the current program, less than four percent of Lifeline
subscribers subscribe to the service by relying on income level. Given
the relatively low number of consumers using income as their qualifying
method, the Commission seeks comment on any changes it should consider
to ensure that the Lifeline program is targeted at the neediest.
109. Further, the Commission seeks comment on whether low-income
consumers should be permitted to qualify for Lifeline support through
programs which do not currently qualify consumers for Lifeline
benefits. For example, the Lifeline program has the potential to
positively impact the lives of the veterans who have served this
country. In the 2012 Lifeline NPRM, the Commission sought comment on
whether to include homeless veterans programs as qualifying eligibility
criteria for support under the Lifeline program. The Commission now
seeks comment on whether federal programs targeted at low-income
veterans should be considered to qualify those individuals for Lifeline
support. Specifically, the Commission seeks comment on whether veterans
and their families eligible for the Veterans Pension benefit should
qualify those individuals for Lifeline support. To qualify for this
program, veterans must have at least 90 days of active duty, including
one day during a wartime period, and meet other means-tested criteria
such as low-income limits and net worth limitations established by
Congress. Should participation in the Veterans Pension program qualify
an individual for Lifeline benefits? Given the income and net wealth
limitations in the Veterans Pension program, the Commission seeks
comment on whether it should serve as a qualifying program for
Lifeline. It also seeks comment on ways to increase the awareness of
the Lifeline program to low-income veterans. Are veterans aware of and
utilizing the Lifeline program? How can the Lifeline program be
targeted to better reach low-income veterans? The Commission further
seeks comment on how low-income consumers, including low-income
veterans, would certify and recertify their eligibility under any
proposed alternatives.
110. Additionally, the Commission seeks comments on the extent to
which modifying eligibility criteria under the Lifeline program reduces
and streamlines Lifeline providers' recordkeeping processes. The
Commission anticipates that streamlining the eligibility criteria will
reduce the costs and time incurred by Lifeline providers and state
administrators and any national verifier. The Commission seeks comments
on these anticipated efficiencies and any other potential improvements
associated with restructuring the eligibility criteria.
111. In potentially limiting the number of eligible federal
assistance programs under the Lifeline program, some current Lifeline
consumers will no longer qualify for Lifeline benefits. The Commission
therefore recognizes the need for a transition period to allow those
low-income consumers to transition to non-supported service with
minimal disruption. It thus seeks comment on how such a transition
should be structured. For example, should the Commission transition
subscribers off of Lifeline support as part of the annual
recertification process following the effective date of this Second
FNRPM?
5. Standards for Eligibility Documentation
112. In this section, the Commission proposes requiring Lifeline
providers to obtain additional information in certain instances to
verify that the eligibility documentation being presented by the
consumer is valid, including obtaining eligibility documentation that
includes identification information or a photograph. It also seeks
comment on
[[Page 42686]]
ways to further strengthen the qualification and identification
verification processes to ensure that only qualifying consumers receive
Lifeline benefits.
113. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the Commission adopted
measures to verify a low-income consumer's eligibility for Lifeline
supported services and required Lifeline providers to confirm an
applicant's eligibility prior to enrolling the applicant in the
Lifeline Program. However, program eligibility documentation may not
contain sufficient information to tie the documentation to the identity
of the prospective subscriber and often does not include a photograph.
114. The Commission seeks comment on requiring Lifeline providers
to obtain additional information to verify that the eligibility
documentation being presented by the consumer is valid and has not
expired. Should the consumer be required to provide underlying
eligibility documentation that includes subscriber identification
information or a photograph? Should we only impose such a requirement
in certain circumstances? Are there other more effective means for
Lifeline providers to evaluate program eligibility documentation? The
Commission believes that requiring prospective subscribers to produce a
government issued photo ID would improve the identification
verification process and more easily tie the identity of the
prospective subscriber to the proffered eligibility documentation.
Additionally, in its recent report, GAO noted that many eligible
consumers fail to complete the application process because they have
difficulty providing information and do not have access to scanners and
photocopiers. Therefore, the Commission seeks comment on how to address
those factors in requiring consumers to provide additional information.
C. Increasing Competition for Lifeline Consumers
115. In this section, the Commission seeks comment on ways to
increase competition and innovation in the Lifeline marketplace. The
Commission believes the best way to do this is to increase the number
of service providers offering Lifeline services. It therefore seeks
comment on the best means to facilitate broader participation in the
Lifeline program and encourage competition with most robust service
offerings in the Lifeline market. The Commission makes these proposals
consistent with the Commission's goal of avoiding waste, fraud, and
abuse.
1. Streamlining the ETC Designation Process
116. The Commission seeks comment on streamlining the ETC
designation process at the state and federal levels to increase market
entry into the Lifeline space. First, the Commission seeks comment on
the Commission's authority under section 214(e) to streamline the ETC
designation process at the Commission. In the ETC Designation Order
(FCC 08-100 released April 11, 2008), the Commission adopted
requirements consistent with section 214 of the Act, which all ETC
applicants must meet to be designated an ETC by the Commission. In line
with that decision, the Commission believes it has substantial
flexibility to design a more streamlined ETC designation process for
federal default states. The Commission seeks comment on this
conclusion.
117. Given this broad authority, the Commission seeks comment on
ways in which to streamline the Commission's ETC designation process to
best promote the universal service goals found in section 254(b). It
believes many entities, including many cable companies and wireless
providers, are unwilling to become ETCs and some have in fact
relinquished their designations. Are there certain requirements that
are overly burdensome? Can the Commission simplify or eliminate certain
designation requirements while protecting consumers and the Fund? Will
establishing a national verifier lessen the need to streamline the ETC
designation process? The Commission specifically seeks input from the
states on examples of requirements that could be simplified or
eliminated in order to make it less difficult for companies to become
ETCs under the Lifeline program and suggestions for how the Commission
can best refine the ETC designation process.
118. Second, the Commission seeks comment on coordinating and
streamlining federal and state ETC designation processes. What are the
benefits and drawbacks to a uniform, streamlined approach at both the
state and federal levels? How can the Commission best encourage state
commissions to adopt a path similar to a federal streamlined approach?
The Commission strongly values input from the states on the pros and
cons of such an approach and what measures could be adopted to
encourage state commissions to adopt a similar streamlined approach.
119. Proposals for ETC Relief from Lifeline Obligations. In this
section, the Commission seeks comment on proposals in the record that
the Commission permit ETCs to opt-out of providing Lifeline supported
service in certain circumstances, Pursuant to Sec. 54.405 of the
Commission's rules, carriers designated as ETCs are required to offer
Lifeline supported service. AT&T, among others, notes in comments in
response to the 2012 Lifeline FNPRM that competition in the Lifeline
program has resulted in multiple areas where several ETCs provision
Lifeline supported service to the same potential customer base. The
Commission seeks additional comment on whether the Commission should
relieve ETCs of the obligation to provide Lifeline supported service,
pursuant to their ETC designation, in specific areas where there is a
sufficient number of Lifeline providers. In considering this approach,
the Commission seeks comment on what constitutes a sufficient number of
providers and any other appropriate conditions to protect the public
interest. The Commission also seeks comment on how to define an
appropriate geographic area. It asks that any party supporting such an
opt-out mechanism comment on the process, transition, and other issues
associated with permitting ETCs to opt-out of providing Lifeline
supported service in areas served by a sufficient number of ETCs
offering Lifeline support.
120. The Commission notes that these proposals are similar to those
currently under consideration in two other Commission proceedings--the
USTelecom forbearance proceeding, and the Connect America Fund
proceeding. In both of those proceedings, AT&T and others have argued
that the Commission should separate or ``de-link'' carriers' Lifeline
obligations from their ETC status. To facilitate our consideration of
relevant arguments previously raised in the Connect America Fund and
USTelecom forbearance proceedings, we hereby incorporate by reference
the pleadings in those proceedings.
121. Other Measures to Increase Competition. The Commission seeks
comment on other ways to ease market entry. The Commission recognizes
that there are many other requirements for new companies wishing to
offer Lifeline service. For example, non-facilities-based wireless
providers must file and receive approval of a compliance plan prior to
entering the market. The Commission appreciates that these requirements
may pose challenges for companies. It thus seeks comment on other
measures that can be taken to enhance competition and innovation in the
market generally. Are there specific state or federal regulatory
barriers that make it difficult for companies to participate and remain
in the Lifeline
[[Page 42687]]
program? Are there economic barriers? The Commission seeks comments
generally on such barriers and recommendations to address them.
122. State Lifeline Support. The Commission also seeks specific
comment on ways that it can increase competition and the quality of
service by encouraging states to provide an additional subsidy for
Lifeline service. Combined state and federal contributions to Lifeline
have long been a critical part of the Lifeline program. The Commission
notes that in states that provide a significant separate subsidy,
service is more affordable for a given level of service and ETCs
generally offer a higher level of service. Are there other ways that
the Commission can incent states to provide an increased level of
support? Are there ways that the Commission can reduce state Lifeline
costs so that the savings can be used for an increased state subsidy?
Does the establishment of minimum service levels encourage states to
provide a separate subsidy because they understand that their subsidy
will go towards robust, quality service? The Commission specifically
seeks feedback from the states on ways in which it can increase
competition and the quality of service among service providers
providing service to low-income consumers under the Lifeline program.
123. Innovative Services for Low-Income Consumers. The Commission
also seeks comment on how best to utilize unlicensed bands, such as
television white space or licensed bands, such as EBS, for the purpose
of providing broadband service to low-income consumers. Unlicensed
spectrum allows providers to deliver a variety of unlicensed offerings,
such as Wi-Fi hotspots, without having to comply with numerous
regulations that apply to licensed services. While there is unlicensed
spectrum at other frequencies, TV white spaces are uniquely important
in that they are lower in frequency than other unlicensed bands, which
enables signals to better penetrate walls and trees and may enable a
better consumer experience.
124. Recognizing the value of both unlicensed and licensed spectrum
as a community and educational asset that can be utilized to improve
broadband access and provide for innovative uses among low-income
Americans, the Commission seeks comment on how we can augment the
Lifeline program through the use of wireless spectrum to extend the
Lifeline program's reach to as many low-income consumers as possible.
What, if any, additional costs may providers incur as part of employing
unlicensed technology for the benefit of low-income consumers? How can
the Commission best support the use of these more unconventional ways
of providing broadband access to the low-income community?
125. The Commission also seeks comment on other innovative wired or
wireless technologies that may be similarly or better suited to provide
low-income consumers with affordable broadband access than unlicensed
or licensed spectrum or other, more traditional means of providing
broadband. In proposing an alternative solution, commenters should
describe how the alternative solution will complement the other
programmatic changes and approaches the Commission discusses within
this item.
2. Creating a New Lifeline Approval Process
126. The Commission also seeks comment on alternative means by
which it can increase competition in this space. The Commission's rules
current require that a provider become an ETC prior to receiving
Lifeline universal service support. As discussed above, evidence in the
record indicates that the ETC designation may be an impediment to
broader participation in the Lifeline program. Would creating a process
to participate in Lifeline that is entirely separate from the ETC
designation process required to receive high cost universal service
support encourage broader participation by providers? The Commission
seeks comment on a new process applying to all entities that provide
Lifeline service and ask how to include sufficient oversight to address
concerns about waste, fraud, and abuse. The Commission seeks comment on
the policy benefits of such an approach, what responsibility the
relevant Federal and state entities would have in such a scheme, and
the Commission's legal authority to do so.
127. Background. In 1985, the Commission created the Lifeline
program to reduce qualifying consumers' monthly charges, and created
Link Up to reduce the amount eligible consumers would pay for initial
connection charges. The Commission did so because it found that
``[a]ccess to telephone service has become crucial, to full
participation in our society and economy, which are increasingly
depending upon the rapid exchange of information. In many cases,
particularly for the elderly, poor, and disabled, the telephone is
truly a lifeline to the outside world. Our responsibilities under the
Communications Act require us to take steps to prevent degradation of
universal service and the division of our society into information
`haves' and `have nots.' '' The Commission's legal authority for
creating and amending the Lifeline program was pursuant to sections 1,
4(i), 201, and 205 of the Communications Act.
128. In the 1996 Act, Congress made explicit the universal service
objective of ``quality services'' at ``affordable rates'' and that
``low-income consumers . . . should have access to . . . advanced
telecommunications and information services, that are reasonably
comparable to those services provided in urban areas.'' In so doing,
Congress embraced the Commission's Lifeline program and made clear that
section 254 did not affect the pre-existing Lifeline program, stating
``[n]othing in this section [254] shall affect the collection,
distribution, or administration of the Lifeline Assistance Program.''
The Commission has interpreted section 254(j) to give the Commission
the authority and flexibility to retain or modify the Lifeline program
even if the Lifeline program has ``inconsistenc[ies] with other
portions of the 1996 Act.'' Moreover, the Commission found that, ``by
its own terms, section 254(j) applies only to changes made [to
Lifeline] pursuant to section 254 itself. Our authority to restrict,
expand, or otherwise modify the Lifeline program through provisions
other than section 254 has been well established over the past
decade.''
129. Importantly, in 1997, when the Commission implemented the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 and revised the Lifeline program, it
found that it had the authority to provide Lifeline support to include
carriers other than ETCs. At that time, however, the Commission decided
that for administrative convenience and efficiency, it would only
provide Lifeline support to ETCs. The Commission did observe that it
would reassess this decision if it appeared Lifeline was not being made
available to low-income consumers nationwide.
130. Discussion. Some commenters have argued that nothing in the
statute requires ETC designation to receive Lifeline support and urged
the Commission to revise its rules accordingly. Section 254(e) states
that entities must be ETCs to receive ``specific Federal universal
service support'' but does not specifically tie this requirement to
Lifeline, even though Congress did explicitly mention the Lifeline
program in other parts of section 254. Does the legislative history
suggest that the Congress did not intend for the ETC to be a
precondition to receive Lifeline support? The history of this provision
suggests that the ETC was
[[Page 42688]]
created to address concerns about cream skimming to ensure deployment
in rural areas for high cost support was not compromised, concerns
which are not present with an affordability program. The Commission
seeks comment on these issues.
131. Given the Commission's desire to promote competition for low-
income consumers and the evidence that the ETC process is currently
deterring such entry, the Commission seeks comment on revisiting the
1997 decision not to provide Lifeline support to non-ETCs to encourage
broader participation in the Lifeline market. The Commission seeks
comment on its legal authority to create a separate designation process
for Lifeline. In particular, the Commission seeks comment on whether
the Commission could provide Lifeline support based on universal
service contributions made pursuant to section 254(d) authority, or
would it need to adopt a separate mechanism relying on subsidies among
rates as it used prior to the 1996 Act? The Commission has found that,
``by its own terms, section 254(j) applies only to changes made
pursuant to section 254 itself. Our authority to restrict, expand, or
otherwise modify the Lifeline program through provisions other than
section 254 has been well established over the past decade.'' Do
sections 1, 4(i), 201, and 205 give the Commission authority to do so?
Does section 706 of the 1996 Act or other statutory provisions provide
the Commission with authority to give certain non-ETCs Lifeline
support? As above, the Commission also seeks comment on whether the
collection and disbursement of funds under an approach based on section
706 (or other statutory provisions) would comport with federal
appropriations laws.
132. The Commission seeks comment on the process and mechanism to
designate providers for participation in the Lifeline program and
separate from the ETC designation process. What information should
providers submit to participate in the Lifeline program? What
certifications or other information should be required? Should the
Commission use a process similar to certifications in the E-rate or
rural health care programs today?
133. In the Second FNPRM, the Commission is proposing and seeking
comment on fundamental structural changes to the Lifeline program that
further mitigate incentives for waste fraud and abuse, including
removing the provider from determining eligibility. How do these
changes impact the type of information and oversight necessary for
Lifeline providers? For example, if the Commission reforms Lifeline to
provide the subsidy to the consumer as a portable benefit, how does
that impact the oversight necessary on the provider? Should the
Commission consider a ``deemed grant'' approach to streamline approval?
Should the Commission retain the use of compliance plans and, if so,
should they be modified or changed? The Commission seeks comment on how
to ensure sufficient oversight and accountability to reduce waste,
fraud and abuse.
134. The Commission seeks comment on the federal-state role in
creating a new designation process. Lifeline and universal service
generally has always involved federal-state partnerships and the
Commission seeks comment on how to continue that work as the Commission
seeks comment on a new framework. The Commission seeks comment on pros
and cons of creating a national designation versus a state-by-state
approach, or a combination thereof where states with individual
Lifeline programs could supplement any federal Lifeline designation
with additional conditions.
135. The Commission seeks comment on the process of transitioning
from designating ETCs to a new designation process. The Commission also
seeks comment on opening a window for new providers to participate to
help minimize administrative burdens on federal and state agencies. The
Commission seeks comment on alternative approaches and how best to
ensure that the Commission has sufficient checks and safeguards to
address potential waste, fraud and abuse.
D. Modernizing and Enhancing the Program
136. In this section, the Commission seeks comment on two proposals
to update its rules to reflect the manner in which consumers use
Lifeline service today. The Commission finds that all consumers,
including low-income consumers, should have access to the same
features, functions, and consumer protections.
1. TracFone Petition for Rulemaking Regarding Texting
137. In light of the widespread use of text messages, and as part
of the Commission's continuing efforts to modernize the Lifeline
program, the Commission seeks comment on amending the Commission's
rules to treat the sending of text messages as usage for the purpose of
demonstrating usage sufficient to avoid de-enrollment from Lifeline
service. In so doing, the Commission grants in part and denies in part
a petition on this filed by TracFone. Specifically, the Commission
grants that portion of Tracfone's petition that requests the initiation
of a rulemaking proceeding to amend Sec. 54.407(c)(2) of the
Commission's rules to allow Lifeline subscribers to establish usage of
Lifeline service by sending text messages. The Commission denies,
however, the portion of TracFone's petition that requests the
initiation of a rulemaking to also include receipt of text messages to
count as usage. Because the subscriber cannot control whether others
send texts, the receipt of such texts should not be used as a basis for
concluding that the subscriber wishes to retain service. The Commission
also denies the portion of Tracfone's petition that concerns a request
for interim relief allowing subscribers to use text messaging to
establish usage during the pendency of the requested rulemaking. While
the Commission thinks there is enough merit to TracFone's proposal to
seek comment on a rule change, the Commission is not yet certain enough
to find good cause to waive the rule to allow text messaging to count
as usage.
138. The Commission's rules currently require subscribers of
prepaid Lifeline services to use the service at least once every 60
days. The Commission adopted that requirement to ensure that Lifeline
providers do not receive Lifeline support for customers who do not
actually use the service. The requirement only applies to prepaid
services because the Commission found that subscribers to post-paid
Lifeline providers do not present the same risk of inactivity as
subscribers to pre-paid services.
139. In 2012, the Commission declined to include sending or
receiving a text message in the list of activities that qualify as
usage for purposes of Sec. 54.407(c)(2) of the Commission's rules, on
the basis that text messaging is not a supported service. While it is
true that text messaging is not currently a supported service, it is
widely used by wireless consumers for their basic communications needs.
According to TracFone, the rapid increase in use of texting by
subscribers of wireless service, and the reliance on text messaging by
individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing, or have difficulty with
speech, weigh in favor of amending the Commission's rules to allow text
messaging as an activity that constitutes usage of service.
140. Allowing text messages to constitute usage would be a reversal
of the Commission's previous decision. However, in light of the changes
in consumer behavior highlighted by the extensive use of text
messaging, the
[[Page 42689]]
Commission proposes to amend Sec. 54.407(c)(2) of the Commission's
rules to allow the sending of a text message by a subscriber to
constitute usage. Is it appropriate to base a subscriber's intention to
use a supported service on that subscriber's use of a non-supported
service? The Commission also seeks comment on whether the distinctions
between text messaging, voice, and email should remain relevant, for
the purposes of the usage rules, given that all such transmissions may
occur over the same broadband Internet access service. The Commission
also seeks comment on the conclusion that we should not allow the
receipt of text messages to qualify as usage, because this would leave
control of whether the subscriber ``intended'' to use the service in
the hands of others.
2. Subscriber De-Enrollment Procedures
141. In this section, the Commission proposes to adopt procedures
to allow subscribers to terminate Lifeline service in a quick and
efficient manner. The Commission has received anecdotal evidence that
some subscribers cannot readily reach their Lifeline provider to
terminate service, or their request to terminate service is not
followed. As a result, funds are wasted for services that are either
not used or no longer desired.
142. Background. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the Commission
codified rules requiring Lifeline providers to de-enroll any subscriber
indicating that he or she is receiving more than one Lifeline-supported
service per household, or if the subscriber neglects to make the
required one-per-household certification on his or her certification
form. In order to ensure consumers are fully informed about the terms
of usage, the Commission also adopted rules requiring pre-paid Lifeline
providers to notify their subscribers at service initiation about the
non-transferability of the phone service, its usage requirements, and
that de-enrollment and deactivation will result following non-usage in
any 60-day period of time. The Commission also required Lifeline
providers to update the database within one business day of de-
enrolling a consumer for non-use. These rules were adopted, among other
reasons, to substantially strengthen protections against waste, fraud,
and abuse and improve program administration and accountability. The
Commission reasoned that ``[a]dopting usage requirements should reduce
waste and inefficiencies in the Lifeline program by eliminating support
for subscribers who are not using the service and reducing any
incentives ETCs may have to continue to report line counts for
subscribers that have discontinued their service.''
143. Although Sec. 54.405(e)(1) of the Commission's rules requires
Lifeline providers to de-enroll subscribers when an Lifeline provider
has a reasonable basis to believe that the subscriber no longer meets
the Lifeline-qualifying criteria (including instances where a
subscriber informs the Lifeline provider or the state that he or she is
ineligible for Lifeline), this provision does not cover those
situations where, for whatever reason, subscribers themselves wish to
terminate Lifeline services.
144. Discussion. The Commission proposes to require Lifeline
providers to make readily available a 24 hour customer service number
allowing subscribers to de-enroll from Lifeline services, for any
reason, and codify the obligation that Lifeline providers must
implement the subscriber's decision within two business days of the
request. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
145. The Commission seeks further comment on requiring Lifeline
providers to publicize their 24-hour customer service number in a
manner reasonably designed to reach their subscribers and indicate, on
all materials describing the service that subscribers may cancel or de-
enroll themselves from Lifeline services, for any reason, without
having to submit any additional documents. For the purposes of this
rule, the Commission proposes that the term ``materials describing the
service'' includes all print, audio, video, and web materials used to
describe or enroll in the Lifeline service offering, including
application and certification forms and materials sent confirming
initiation of the service. The Commission seeks comment on a rule
requiring Lifeline providers to record such requests for termination
and make such records available to state and Federal regulators upon
request. The Commission also makes clear that a Lifeline provider's
failure to respect their subscribers' wishes to de-enroll from Lifeline
service may subject the Lifeline provider to enforcement action.
146. The Commission seeks comment on whether it should require a
particular authentication process or leave that decision up to each
Lifeline provider. In order to make this process easy for the
subscriber wishing to terminate Lifeline service, the Commission
proposes that ETCs authenticate subscribers solely through social
security numbers, account numbers, or some other personal
identification verifying the subscriber's identity. In order to
minimize the burden on Lifeline providers implementing these de-
enrollment procedures, including any customer authentication processes
the Commission adopts, the Commission further proposes that any rules
regarding subscriber de-enrollment shall become effective six months
after the release of an order implementing such rules, and seeks
comment on this proposal. However, the Commission notes that, prior to
the effective date of any requirements in this section, a Lifeline
provider's failure to de-enroll the subscriber within a reasonable
period of time upon request may constitute a violation of the Act and
the Commission's rules.
147. The Commission seeks comment on alternative ways to achieve
the same goals. Relatedly, the Commission seeks comment on revising
Sec. 54.405(e)(1) of the Commission's rules to require Lifeline
providers to de-enroll subscribers within five business days. The
Commission also seeks comment on any other barriers to implementation
the Commission should consider related to subscriber de-enrollment. The
Commission believes that these rules will further its interest in
reducing waste and fraud, improve program administration and
accountability, and facilitate subscriber choice and ultimate control
over their Lifeline service.
3. Wireless Emergency Alerts
148. Wireless Emergency Alerts (WEA) play an important role in the
nation's alerting and public warning system. Participating carriers
send, free-of-charge to their subscribers, text-like messages alerting
subscribers of emergencies in their area, falling under one of the
following three classes: (1) Presidential alerts, (2) imminent threats,
and (3) child abduction emergency, or AMBER, alerts. This system
(formerly known as the Commercial Mobile Alert System) allows
authorized government agencies to send geographically targeted
emergency alerts to commercial wireless subscribers who have WEA-
capable mobile devices and whose commercial wireless service provider
has elected to offer the service. Under the WARN Act, participation in
WEA system by wireless carriers is widespread but entirely voluntary.
As a result, not all CMS providers currently provide WEA service or do
not intend to provide WEA service through their entire service areas.
149. The Commission seeks comment on ways to increase Lifeline
provider participation in WEA. Are there measures the Commission could
take to encourage support of WEA, consistent with the Commission's
legal authority and core mission to promote the safety
[[Page 42690]]
of life and property through communications? To what extent do Lifeline
providers, both facilities-based and non-facilities-based, already
support WEA today? The Commission observes that under the WARN Act,
participation is voluntary; do providers have sufficient incentive to
participate in WEA on a voluntary basis? In order to ensure that
Lifeline service keeps pace with the IP-based network transitions, as
well as evolving consumer needs, the Commission seeks comment on what
additional public safety functionalities or capabilities it should
consider as a critical component of Lifeline service offerings.
E. Efficient Administration of the Program
150. In this section of the Second FNRPM, the Commission seeks
comment on a number of reforms to increase the efficient administration
if the program.
1. Program Evaluation
The Government Accountability Office has recommended that the
Commission conduct a program evaluation to determine how well Lifeline
is serving its intended objectives. For example, one of the goals that
the Commission has set for the Lifeline program is increasing the
availability of voice service for low-income Americans, measured by the
difference in the penetration rate (the percentage of households with
telephone service) between low-income households and households with
the next highest level of income. Without a program evaluation,
however, GAO reports that the Commission is currently unable to
determine the extent to which Lifeline has assisted in lowering the gap
in penetration rates. The Commission therefore seeks comment on whether
a program evaluation is needed to determine the extent to which
Lifeline has contributed towards fulfilling its goals, such as
narrowing the gap in telephone penetration rates, and at what cost. Is
this the right goal for Lifeline program or should it focus on
affordability? Should the Commission focus on measuring program
efficiency by determining the amount of people who no longer need
Lifeline? In measuring the effectiveness of Lifeline on low-income
broadband subscribers, how can the Commission capture the benefits that
flow from getting consumers connected, such as the ability to obtain
employment, education and improve their health care? How should a
program evaluation be structured? How expensive would it be to
implement? Moreover, if Lifeline is expanded to include broadband
support, how could we evaluate the effectiveness of such an expansion?
What metrics and timeframe should the Commission use to determine
whether such funds were being spent efficiently?
2. Tribal Lands Support
151. The Commission now turns to the universal service support
provided to low-income recipients residing on Tribal lands, often
referred to as enhanced Tribal support. Enhanced support provides a
higher monthly subsidy amount as well as Link Up at service activation.
In this section, the Commission seeks additional information on whether
and how enhanced Tribal support is being utilized on Tribal lands, and
whether the minimum service level for Tribal consumers should be
different from the proposed minimum service levels for other consumers.
The Commission also seeks comment on narrowly tailoring enhanced
support to ensure that it actually supports the deployment of
infrastructure. It also seeks comment on requiring additional
documentation to demonstrate that a subscriber resides on Tribal lands.
152. Background. The Commission recognizes its historic federal
trust relationship with federally recognized Tribal Nations, has a
longstanding policy of promoting Tribal self-sufficiency and economic
development, and has developed a record of helping ensure that Tribal
Nations and their members obtain access to communications services. It
is well documented that communities on Tribal lands historically have
had less access to telecommunications services than any other segment
of the U.S. population. Given the difficulties many Tribal consumers
face in gaining access to basic services by living on typically remote
and underserved Tribal lands, the Commission recognizes the important
role of universal service support in helping to provide
telecommunications services to the residents of Tribal lands.
153. Under the current rules, Lifeline providers that are
authorized to provide service on Tribal lands may receive the $9.25 per
month that is offered for any eligible low-income consumer and an
additional amount of up to $25 per month for service provided to
eligible low-income residents of Tribal lands--a total of up to $34.25
per month for each eligible low-income consumer on Tribal lands.
Additionally, under the current enhanced Link Up program, Lifeline
providers that receive high-cost support on Tribal lands may receive a
one-time support payment of up to $100 for each eligible low-income
subscriber on Tribal lands enrolled in the Lifeline program to cover
the cost of connecting a consumer to service.
154. In the 2000 Tribal Order, 65 FR 12280, August 4, 2000, the
Commission adopted several measures to improve low-income support for
eligible residents living on Tribal lands, including the adoption of
enhanced Lifeline and Link Up support. The Commission stated that the
additional support might provide Lifeline providers an incentive to
``deploy telecommunications facilities in areas that previously may
have been regarded as high risk and unprofitable'' and also to attract
needed financing of facilities on Tribal lands. The Commission noted
that, ``unlike in urban areas where there may be a greater
concentration of both residential and business customers, carriers may
need additional incentives to serve Tribal lands that, due to their
extreme geographic remoteness, are sparsely populated and have few
businesses.'' The Commission believed the enhanced Lifeline and Link Up
support would encourage Lifeline providers to construct facilities on
Tribal lands that lacked such facilities, encourage new entrants
offering alternative technologies to seek ETC status, and address the
high toll charges that Tribal residents incur.
155. In its 2012 Annual Report, the Commission's Office of Native
Affairs and Policy provided case studies that showed the benefits of
enhanced Tribal support and what some Tribal Nations have been able to
achieve in terms of affordable and accessible service on Tribal lands.
For many Tribally-owned ETCs, for example, the names Lifeline and Link
Up resonate strongly, given the very high levels of unemployment in
Tribal lands, the very high percentage of Tribal families with incomes
well under the Federal Poverty Guidelines, and the remote nature of
Tribal Reservations. For example, seventy-eight percent of Hopi
Telecommunications Inc.'s (HTI) residential customers are eligible for
Lifeline. The Lifeline and Link Up programs have been vital assets as
HTI has expanded the reach and adoption of communications services
across the Hopi Reservation. While the Commission recognizes the
benefits that enhanced Tribal support have provided to date, however,
Tribal Nations have indicated that there is still much that can be done
to encourage infrastructure build-out and improve the level of
telecommunications service and affordability of those services for
Tribal residents.
156. Impact of Enhanced Lifeline and Link Up. The Commission seeks
[[Page 42691]]
additional information and data on the utilization of enhanced Lifeline
and Link Up support for consumers on Tribal lands and the carriers that
serve them. How is the enhanced Lifeline support utilized by carriers
and how does it benefit consumers on Tribal lands? How much do
residents of Tribal lands typically pay per month for voice service
without enhanced Lifeline support? Does the additional $25 per month
subsidy achieve the intended goal of making voice service affordable
for residents of Tribal lands? If not, how should the Commission modify
this to better effectuate the intended goal? What types of service
plans are offered on Tribal lands, and how do they differ if the
consumer receives enhanced Lifeline support from a wireless or a
wireline carrier? How many minutes are offered to consumers on Tribal
lands receiving enhanced Lifeline support?
157. The Commission also seeks comment, information, and data on
the utilization of enhanced Link Up support for the benefit of
consumers on Tribal lands and the carriers that serve such consumers.
How is the subsidy utilized by carriers and how does it affect the
services delivered to consumers on Tribal lands? How much do residents
of Tribal lands pay and how much do carriers charge for connecting a
Tribal resident to voice service? What are the variables affecting how
much is charged? Does the Link Up subsidy achieve the intended goal of
making telephone service available and affordable for residents of
Tribal lands? If not, how should the rule be modified to better
effectuate the intended goal? If enhanced Tribal Link Up was
eliminated, what effect would it have on affordability?
158. Additionally, the Commission knows there are many factors that
contribute to whether telecommunications service is available and
affordable for low-income consumers living on Tribal lands. What
policies or practices should the Commission adopt to ensure that the
Lifeline and Link Up programs are successful on Tribal lands? What
measures should be implemented to prevent waste, fraud, and abuse?
159. Infrastructure Deployment. Recognizing that one of the
Commission's original intentions in adopting enhanced Tribal Lifeline
support was to encourage deployment and infrastructure build-out to and
on Tribal lands, the Commission seeks comment on the extent to which
new infrastructure development and deployment has resulted from
enhanced Tribal support. In particular, the Commission seeks data and
comment on where and what types of infrastructure deployments have
occurred on Tribal lands in the last 14 years. What drives the
successful build-out of telecommunications infrastructure on Tribal
lands? Specifically, the Commission seeks comment on what measurable
benefits the additional $25 per month in Lifeline support and the $100
in Link Up support provide towards infrastructure deployment and the
decisions about where and how to build infrastructure on and to Tribal
lands. For example, has enhanced support resulted in additional
deployment in areas that may have been regarded as ``high risk and
unprofitable,'' or has it attracted needed financing of facilities on
unserved Tribal lands, as the Commission originally intended?
160. Lifeline program data show that two-thirds of enhanced Tribal
support goes to non-facilities-based Lifeline providers, and it is
unclear whether the support is being used to deploy facilities in
Tribal areas. The Commission proposes, therefore, to limit enhanced
Tribal Lifeline and Link Up support only to those Lifeline providers
who have facilities. Should there, for example, be different approaches
to enhanced support provided to non-facilities-based Lifeline providers
serving Tribal lands? One option would be to limit enhanced Lifeline
support only to those ETCs currently receiving high-cost support,
similar to the Commission's Link Up reforms. Another option would be to
adopt the proposal of the OCC that the Commission limit enhanced
Lifeline support to those Lifeline providers that are deploying,
building, or maintaining infrastructure on Tribal lands, even if they
do not or are not eligible to receive high-cost support. The Commission
seeks comment on the benefits and drawbacks to these proposed options.
What would be the impact of such limitations on the provision of
Lifeline-supported service to residents of Tribal lands? How can the
Commission best accomplish the objective of encouraging build out to
Tribal lands?
161. If the Commission were to adopt a rule limiting enhanced
Lifeline support as proposed above, the Commission seeks comment on
whether the annual submission of FCC Form 481 would be sufficient to
determine whether a Lifeline provider was deploying, building, or
maintaining infrastructure on Tribal lands. Would any changes to that
form be required to document that the build-out was occurring on Tribal
lands? For those Lifeline providers that either are not receiving or
are not eligible for high-cost support, but seek to receive enhanced
Lifeline support consistent with the OCC proposal, what documentation
would be necessary to ensure that build out was occurring on Tribal
lands? Should such a Lifeline provider have to demonstrate that it is
continuing to build infrastructure on Tribal lands?
162. The Commission also seeks comment on whether we should focus
enhanced Tribal support to those Tribal areas with lower population
densities, on the theory that provision of enhanced support in more
densely populated areas is inconsistent with the Commission's
objectives. In the 2000 Tribal Order, the Commission determined that
the ``unavailability or unaffordability of telecommunications service
on tribal lands is at odds with our statutory goal of ensuring access
to such services to `[c]onsumers in all regions of the Nation,
including low-income consumers.' '' In response, the Commission
established the enhanced Tribal Lifeline subsidy of up to an additional
$25 available to qualified residents of Tribal lands in order to
incentivize increased ``telecommunications infrastructure deployment
and subscribership on tribal lands.'' Given the Commission's desire to
use enhanced support to incent the deployment of facilities on Tribal
lands, the Commission seeks comment as to whether it is appropriate to
provide such enhanced support in areas with large population densities
where advanced communications facilities are widely available. The
Commission seeks comment on whether it is appropriate, given the
Commission's goals, to focus enhanced Tribal support in this manner.
Should the Commission focus enhanced support only on areas of low
population density that are likely to lack the facilities necessary to
serve subscribers? Should the Commission exclude urban, suburban, or
high density areas on Tribal lands?
163. Certain Tribal lands have within their boundaries more densely
populated locations, such as Tulsa, Oklahoma, which is eligible for
enhanced Tribal Lifeline support as it is within a former reservation
in Oklahoma, but nonetheless has a comparatively high population
density compared to many other Tribal lands. The Commission notes there
are other potential locations on Tribal lands, such as Chandler,
Arizona; Reno, Nevada; or Anchorage, Alaska. If we adopted an approach
that focused Tribal support on less densely populated areas, what level
of density would be sufficient to justify the continued receipt of
enhanced Tribal lands support? What level of geographic granularity
should we
[[Page 42692]]
examine to apply any population density-based test? The Commission
notes that, with respect to Tulsa, Oklahoma, the history of Tribal
lands in Oklahoma has led at least one other federal program to exclude
certain higher density Tribal lands from Tribal income assistance
programs in Oklahoma. For instance, the United States Department of
Agriculture's (USDA) Food Distribution Program on Indian Reservations
(FDPIR) excludes from eligibility residents of towns or cities in
Oklahoma greater than 10,000. The Commission seeks comment on whether
we should implement a similar approach that excludes urban areas on
Tribal lands from receiving enhanced Tribal support. The Commission
directs ONAP, in coordination with the Bureau, and other Bureaus and
Offices as appropriate, to engage in government-to-government
consultation with Tribal Nations to develop the record and obtain the
perspective of Tribal governments on this question.
164. Changes to Self-Certification Requirement. The Commission
seeks comment on whether to require additional evidence of residency on
Tribal lands beyond self-certification. The Commission recognizes that
there may be challenges in verifying Tribal residency, but it is
concerned that a lack of verification may provide opportunities for
waste, fraud, and abuse, particularly in light of the substantial
enhanced support currently available to Lifeline providers operating on
Tribal lands. The Commission also seeks comment on the manner in which
residents of Tribal lands living at non-standard addresses should prove
their residence on Tribal lands. Should the obligation to confirm
Tribal residency rest with the Lifeline provider, rather than the
subscriber? If the Commission implements a requirement to verify Tribal
lands residency, what impact will that have on potential eligible, low-
income and current eligible, low-income subscribers of Lifeline? The
Commission specifically invites and will foster government-to-
government consultation with Tribal Nations on these matters.
3. E-Sign
165. In this section, the Commission seeks comment on ways to
strengthen the integrity of electronic signatures in a manner that is
both consistent with the Electronic Signatures in Global and National
Commerce Act and that increases protections against waste, fraud, and
abuse. The Commission also seeks comment on reforms to ensure that the
clear intent of the subscriber to enroll in Lifeline and his/her
understanding of the rules is reflected in the completed Lifeline
application.
166. Background. The 2012 Lifeline Reform Order clarified that
Lifeline providers could obtain electronic signatures from potential or
current subscribers certifying eligibility pursuant to Sec. 54.410 of
the Commission's rules. The Commission determined that electronic
signatures and interactive voice response systems allow Lifeline
providers to simplify their enrollment procedures for consumers
applying for Lifeline service and that it is in the public interest to
allow such signatures. While the E-Sign Act contains a strong
presumption in favor of permitting electronic signatures or electronic
records between private parties in transactions involving interstate or
foreign commerce, it also permits federal and state agencies to issue
rules and guidance pertaining to electronic signatures and records,
consistent with the E-Sign Act. The Commission notes that simply making
a signature or record electronic does not inoculate the record from
concerns about fraud or abuse. To the extent an electronic signature or
record raises concerns about fraud or abuse in the Lifeline context,
the Commission and/or USAC may investigate how the signature was
obtained and the record (e.g., certification or recertification form)
finalized. Illegible signatures, similarities between signatures, or
automatically generated signatures, in the absence of more information
about how the signature was generated, may well raise questions about
whether the named subscriber in fact had ``the intent to sign the
record.''
167. Discussion. The Commission recognizes the ever increasing use
of tablets and other electronic devices to sign up potential Lifeline
subscribers, and laud Lifeline provider efforts to reach out to
legitimate subscribers who can benefit from Lifeline service.
Nevertheless, given the Commission's responsibility to safeguard the
Fund from waste, fraud, and abuse, it must ensure that new technologies
are deployed with adequate protections and mechanisms that permit
oversight. Thus, the Commission seeks comment at this time on the types
of techniques or processes whose use might, in the event of an
investigation or audit, show that an electronic signature is valid.
168. In responding to this query, commenters may also take note of
other proposals in this Second FNPRM and state whether coupling certain
signature verification processes with additional proposed safeguards
may help in demonstrating that a signature is in fact a valid
``electronic signature.'' In other words, does the signature shown on
the electronic certification form in fact reflect the subscriber's
intent to sign up for Lifeline service?
169. The Commission seeks comment on whether adopting regulations
based on what state governments or other federal agencies have done
would be suitable in this context. The Commission recognizes that in
many instances state and federal regulations concern transactions
between a state or federal agency and the public, perhaps allowing for
greater government leeway in determining what specific technology
should be used. While the Commission does not wish to dictate the use
of technologies, it cannot permit a system where a random stray mark,
attributed to stylus difficulties, or an automatically generated
signature, without more constitute valid signatures. In this regard,
the Commission seeks comment on what safeguards Lifeline providers have
adopted to date to ensure that an electronic signature represents the
named subscriber's ``intent to sign the record.'' The Commission also
seeks comment on the utility of requiring service providers to retain
the IP, or other unique identifier, such as a MAC address, affiliated
with the email or device that was used for signing up a subscriber. The
Commission seeks comment on whether such mechanisms might be useful in
detecting and ultimately curtailing fraud. For example, would retaining
the MAC addresses associated with iPads used by sales agents enable
service providers and, if the need should arise, regulators to better
monitor the sign-up practices of such agents? Such an approach would
assist companies and auditors in determining patterns of fraudulent
behavior by agents or a subset of agents within the company.
170. Moreover, as an added protection, to ensure all subscribers
truly understand the certifications they are making, the Commission
proposes that all written certifications (irrespective of whether they
are in paper or electronic form) mandate that subscribers initial their
acknowledgement of each of the requirements contained in 47 CFR
54.410(d)(3). In proposing these requirements, the Commission
emphasizes that Lifeline service providers remain mindful of their
obligation under 15 U.S.C. 7001(e) to ensure that an electronic record
be in a form that is capable of being retained and accurately
reproduced for later reference. In this regard, the Commission finds
that it is consistent with section 7001(e) of the E-Sign Act that
Lifeline providers be able to
[[Page 42693]]
reproduce their certification and recertification forms, along with the
actual signatures placed on the forms, in the event of a federal or
state inquiry. The Commission seeks comment on these proposals.
4. The National Lifeline Accountability Database: Applications and
Processes
171. As part of the Commission's ongoing efforts to guard against
waste, fraud, and abuse in the Lifeline program, we propose a number of
additional applications to the NLAD, including the use of the NLAD to
calculate Lifeline providers' monthly Lifeline reimbursement. The
Commission seeks comment on this proposal and others below.
172. Using the NLAD for Reimbursement. The Commission seeks comment
on the legal and administrative aspects of transitioning to a process
whereby Lifeline providers' support is calculated based on Lifeline
provider subscriber information in the NLAD. For example, how would
officers continue to make the monthly certifications now required on
the FCC Form 497 in the NLAD? Should the Commission consider requiring
officers to make a separate electronic certification? The Commission in
the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order permitted states to opt out of the NLAD
by demonstrating that they had a comprehensive system in place to check
for duplicative federal Lifeline support. To date, four states and one
territory have received permission to opt out of the NLAD and Lifeline
providers serving Lifeline subscribers in those states are not required
to submit subscriber information to the NLAD. If the Commission decides
to calculate Lifeline support based on Lifeline provider submissions to
the NLAD, would Lifeline providers operating in states that opted out
of the NLAD be required to continue to file FCC Form 497s for those
states?
173. The Commission notes that in the national verifier section
above, it sought comment on whether it would be equitable and non-
discriminatory pursuant to section 254(d) to require only those
Lifeline providers that will benefit from the functions of the national
verifier to contribute to its implementation and operation through
additional USF funds. Since only certain Lifeline providers will
utilize the NLAD, just as the national verifier, the Commission seeks
comment on whether it is equitable and non-discriminatory to require
Lifeline providers that will utilize the benefits of the NLAD to
contribute additional USF funds pursuant to section 254(d). Under this
proposal, how would support be allocated amongst the contributing
Lifeline providers? Would Lifeline providers that utilize the NLAD more
than other Lifeline providers be required to pay more? What methodology
should the Commission use if implementing this support mechanism?
174. The Commission also asks about methods to address situations
in which there is a dispute about a Lifeline provider's subscribership.
The Commission's rules, for example, currently require that the NLAD be
updated with subscriber de-enrollments within one business day. If
Lifeline providers receive reimbursement from the NLAD, should this
rule be modified to ensure that Lifeline providers do not receive
reimbursement for subscribers that they no longer serve? The NLAD
incorporates a dispute resolution process whereby Lifeline providers
have an opportunity to ensure that eligible subscribers are not
inadvertently rejected by the NLAD as ineligible. How should support
for subscribers in the dispute resolution process be treated for the
purpose of determining Lifeline support? What additional safeguards
against fraud, if any, should be implemented in the NLAD in light of a
direct relationship between subscriber counts in the NLAD and receipt
of payment?
175. Transition Period. The Commission recognizes that using
information in the NLAD to generate Lifeline provider support payments
may constitute a substantial change in the way Lifeline providers
operate and USAC administers the program. The Commission therefore
proposes to establish a transition period to ensure that Lifeline
providers and USAC have put in place the necessary systems and
processes. The Commission seeks comment on the length and contours of
such a transition period.
176. Fees for Using the NLAD TPIV Search. To date, the costs
associated with developing the NLAD, maintaining the applications and
all of its functionalities, including the Third-Party Identification
Verification (TPIV) check, have come from the Fund. The Commission
seeks comment on whether Lifeline providers should pay some or all of
the cost for TPIV checks and whether the Commission has the authority
to impose such a requirement. These costs are incurred on a per-
transaction basis and are paid for by the Fund to the TPIV vendor. At
the request of the industry, USAC implemented a process to permit
Lifeline providers to submit subscriber information through the TPIV
check prior to enrolling the subscriber. Running the TPIV check prior
to determining whether to enroll a potential subscriber might be
considered a routine customer acquisition cost and, viewed in this
light, it might be appropriate to require Lifeline providers to pay
this cost. In addition, the TPIV check is run again when the subscriber
is actually enrolled in the NLAD. The Commission seeks comment on
whether some or all of the costs associated with running a TPIV check
within the NLAD should be paid for by Lifeline providers. Are there
other ways that the NLAD can recoup the cost of TPIV functionality? The
Commission seeks comment on whether the NLAD should recoup the cost of
TPIV functionality through additional contributions from Lifeline
providers to the Fund that utilize the TPIV functionality. The
Commission seeks comment on whether recouping the costs of TPIV
functionality through contributions from those Lifeline providers that
utilize the functionality would be equitable and non-discriminatory
pursuant to section 254(d). Similarly, the Fund currently pays for the
recertification process for those Lifeline providers that elect to use
USAC. Should Lifeline providers be required to pay for some or all of
that cost?
177. Additional Applications of and Changes to NLAD and Related
Processes. The Commission also seeks comment on using the information
stored in the NLAD for other aspects of the Lifeline program. For
example, should USAC use subscriber information in the NLAD to perform
recertification in those instances where a Lifeline provider selects
USAC to perform the recertification? The Commission seeks comment on
the manner in which the NLAD currently works and whether there are
changes that could be made that would further limit the potential for
waste, fraud, and abuse.
5. Assumption of ETC Designations, Assignment of Lifeline Subscriber
Base and Exiting the Market
178. The Commission proposes rules to minimize the disruption to
Lifeline subscribers associated with the transfer of control of ETCs or
the sale of assets and lists of customers receiving benefits under the
program, as well as the transfer of ETC designations between providers.
The Commission seeks comment on proposals for when it should permit an
ETC to assume an ETC designation from another carrier. The Commission
also proposes establishing notification requirements when a carrier
sells or otherwise transfers Lifeline
[[Page 42694]]
subscribers to another provider or exits the market. Today, in order to
receive reimbursement for providing Lifeline service to qualified-low-
income consumers, a carrier must be an ETC. Although state commissions
have primary responsibility for designating ETCs under section
214(e)(2) of the Act, that responsibility shifts to the Commission for
carriers ``providing telephone exchange service and exchange access
that is not subject to the jurisdiction of a State commission.'' The
Bureau has previously determined that the transfer of control of
licenses and other authorizations from an entity already designated as
an ETC to another entity that has not been designated as an ETC is
insufficient for the transferee to assume the ETC status of the
acquired ETC. Rather, the transferee must petition the proper
designating authority for its own designation. The transferee is an ETC
only after the relevant authority determines that the transferee
satisfies all the requirements of the Act.
179. The Commission also requires any non-facilities-based carriers
seeking to offer Lifeline service to submit to the Bureau and receive
approval of a compliance plan. The approval of a compliance plan is
limited to the entity, and its ownership, as they are described in the
compliance plan approved by the Bureau, and any material changes in
ownership or control require modification of the compliance plan that
must be approved by the Bureau in advance of the changes. The
Commission has not otherwise addressed specific requirements on ETCs
that seek to transfer a Lifeline subscriber to another entity.
180. Finally, section 214 of the Act requires domestic
telecommunications carriers to obtain authorization to undertake
acquisitions of assets such as by the purchase of transmission lines or
customers, or through acquisition of corporate control, such as by
acquisitions of equity ownership. The Commission treats acquisitions,
whether they are through a stock or asset transaction, in the same
manner by requiring section 214 approval prior to consummation of the
transaction. In cases in which a carrier does not transfer its
subscriber base to another entity but instead discontinues service for
those customers, the carrier must obtain authorization from the
Commission prior to discontinuing the service. In practice, however,
today these rules apply to wireline or fixed wireless service ETCs,
either facilities-based or resellers. The Commission has forborne from
imposing the section 214(a) requirements on commercial mobile radio
service (CMRS) providers' provision of domestic telecommunication
services.
181. Assumption of ETC Designations. The Commission proposes
requirements to facilitate assumption of ETC designations in which the
Commission is the designating authority (FCC Designated ETCs). In
circumstances when an entity seeks to acquire an FCC Designated ETC,
the Commission proposes to continue to require an acquiring entity that
has not been designated as an ETC by the Commission to file a petition
with the Commission seeking ETC designation for the jurisdictions
subject to the proposed transaction involving the FCC Designated ETC
and await Commission action in determining whether such petition
satisfies all the requirements of the Act just as carriers are required
to do today. For the questions below, the Commission also seeks comment
on applying a similar process if the Commission provides Lifeline
support to non-ETCs or creates a separation designation.
182. The Commission proposes that these requirements would apply
when the acquiring entity becomes the ETC using a different corporate
name or operating entity, and also would apply when the acquiring
entity maintains the acquired ETC's corporate name or operating entity.
In proposing such requirements, the Commission seeks comment on the
approval process and obligations for all impacted entities, including
the acquired ETCs. The Commission also proposes that these requirements
would not apply to designations in which the acquired entity was
designated by the state and the state continues to exercise authority
to designate such carriers (State Designated ETCs). The Commission is
persuaded that entities it has never evaluated as an ETC should
continue to have the obligation to file their own ETC petition and that
a more streamlined approach is better suited for transactions where the
acquiring entity is an existing FCC Designated ETC.
183. The Commission proposes a more streamlined approach for
transactions where the acquiring entity is also an FCC Designated ETC.
The Commission has already evaluated whether such entities satisfy the
requirements of the Act so there is a presumption it is unnecessary for
the Commission to undertake the same analysis again. The Commission
seeks comment on requiring an acquiring entity that is an FCC
Designated ETC, and where such designation has not been relinquished or
revoked, to notify the Commission of its intent to assume control of
the FCC Designated ETC held by the acquired entity, details of the
transaction, how the acquiring entity is financially and technically
capable to offer Lifeline service to the selling carrier's Lifeline
subscribers, and how allowing the acquiring entity to assume the
selling carrier's ETC designation is in the public interest. To comply
with a Commission notification requirement, the Commission seeks
comment on the period of time that an acquiring entity would notify the
Commission of its intent to acquire or assume the selling carrier's ETC
designation and the details contained in such notice, including whether
such transaction involved high-cost support prior to consummation of
the transaction. If the Commission or Bureau does not act on the ETC's
notification within a certain period, the Commission proposes that the
transaction would be deemed approved and seek comment on that period of
time. If the Commission or Bureau acts on the ETC's notification within
the designated period of time via Public Notice or other type of notice
to impacted entities, the proposed transaction would not take effect
until the Commission or Bureau take affirmative action on the proposed
transaction. The Commission seeks comment on this process for the
Commission or Bureau to act regarding such transactions, and whether
the process should change if there is an underlying transaction
connected with the assumption or transfer of the ETC designations
(e.g., transfer of licenses required to provision wireless service,
obligations specific to section 214 of the Act).
184. The Commission recognizes that states, as designating
authorities, have their own procedures to address the assumptions and
transfers of ETC designations. The Commission seeks comment from states
and third parties on whether we should consider certain state
procedures addressing transfer of ETC designations in modifying the
Commission's processes.
185. Requirements for the Assignment of Subscriber Base. In
addition to procedures for the assumption or transfer of ETC
designations, the Commission proposes to adopt rules to govern the sale
or transfer of its Lifeline subscriber list to another service
provider, including any rules regarding the transfer of subscribers
between ETCs within the NLAD. To make certain all relevant authorities
and the affected Lifeline subscribers are aware of a transaction in
which one provider acquires another ETC or its Lifeline subscriber
base, the Commission seeks comment propose rules to ensure
[[Page 42695]]
adequate notice is given to relevant parties.
186. Specifically, the Commission proposes requiring an acquiring
carrier that is not currently subject to the 214 requirements, or
already subject to Commission approval of the underlying transaction
(i.e., transfer of licenses required to provision wireless service), to
provide notice to the affected customers, Commission, USAC, and the
state designating authority of the transaction involving assignment of
the Lifeline subscriber base. The Commission has previously adopted
rules to implement section 214 that require telecommunications carriers
other than CMRS providers to seek authorization from the Commission of
forthcoming transfers of control or assignment of assets such as
subscriber lists from one provider to another. By extension, the
Commission is persuaded that the Commission, USAC, state designating
authorities, and, most importantly, affected Lifeline subscribers,
should have notice of such transactions (including those involving CMRS
providers) to ensure that subscribers have the option of choosing
alternative providers and that the relevant authorities are on notice
of such transfers to ensure compliance with Lifeline program rules. If
the Commission were to adopt such requirements, the Commission seeks
comment on the time period and content for such notice to each of the
affected parties--affected subscribers, the Commission, USAC, and the
state designating authority.
Exiting the Lifeline Market. In some circumstances, a Lifeline
provider may stop providing Lifeline service and we propose in such
situations that the Lifeline provider's subscribers be provided notice
of the upcoming event. For example, when ETCs decide to exit the market
or transfer to a non-ETC, the Commission seeks comment on whether the
ETC should give affirmative notice to the Commission and its affected
Lifeline subscribers that it will no longer be providing Lifeline
service, if it is not already subject to such an obligation. The
Commission notes that CMRS-provider ETCs, for example, are not subject
to the Commission's discontinuance rules. The Commission seeks comment
on applying this requirement to any ETCs or non-ETCs that are not
subject to the Commission's discontinuance rules. The Commission is
concerned that the absence of such notification rules in the
circumstances described above could lead to consumer disruption or
encourage waste and abuse of the Lifeline program. What form should
such notices take? Should notices also be sent to states, USAC, or
other entities?
187. The Commission proposes that this requirement would be a
condition of receipt of Lifeline support. Under this scenario, the
Commission is not proposing to reinstate the discontinuance
authorization rules for which the Commission has forborne for CMRS
providers. The notice requirements the Commission seeks comment on here
are not pre-approval requirements but are intended to ensure that
Lifeline consumers have the opportunity to seek an alternative
provider. The notice provisions would also support the Commission's
efforts against waste by requiring providers to inform regulators
before exiting the market and attempting either to benefit from exit
transactions or to shift funds away before USAC or the Commission could
obtain repayment, if appropriate. The Commission seeks comment on such
requirements and the impact to the affected subscribers.
188. Other Requirements. The Commission also seeks comment on any
other notice requirements for the transfer of Lifeline subscribers or
discontinuance of service. The Commission notes that some states have
specific requirements concerning the transfer of Lifeline subscribers
and the Commission seeks comment on whether it should look to a certain
state to serve as a model for national rules governing transfer of
subscribers among ETCs.
189. In regards to transfers among entities, the Commission also
notes that any material changes in ownership or control of entities
with approved compliance plans require modification of those compliance
plans, which in turn, must be approved by the Bureau in advance of
changes. To facilitate transfers between entities with approved
compliance plans, should the Commission consider other rules that will
minimize disruption to Lifeline subscribers? Should the Commission also
consider other rules to minimize disruption to Lifeline subscribers
associated with the transfer of control of ETCs receiving benefits
under the program, as well as the transfer of ETC designations between
providers? Given that a majority of states designate competitive ETCs,
the Commission seeks comment from states on these matters. The
Commission seeks comment on whether states impose discontinuance of
service requirements on CMRS ETCs and if so, whether those states'
requirements should serve as a model for the Commission's rules.
6. Shortening the Non-Usage Period
190. As part of the Commission's ongoing efforts to reduce waste
and inefficiency in the Lifeline program, the Commission proposes to
reduce the non-usage interval to 30 days. In the Lifeline Reform Order,
the Commission amended its rules to prevent ETCs from receiving
Lifeline support for inactive subscribers. At that time, the Commission
determined that imposing a 60-day usage period appropriately balanced
the interests of subscribers and commenters, as well as the risks
associated with potential waste in the program. However, the Commission
now seeks comment on whether the 60-day period of time is too long and
should be reduced to 30 days. Would reducing the time period benefit
the program and help us to better achieve the Commission's goals to
reduce waste, fraud, and abuse in the program? How would this change
affect consumers? If the Commission modified the non-usage period,
should it also modify the notice period?
191. The Commission further seeks comment on how this change would
impact ETCs. Would a reduction in the usage period cause administrative
burdens for ETCs? If yes, what are the burdens and would there be ways
to minimize these burdens? Are there benefits to reducing the non-usage
period, for example, to 30 days instead of the current 60 days?
7. Increasing Public Access to Lifeline Program Disbursements and
Subscriber Counts
192. To increase transparency and promote accountability in the
program, the Commission proposes to direct USAC to modify its online
disbursement tool to display the total number of subscribers for which
the ETC seeks support for each SAC, including how many are subscribers
for which it claims enhanced Tribal support. Making this data more
accessible will allow the public to more easily ascertain the number of
subscribers that each ETC serves within each SAC on a monthly basis.
193. Within the Lifeline program, ETCs provide discounts to
eligible households and receive support from the Fund for the provision
of such discounts. ETCs submit an FCC Form 497 to USAC on a monthly or
quarterly basis, which lists the number of subscribers it served for
the previous month(s) and the requested support amount. USAC has a
disbursement tool available on its Web site that provides the
disbursement amounts that are authorized for payment for a particular
[[Page 42696]]
month within each study area code (SAC) based on the ETC's submission
of its FCC Form 497. While the FCC Form 497 includes the number of
subscribers the ETC served for the previous month(s), the USAC Web site
does not currently display this information.
194. Even though the public can already derive Lifeline subscriber
counts from USAC's Web site and Quarterly Reports, we propose this
additional transparency step so the public, including state commissions
and policymakers at the state and federal levels, can more easily
examine these aspects of the program through one resource. In proposing
these modifications, the Commission seeks comment on the impact to
ETCs. The Commission also seeks comment on whether there are other
modifications to USAC's disbursement tool that should be made to
promote transparency and accountability in the program. For example,
should USAC modify the disbursement tool to provide more clarity on an
ETC's adjustments made to its FCC Form 497 filings within the last 12
months?
8. Universal Consumer Certification, Recertification, and Household
Worksheet Forms
195. In this section, the Commission seeks comment on adopting
forms approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) that all
consumers, ETCs, or states, where applicable, must use in order to
certify consumers' initial and ongoing eligibility for Lifeline
benefits. The Commission believes that standardization of subscriber
certification forms will save time by avoiding the need to analyze each
form to make sure it contains all of the requirements of the federal
rules, and allow for easier compliance checks. The Commission
specifically seeks comment on whether the Commission should adopt
standard forms for consumers' initial and annual certifications of
consumer eligibility as well as the ``one-per-household worksheet'' for
when multiple households reside at the same address and seek Lifeline
benefits.
196. All ETCs must obtain a signed certification from the consumer
that complies with Sec. 54.410 of the Commission's rules. ETCs are
required to annually recertify each subscriber's eligibility for
Lifeline, and may recertify subscribers by requiring each subscriber to
submit an annual re-certification form to the ETC. In instances where
multiple households reside at the same address, the consumer must
affirmatively certify through the ``one-per-household worksheet'' that
other Lifeline recipients residing at that address are part of a
separate household, i.e., a separate economic unit that does not share
income and expenses.
197. Currently, ETCs (or states, where applicable) may create and
use their own forms, so long as their forms comply with the
Commission's rules. The Commission has received anecdotal evidence
expressing concerns that the forms for these purposes are inconsistent,
deficient, or are difficult for consumers to understand. To increase
compliance with the rules, facilitate administration of the program and
to reduce burdens placed upon ETCs, the Commission proposes creating an
official, standardized initial certification form, annual
recertification form and ``one-per household'' worksheet. Standardized
forms would allow ETCs, the states, and consumers to better interface
with any national verifier or state or federal agency that assists with
enrollment, as proposed elsewhere in this item. The Commission seeks
comment on potential drawbacks to adopting a standardized form. In
GAO's most recent report on Lifeline, it notes that many eligible
consumers may struggle to complete an application due to lack of
literacy or language skills. The Commission thus seeks comment on how
to improve the language used on such forms so that consumers are better
able to understand their and the ETC's obligations.
198. The URL,www.usac.org/li/FCCForComment, displays sample forms
that USAC currently uses for recertification and provides to ETCs to
use for the household worksheet. While we do not propose to adopt these
specific forms, the Commission seeks comment on the sample forms
displayed at the URL as a starting point. What are the shortcomings of
these forms, if any? What other information should be included on these
forms? Are there other mechanisms by which the Commission can increase
consistency and uniformity in its certification and recertification
practices?
9. Execution Date for Certification and Recertification
199. The Commission proposes to require Lifeline providers to
record the subscriber execution date on certification and
recertification forms. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the
Commission required consumers to make a number of standardized
certifications at the time of enrollment. Consumers are required to
certify under penalty of perjury that they are eligible to receive
Lifeline supported service and that they understand the Lifeline
program rules before enrolling in the program. ETCs must also collect
specific information about the certifying consumer on the certification
form, such as the consumer's date of birth and the last four digits of
the consumer's Social Security number or Tribal government
identification card number. The 2012 Lifeline Reform Order did not,
however, require ETCs to obtain from the consumer the date on which the
certification form was executed (``execution date'') or to record such
date. The lack of an execution date can create confusion regarding
which rules should apply to a given subscriber's enrollment.
200. The Commission seeks comment on requiring Lifeline providers
to record the subscriber execution date on certification and
recertification forms. Mandating an execution date produces a number of
benefits for ETCs and regulators. An execution date will ensure that
USAC, the Commission, and independent auditors can, among other things,
determine the relevant rules that apply to the enrollment or
recertification of that subscriber. Obtaining the execution date will
also allow USAC to recover funds for enrollment and recertification
rule violations more accurately.
201. The Commission seeks additional comment on the manner in which
the execution date should be collected and retained. For example,
should the execution date appear in a particular designated area on the
certification or recertification form? How would this requirement be
implemented for subscribers that complete a certification or
recertification form online or through other electronic means? How
would this obligation interact with the E-Sign Act and any additional
requirements the Commission proposes to implement for electronic
signatures?
10. Officer Training Certification
202. In order to increase ETC accountability and compliance with
the Lifeline rules, the Commission proposes to require an officer of an
ETC to certify on each FCC Form 497 that all individuals taking part in
that ETC's enrollment and recertification processes have received
sufficient training on the Lifeline rules. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform
Order, the Commission required all subscribers to show documentation of
eligibility upon enrollment. The Commission also considered whether to
require ETCs, rather than their agents or representatives, to review
all documentation of eligibility, but the Commission declined to adopt
such a rule at that time. The Commission reasoned that such a measure
was unnecessary because ETCs remain
[[Page 42697]]
responsible for ensuring the agent's or independent contractor's
compliance with the Lifeline rules.
203. Subsequent to the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, there have been
allegations of agents hired by ETCs abusing program rules by enrolling
unqualified consumers in the Lifeline program. The Indiana Regulatory
Commission expressed concern about the acts of agents in the field, and
in July 2013, two ETCs fired 700 agents that enrolled consumers in the
Lifeline program because the ETCs were uncertain if the agents were
complying with the Lifeline rules. The Commission has also acted to
increase oversight over the Lifeline enrollment process. The
Enforcement Bureau released an enforcement advisory reminding ETCs that
they are responsible for the actions of their agents and of ETCs'
obligations to ensure compliance with the Lifeline rules. In addition,
the Bureau codified the requirement that ETCs verify a Lifeline
subscriber's eligibility for Lifeline service prior to activating such
service.
204. Interested parties have suggested additional reforms to the
Lifeline program intended to reduce agent abuses. In June 2013, the
Lifeline Reform 2.0 Coalition filed a petition urging the Commission to
establish a rule that requires all ETCs to have only their employees
review and approve consumers' documentation of eligibility, rather than
an agent or independent contractor, before the ETC activates Lifeline
service or seeks reimbursement from the Fund. To minimize any improper
financial incentives, the Lifeline Reform 2.0 Coalition argued that the
Commission should implement a rule to no longer permit employees who
are paid on a commission to review and approve applicants of the
program. In responding to the June 2013 Lifeline Reform 2.0 Coalition
petition, the Michigan Public Service Commission suggested that the
Commission require ETCs to develop quality control procedures tailored
to their particular business plan in lieu of having the Commission
impose one specific set of procedures.
205. Consistent with the Michigan PSC's suggestion, the Commission
now proposes to require an officer of an ETC to certify on each FCC
Form 497 that all individuals taking part in that ETC's enrollment and
recertification processes have received sufficient training on the
Lifeline rules. Under this proposal, ETCs would be required to
affirmatively certify on each FCC Form 497 that all individuals, both
company employees and third-party agents (``covered individuals''),
interfacing with consumers on behalf of the company have received
sufficient training on the Lifeline program rules. The Commission seeks
comment on how an ETC can show sufficiency of training. The Commission
believes that this requirement will not only help to ensure that
covered individuals are adequately trained but will also create an
environment of compliance at all levels of the company, thereby
reducing the risk of waste, fraud, and abuse. In addition, adequate
training will have the additional benefit of reducing consumer
confusion during the enrollment process. The Commission seeks comment
on these views.
206. The Commission proposes to require that ETCs obtain a
signature of all covered individuals certifying that the covered
individual has completed such training. This would allow auditors, the
FCC, and other interested government agencies to ensure that the ETC is
acting in accordance with its Form 497 certification. The Commission
seeks comment on alternative means to document the training of covered
individuals. To ensure that covered individuals remain aware of the
current rules, we propose that every covered individual must receive
such training before taking part in the enrollment process on behalf of
the company and again every twelve months thereafter in order to ensure
that every person involved in enrolling and verifying consumers for
Lifeline has been adequately educated about the program and its
requirements. The Commission seeks additional comment and solicit ideas
for any additional safeguards that may be necessary to ensure that
agents or other employees enrolling subscribers do not have the
opportunity or incentive to defraud the Fund.
207. As the Lifeline program enters its fourth decade, it must
continue to evolve to ensure that it is serving its statutory mission.
The proposals and questions included herein are intended to solicit the
kind of record that will allow the Commission to ensure that it is
meeting the requirements of section 254 while strengthening protections
against waste, fraud, and abuse.
11. First-Year ETC Audits
208. To ensure the Lifeline audits are the best use of Commission
resources, do not unduly burden Lifeline providers and accurately
demonstrate a Lifeline provider has complied with Commission rules, the
Commission proposes to revise the Commission's rule requiring all
first-year Lifeline providers to undergo an audit within the first year
of receiving Lifeline benefits.
209. The Commission has directed USAC to establish an audit program
for all of the universal service programs, including Lifeline. As part
of the audit program, in the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the Commission
required USAC to conduct audits of new Lifeline carriers within the
first year of their participation in the program, after the carrier
completes its first annual recertification of its subscriber base. The
Commission specifically declined to adopt a minimum dollar threshold
for those audits and instead directed USAC to conduct a more limited
audit of smaller newly established ETCs.
210. Since the adoption of the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, USAC has
audited a number of first-year Lifeline providers. Many of those
Lifeline providers are still ramping up operations within that first
year and the number of subscribers they are serving results in a sample
size too small to draw conclusions regarding compliance with Commission
rules. For example, USAC has two Lifeline providers that it is
preparing to audit--Glandorf Telephone Company and NEP Cellcorp, Inc.--
that have only one or two subscribers as of March 2015. In addition,
although USAC is conducting limited-scope ``desk audits'' of these
Lifeline providers, these still impose costs on the Commission, USAC,
and Lifeline providers that might not be warranted by the benefits of
audits in particular circumstances. If the audits are made even more
limited in scope, it would reduce the costs, but it would not further
limit their utility.
211. Given the three years of experience auditing these carriers
since the adoption of the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order, the Commission
now believes that, in limited instances, it is not the best use of USF
resources to audit every Lifeline provider within the first year of its
operations. Instead, if the Lifeline providers have sufficiently
limited operations, the Commission proposes to delay the audit until
such time it is useful to audit the Lifeline provider. As such, the
Commission seeks comment on its proposal to revise Sec. 54.420(b) of
the Commission's rules to allow the Office of Managing Director (OMD)
to determine if a Lifeline provider should be audited within the first
year of receiving Lifeline benefits in the state in which it was
granted ETC status. The Commission believes this slight change to its
audit requirement will allow for the best use of audit resources and
protect against waste, fraud and abuse. The Commission seeks comment on
this conclusion.
212. Instead of adopting a bright-line threshold to identify those
audits of
[[Page 42698]]
first-year Lifeline providers that should be delayed, the Commission
proposes to delegate authority to OMD, in its role of overseeing the
USF audit programs, to work with USAC to identify those audits of
first-year Lifeline providers that will not result in useful audits and
permit those carriers to be audited after the one-year deadline, when
the auditors can evaluate sufficient data to identify non-compliance
and when it might be more cost-effective. The Commission seeks comment
on this proposal. Are there particular metric(s), threshold(s), or
criteria that the Commission should identify to provide more specific
guidance to inform OMD's determination of when an audit is unlikely to
be useful given the scope of the Lifeline provider's operations,
perhaps based on considerations of the sort discussed below?
213. The Commission also seeks comment on whether, if an audit is
delayed, it should establish a deadline by which the audit must be
conducted, even if the Lifeline provider still has limited operations.
The Commission notes that it can audit any beneficiary at any time. Is
there some benefit to a Lifeline provider in knowing that it will
definitely be audited within its first year? Alternatively, or in
addition, are there procedures that OMD, Bureau, or USAC should follow
beyond those typically used in the case of other audits under Sec.
54.707 of the Commission's rules? For example, should a letter or other
notification be sent to the Lifeline provider to set a period of time
in advance of when the audit was scheduled to occur notifying the
provider it will be delayed? After a delay, should USAC notify the
Lifeline provider when it has been determined that an audit will be
announced? If so, how far in advance? Should any such notification
simply inform the Lifeline provider of the forthcoming audit pursuant
to Sec. 54.420(b) of the Commission's rules, or is there additional
information that should be included?
214. Instead of setting a specific time frame by which an audit
must be conducted after the current one-year deadline or delegating
authority to OMD, to determine when an audit should be conducted,
should the Commission instead adopt a minimum threshold under which
audits should not be conducted because they are unlikely to be useful?
If so, what metric(s) should be used to define the threshold(s)? Should
it be measured in dollars or subscribers, some other metric(s), or some
combination? Under such an approach, what metrics would best enable an
evaluation of the usefulness of a Sec. 54.420(b) of the Commission's
rules audit, in terms of both substance (i.e., the metric(s) bear a
strong relationship to whether the audit is likely to be useful) and
ease of administration (e.g., the data needed to evaluate the metric
are readily available and verifiable, and the metric(s) otherwise can
be readily implemented in practice). What should the magnitude of any
such threshold(s) be (whether dollars, subscribers, other metric(s), or
some combination)? The Commission believes allowing OMD some discretion
in determining which carriers should be exempt from the audit
requirement will allow for situations in which an audit may be
warranted for a first-year Lifeline provider with limited Lifeline
operations. The Commission seeks comment on this conclusion.
215. Finally, the Commission seeks comment on whether there are
variations or combinations of the forgoing options or other
alternatives that the Commission should consider. Commenters advocating
particular alternatives should explain how readily they can be used to
identify whether an audit is likely to be useful and how readily
administrable the alternatives would be.
III. Procedural Matters
F. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
216. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as
amended, the Commission has prepared an Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA) for the Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(FNPRM), of the possible significant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities by the policies and rules proposed in this
Second FNPRM. Written public comments are requested on this IRFA.
Comments must be identified as responses to the IRFA and must be filed
by the deadlines for comments on the Second FNPRM. The Commission will
send a copy of the Second FNPRM, including this IRFA, to the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
217. The Commission is required by section 254 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, to promulgate rules to
implement the universal service provisions of section 254. The Lifeline
program was implemented in 1985 in the wake of the 1984 divestiture of
AT&T. On May 8, 1997, the Commission adopted rules to reform its system
of universal service support mechanisms so that universal service is
preserved and advanced as markets move toward competition. The Lifeline
program is administered by the Universal Service Administrative Company
(USAC), the Administrator of the universal service support programs,
under Commission direction, although many key attributes of the
Lifeline program are currently implemented at the state level,
including consumer eligibility, eligible telecommunication carrier
(ETC) designations, outreach, and verification. Lifeline support is
passed on to the subscriber by the ETC, which provides discounts to
eligible households and receives reimbursement from the universal
service fund (USF or Fund) for the provision of such discounts.
G. Initial Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
218. The Second FNPRM seeks comment on a potential new or revised
information collection requirement. If the Commission adopts any new or
revised information collection requirement, the Commission will publish
a separate notice in the Federal Register inviting the public to
comment on the requirement, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). In addition, pursuant
to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198,
44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), the Commission seeks specific comment on how it
might ``further reduce the information collection burden for small
business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.''
H. Comment Filing Procedures
219. Comments and Replies. The Commission invites comment on the
issues and questions set forth in the FNPRM and IRFA contained herein.
Pursuant to Sec. Sec. 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules, 47
CFR 1.415 and 1.419, interested parties may file comments on this
Second FNPRM on or before 30 days after publication of this Second
FNPRM in the Federal Register and may file reply comments on or before
60 days after publication of this Second FNPRM in the Federal Register.
All filings related to this Second FNPRM shall refer to WC Docket Nos.
11-42, 09-197, and 10-90. Comments may be filed using the Commission's
Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS) or by filing paper copies. See
Electronic Filing of Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121
(1998).
Electronic Filers: Comments may be filed electronically
using the Internet by accessing the ECFS: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/.
Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must
file an original and one copy of each filing.
[[Page 42699]]
Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by
commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S.
Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's
Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings
for the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at
445 12th St. SW., Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together
with rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes must be
disposed of before entering the building.
Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service
Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton
Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.
U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority
mail must be addressed to 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.
220. People with Disabilities. To request materials in accessible
formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic
files, audio format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the
Consumer & Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-
418-0432 (tty).
221. In addition, one copy of each paper filing must be sent to
each of the following: (1) The Commission's duplicating contractor,
Best Copy and Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-B402,
Washington, DC 20554; Web site: www.bcpiweb.com; phone: (800) 378-3160;
(2) Jonathan Lechter, Telecommunications Access Policy Division,
Wireline Competition Bureau, 445 12th Street SW., Room 5-B442,
Washington, DC 20554; email: Jonathan.Lechter@fcc.gov; and (3) Charles
Tyler, Telecommunications Access Policy Division, Wireline Competition
Bureau, 445 12th Street SW., Room 5-A452, Washington, DC 20554; email:
Charles.Tyler@fcc.gov.
222. Filing and comments are also available for public inspection
and copying during regular business hours at the FCC Reference
Information Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257,
Washington, DC 20554. Copies may also be purchased from the
Commission's duplicating contractor, BCPI, 445 12th Street SW., Room
CY-B402, Washington, DC 20554. Customers may contact BCPI through its
Web site: www.bcpi.com, by email at fcc@bcpiweb.com, by telephone at
(202) 488-5300 or (800) 378-3160 or by facsimile at (202) 488-5563.
223. Comments and reply comments must include a short and concise
summary of the substantive arguments raised in the pleading. Comments
and reply comments must also comply with section 1.49 and all other
applicable sections of the Commission's rules. All interested parties
must include the name of the filing party and the date of the filing on
each page of their comments and reply comments. All parties are
encouraged to utilize a table of contents, regardless of the length of
their submission. The Commission also strongly encourages parties to
track the organization set forth in the Second FNPRM in order to
facilitate the Commission's internal review process.
224. For additional information on this proceeding, contact
Jonathan Lechter at (202) 418-7387 in the Telecommunications Access
Policy Division, Wireline Competition Bureau.
I. Need for, and Objectives of, the Proposed Rules
225. When the Commission overhauled the Lifeline program in its
2012 Lifeline Reform Order, it substantially strengthened protections
against waste, fraud and abuse; improved program administration and
accountability; improved enrollment and consumer disclosures; and took
preliminary steps to modernize the Lifeline program for the 21st
Century. While the Commission is pleased that the Commission's previous
reforms have taken hold and sustained the integrity of the Fund, it
realizes that the Commission's work is not complete. In light of the
realities of the 21st Century communications marketplace, the
Commission must overhaul the Lifeline program to ensure it complies
with the statutory directive to provide consumers in all regions of the
nation, including low-income consumers, with access to
telecommunications and information services. At the same time, the
Commission must ensure that adequate controls are in place as it
implements any further changes to the Lifeline program to guard against
waste, fraud and abuse.
226. In the Second FNPRM, the Commission therefore seeks comment on
a package of potential reforms to modernize and restructure the
Lifeline program. First, it proposes to establish minimum service
levels for voice and broadband Lifeline service to ensure value for its
USF dollars and more robust services for those low-income Americans who
need them. Second, the Commission seeks to reset the Lifeline
eligibility rules. Third, to encourage increased competition and
innovation in the Lifeline market, the Commission seeks comment on
ensuring the effectiveness of its administrative rules while also
ensuring that they are not unnecessarily burdensome. Fourth, the
Commission examines ways to enhance consumer protection. Finally, the
Commission seeks comment on other ways to improve administration and
ensure efficiency and accountability in the Lifeline program. The rules
the Commission proposes in the Second FNPRM are directed at enabling
the Commission to meet these goals and objectives for the Lifeline
program.
J. Legal Basis
227. The legal basis for the Second FNPRM is contained in sections
1 through 4, 201-205, 254, 303(r), and 403 of the Communications Act of
1934, as amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, 47 U.S.C. 151
through 154, 201 through 205, 254, 303(r), and 403.
K. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities To Which
the Proposed Rules Will Apply
228. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of and,
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA generally defines
the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the terms
``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small governmental
jurisdiction.'' In addition, the term ``small business'' has the same
meaning as the term ``small business concern'' under the Small Business
Act. A small business concern is one that: (1) Is independently owned
and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and (3)
satisfies any additional criteria established by the Small Business
Administration (SBA). Nationwide, there are a total of approximately
28.2 million small businesses, according to the SBA. A ``small
organization'' is generally ``any not-for-profit enterprise which is
independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field.''
229. Nationwide, as of 2007, there were approximately 1.6 million
small organizations. The term ``small governmental jurisdiction'' is
defined generally as ``governments of cities, towns, townships,
villages, school districts, or special districts, with a population of
less than fifty thousand.'' Census Bureau data for 2007 indicate that
there were 87,476 local governmental jurisdictions in the United
States. We estimate that, of this total, 84,506 entities were ``small
governmental jurisdictions.'' Thus, we estimate that most governmental
jurisdictions are small.
[[Page 42700]]
1. Wireline Providers
230. Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (Incumbent LECs). Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard
specifically for incumbent local exchange services. The appropriate
size standard under SBA rules is for the category Wired
Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size standard, such a business
is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. Census Bureau data for
2007 show that there were 3,188 firms in this category that operated
for the entire year. Of this total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or
fewer and 44 firms had employment of 1,000 or more. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these 1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have more than 1,500 employees.
Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these incumbent local exchange service
providers can be considered small.
231. Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (Competitive LECs),
Competitive Access Providers (CAPs), Shared-Tenant Service Providers,
and Other Local Service Providers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size standard specifically for these
service providers. The appropriate category for this service is the
category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under the category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, such a business is small if it has 1,500
or fewer employees. Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were
3,188 firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or fewer and 44 firms had 1,000
employees or more. Thus under this category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of these Competitive LECs, CAPs,
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and Other Local Service Providers can
be considered small entities. According to Commission data, 1,442
carriers reported that they were engaged in the provision of either
competitive local exchange services or competitive access provider
services. Of these 1,442 carriers, an estimated 1,256 have 1,500 or
fewer employees and 186 have more than 1,500 employees. In addition, 17
carriers have reported that they are Shared-Tenant Service Providers,
and all 17 are estimated to have 1,500 or fewer employees. In addition,
72 carriers have reported that they are Other Local Service Providers,
seventy of which have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that most
providers of competitive local exchange service, competitive access
providers, Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and Other Local Service
Providers are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
232. Interexchange Carriers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a small business size standard specifically for providers of
interexchange services. The appropriate category for Interexchange
Carriers is the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census Bureau data for 2007, which now supersede data from
the 2002 Census, show that there were 3,188 firms in this category that
operated for the entire year. Of this total, 3,144 had employment of
999 or fewer, and 44 firms had had employment of 1,000 employees or
more. Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these Interexchange carriers can be
considered small entities. According to Commission data, 359 companies
reported that their primary telecommunications service activity was the
provision of interexchange services. Of these 359 companies, an
estimated 317 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 42 have more than 1,500
employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of
interexchange service providers are small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
233. Operator Service Providers (OSPs). Neither the Commission nor
the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
operator service providers. The appropriate category for Operator
Service Providers is the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers.
Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. Under that size standard, such a business is small if
it has 1,500 or fewer employees. Census Bureau data for 2007 show that
there were 3,188 firms in this category that operated for the entire
year. Of the total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or fewer, and 44 firms
had had employment of 1,000 employees or more. Thus under this category
and the associated small business size standard, the majority of these
interexchange carriers can be considered small entities. According to
Commission data, 33 carriers have reported that they are engaged in the
provision of operator services. Of these, an estimated 31 have 1,500 or
fewer employees and 2 have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority of OSPs are small entities that
may be affected by the Commission's proposed action.
234. Local Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census data for 2007 show that 1,523 firms provided resale
services during that year. Of that number, 1,522 operated with fewer
than 1000 employees and one operated with more than 1,000. Thus under
this category and the associated small business size standard, the
majority of these local resellers can be considered small entities.
According to Commission data, 213 carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of local resale services. Of these, an
estimated 211 have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of local resellers are small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Notice.
235. Toll Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census data for 2007 show that 1,523 firms provided resale
services during that year. Of that number, 1,522 operated with fewer
than 1000 employees and one operated with more than 1,000. Thus under
this category and the associated small business size standard, the
majority of these resellers can be considered small entities. According
to Commission data, 881 carriers have reported that they are engaged in
the provision of toll resale services. Of these, an estimated 857 have
1,500 or fewer employees and 24 have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of toll
resellers are small entities that may be affected by the Commission's
action.
236. Pre-paid Calling Card Providers. Neither the Commission nor
the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
pre-paid calling card providers. The appropriate size standard under
SBA rules is for the category Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census data for 2007 show
[[Page 42701]]
that 1,523 firms provided resale services during that year. Of that
number, 1,522 operated with fewer than 1000 employees and one operated
with more than 1,000. Thus under this category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of these pre-paid calling card
providers can be considered small entities. According to Commission
data, 193 carriers have reported that they are engaged in the provision
of pre-paid calling cards. Of these, an estimated all 193 have 1,500 or
fewer employees and none have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the majority of pre-paid calling card
providers are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice.
237. 800 and 800-Like Service Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically
for 800 and 800-like service (``toll free'') subscribers. The
appropriate category for these services is the category
Telecommunications Resellers. Under that category and corresponding
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census data for 2007 show that 1,523 firms provided resale
services during that year. Of that number, 1,522 operated with fewer
than 1000 employees and one operated with more than 1,000. Thus under
this category and the associated small business size standard, the
majority of resellers in this classification can be considered small
entities. To focus specifically on the number of subscribers than on
those firms which make subscription service available, the most
reliable source of information regarding the number of these service
subscribers appears to be data the Commission collects on the 800, 888,
877, and 866 numbers in use. According to the Commission's data, as of
September 2009, the number of 800 numbers assigned was 7,860,000; the
number of 888 numbers assigned was 5,888,687; the number of 877 numbers
assigned was 4,721,866; and the number of 866 numbers assigned was
7,867,736. The Commission does not have data specifying the number of
these subscribers that are not independently owned and operated or have
more than 1,500 employees, and thus are unable at this time to estimate
with greater precision the number of toll free subscribers that would
qualify as small businesses under the SBA size standard. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that there are 7,860,000 or fewer small entity
800 subscribers; 5,888,687 or fewer small entity 888 subscribers;
4,721,866 or fewer small entity 877 subscribers; and 7,867,736 or fewer
small entity 866 subscribers. We do not believe 800 and 800-Like
Service Subscribers will be affected by the Commission's proposed
rules, however we choose to include this category and seek comment on
whether there will be an effect on small entities within this category.
2. Wireless Carriers and Service Providers
238. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). This
industry comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining
switching and transmission facilities to provide communications via the
airwaves. Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and
provide services using that spectrum, such as cellular phone services,
paging services, wireless Internet access, and wireless video services.
The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for the category
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers. The size standard for that
category is that a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. For this category, census data for 2007 show that there were
11,163 establishments that operated for the entire year. Of this total,
10,791 establishments had employment of 999 or fewer employees and 372
had employment of 1000 employees or more. Thus under this category and
the associated small business size standard, the Commission estimates
that the majority of wireless telecommunications carriers (except
satellite) are small entities that may be affected by the Commission's
proposed action.
239. Wireless Communications Services. This service can be used for
fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital audio broadcasting satellite
uses. The Commission defined ``small business'' for the wireless
communications services auction as an entity with average gross
revenues of $40 million for each of the three preceding years, and a
``very small business'' as an entity with average gross revenues of $15
million for each of the three preceding years. The SBA has approved
these definitions. The Commission auctioned geographic area licenses in
the WCS service. In the auction, which commenced on April 15, 1997 and
closed on April 25, 1997, seven bidders won 31 licenses that qualified
as very small business entities, and one bidder won one license that
qualified as a small business entity.
240. Satellite Telecommunications Providers. Two economic census
categories address the satellite industry. The first category has a
small business size standard of $32.5 million or less in average annual
receipts, under SBA rules. The second has a size standard of $32.5
million or less in annual receipts.
241. The category of Satellite Telecommunications ``comprises
establishments primarily engaged in providing telecommunications
services to other establishments in the telecommunications and
broadcasting industries by forwarding and receiving communications
signals via a system of satellites or reselling satellite
telecommunications.'' Census Bureau data for 2007 show that 512
Satellite Telecommunications firms that operated for that entire year.
Of this total, 464 firms had annual receipts of under $10 million, and
18 firms had receipts of $10 million to $24,999,999. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority of Satellite Telecommunications
firms are small entities that might be affected by the Commission's
action.
242. The second category, i.e. ``All Other Telecommunications''
comprises ``establishments primarily engaged in providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation. This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in providing satellite terminal
stations and associated facilities connected with one or more
terrestrial systems and capable of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from, satellite systems.
Establishments providing Internet services or voice over Internet
protocol (VoIP) services via client-supplied telecommunications
connections are also included in this industry.'' The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for All Other Telecommunications, which
consists of all such firms with gross annual receipts of $32.5 million
or less. For this category, Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there
were a total of 2,383 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 2,347 firms had annual receipts of under $25 million and 12
firms had annual receipts of $25 million to $49,999,999. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the majority of All Other
Telecommunications firms are small entities that might be affected by
the Commission's action.
243. Common Carrier Paging. As noted, since 2007 the Census Bureau
has placed paging providers within the broad economic census category
of Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite).
244. In addition, in the Paging Second Report and Order, the
Commission
[[Page 42702]]
adopted a size standard for ``small businesses'' for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special provisions such as bidding
credits and installment payments. A small business is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues not exceeding $15 million for the preceding three years.
The SBA has approved this definition. An initial auction of
Metropolitan Economic Area (``MEA'') licenses was conducted in the year
2000. Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned, 985 were sold. Fifty-seven
companies claiming small business status won 440 licenses. A subsequent
auction of MEA and Economic Area (``EA'') licenses was held in the year
2001. Of the 15,514 licenses auctioned, 5,323 were sold. One hundred
thirty-two companies claiming small business status purchased 3,724
licenses. A third auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses in each of 175
EAs and 1,328 licenses in all but three of the 51 MEAs, was held in
2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming small or very small business
status won 2,093 licenses.
245. Currently, there are approximately 74,000 Common Carrier
Paging licenses. According to the most recent Trends in Telephone
Service, 291 carriers reported that they were engaged in the provision
of ``paging and messaging'' services. Of these, an estimated 289 have
1,500 or fewer employees and two have more than 1,500 employees. We
estimate that the majority of common carrier paging providers would
qualify as small entities under the SBA definition.
246. Wireless Telephony. Wireless telephony includes cellular,
personal communications services, and specialized mobile radio
telephony carriers. As noted, the SBA has developed a small business
size standard for Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under the SBA small business size standard, a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. According to the 2010 Trends
Report, 413 carriers reported that they were engaged in wireless
telephony. Of these, an estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer employees and
152 have more than 1,500 employees. We have estimated that 261 of these
are small under the SBA small business size standard.
3. Internet Service Providers
247. The 2007 Economic Census places these firms, whose services
might include voice over Internet protocol (VoIP), in either of two
categories, depending on whether the service is provided over the
provider's own telecommunications facilities (e.g., cable and DSL
ISPs), or over client-supplied telecommunications connections (e.g.,
dial-up ISPs). The former are within the category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, which has an SBA small business size
standard of 1,500 or fewer employees. The latter are within the
category of All Other Telecommunications, which has a size standard of
annual receipts of $32.5 million or less.
L. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements for Small Entities
248. In this Second FNPRM, we propose and seek public input on new
and additional solutions for the Lifeline program, including reforms
that would bring the program closer to its core purpose and promote the
availability of modern services for low-income families. The rules we
propose in this Second FNPRM are directed at enabling us to meet the
Commission's goals and objectives for the Lifeline program.
Specifically, the Commission seeks comment on a number of proposed
changes that would increase the economic burdens on small entities.
These proposed changes include:
249. Eligibility documentation. In the 2012 Lifeline Reform Order,
the Commission adopted measures to verify a low-income consumer's
eligibility for Lifeline supported services and required Lifeline
providers to confirm an applicant's eligibility prior to enrolling the
applicant in the Lifeline Program. However, program eligibility
documentation may not contain sufficient information to tie the
documentation to the identity of the prospective subscriber and often
does not include a photograph. In this Second FNPRM, the Commission
seeks comment on requiring Lifeline providers to obtain additional
information to verify that the eligibility documentation being
presented by the consumer is valid and has not expired.
250. Use of National Lifeline Accountability Database (NLAD) for
reimbursement. In this Second NPRM, the Commission seeks comment on
whether the Commission should establish a national Lifeline eligibility
verifier (national verifier) to make eligibility determinations and
perform other functions related to the Lifeline program. As part of the
proposed functions of the national verifier, the Commission seeks
comment on using the national verifier to calculate ETCs' support.
251. Reforms to Increase Efficient Administration of the Lifeline
Program. As part of this Second FNPRM, the Commission seeks comment on
a number of reforms to increase the efficient administration if the
program, including requiring an officer of an ETC to certify that
individuals taking part in the ETC's enrollment and recertification
processes have received training, and requiring Lifeline providers to
record the subscriber execution date.
M. Steps Taken To Minimize the Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered
252. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant,
specifically small business, alternatives that it has considered in
reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four
alternatives (among others): ``(1) the establishment of differing
compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small entities; (2) the
clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and
reporting requirements under the rule for such small entities; (3) the
use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for such small
entities.''
253. As indicated above, in the Second FNPRM, while the Commission
seeks comment on several proposed changes that would increase the
economic burdens on small entities, it also proposes a number of
changes that would lessen the economic impact on small entities. In
those instances in which a proposed change would increase burdens on
small entities, the Commission has determined that the benefits from
such changes outweigh the increased burdens on small entities.
4. Proposed Changes That Lessen Economic Impact on Small Entities
254. National Lifeline eligibility verifier. The Commission's
proposal to remove the responsibility of conducting the eligibility
determination from the ETC and shift this responsibility to a trusted
third-party lessens the recordkeeping and compliance burden on small
entities by relieving them of the obligation to conduct eligibility
determinations.
255. Coordinated enrollment with other federal and state agencies.
The Commission's proposal to coordinate enrollment with other
government benefit programs that qualify low-income consumers, thus
allowing consumers to enroll themselves, lessens the recordkeeping and
compliance burden on small entities by shifting this responsibility to
the low-income consumer along with other government benefit programs.
[[Page 42703]]
256. New FCC Forms. The Commission's proposal to adopt standardized
FCC Forms that all ETCs, where applicable, must use in order to certify
a consumers' eligibility for Lifeline benefits will decrease burdens on
small entities, increase compliance with the Commission's rules, and
facilitate administration of the Lifeline program.
257. Use of National Lifeline Accountability Database (NLAD) for
reimbursement. In the long-term, the Commission's proposal to
transition to a process where the NLAD is used to calculate ETCs'
support will ultimately reduce the burden on small entities, because
they will no longer have to file the FCC Form 497 (Lifeline Worksheet).
258. First-year ETC audits. The Commission's proposal to revise its
rules to allow the Office of Managing Director to determine if a
Lifeline provider should be audited within the first year of receiving
Lifeline benefits in the state in which it was granted ETC status,
rather than requiring all first-year Lifeline providers to undergo an
audit within the first year of receiving Lifeline benefits, will
minimize the burden on a substantial number of small entities to
respond to requests for information as part of an audit.
5. Proposed Changes That Increase Economic Impact on Small Entities
259. Eligibility documentation. The Commission's proposal to
require ETCs to obtain additional information in certain instances to
verify that the eligibility documentation being presented by the
consumer is valid increases the recordkeeping burden on small entities.
Such proposal, however, supports the Commission's objective to
eliminate waste, fraud, and abuse in the Lifeline program.
260. Use of National Lifeline Accountability Database (NLAD) for
reimbursement. The Commission's proposal to transition to a process
where the NLAD is used to calculate ETCs' support may initially
increase the burden upon small entities to change the way in which they
calculate support payments. However, the Commission proposes a
transition period to ensure that entities and USAC have time to put in
place the necessary systems and processes.
261. Compliance burdens. Implementing any of the Commission's
proposed rules (e.g., requiring an officer of an ETC to certify that
individuals taking part in the ETC's enrollment and recertification
processes have received training, and requiring Lifeline providers to
record the subscriber execution date) would impose some burden on small
entities by requiring them to make such certifications and entries on
FCC forms, and requiring them to become familiar with the new rules to
comply with them. For many of proposed the rules, there is a minimal
burden. Thus, these new requirements should not require small
businesses to seek outside assistance to comply with the Commission's
rule but rather are more routine in nature as part of normal business
processes. The importance of bringing the Lifeline program closer to
its core purpose and promoting the availability of modern services for
low-income families, however, outweighs the minimal burden requiring
small entities to comply with the new rules would impose.
N. Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the
Proposed Rules
262. None
O. Ex Parte Presentations
263. Permit-But-Disclose. The proceeding the Second FNPRM initiates
shall be treated as a ``permit-but-disclose'' proceeding in accordance
with the Commission's ex parte rules. Persons making ex parte
presentations must file a copy of any written presentation or a
memorandum summarizing any oral presentation within two business days
after the presentation (unless a different deadline applicable to the
Sunshine period applies). Persons making oral ex parte presentations
are reminded that memoranda summarizing the presentation must (1) list
all persons attending or otherwise participating in the meeting at
which the ex parte presentation was made, and (2) summarize all data
presented and arguments made during the presentation. If the
presentation consisted in whole or in part of the presentation of data
or arguments already reflected in the presenter's written comments,
memoranda, or other filings in the proceeding, the presenter may
provide citations to such data or arguments in his or her prior
comments, memoranda, or other filings (specifying the relevant page
and/or paragraph numbers where such data or arguments can be found) in
lieu of summarizing them in the memorandum. Documents shown or given to
Commission staff during ex parte meetings are deemed to be written ex
parte presentations and must be filed consistent with rule 1.1206(b).
In proceedings governed by rule 1.49(f) or for which the Commission has
made available a method of electronic filing, written ex parte
presentations and memoranda summarizing oral ex parte presentations,
and all attachments thereto, must be filed through the electronic
comment filing system available for that proceeding, and must be filed
in their native format (e.g., .doc, .xml, .ppt, searchable .pdf).
Participants in this proceeding should familiarize themselves with the
Commission's ex parte rules.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 54
Communications common carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telecommunications, Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 54 as follows:
PART 54--UNIVERSAL SERVICE
0
1. The authority citation for part 54 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 155, 201, 205, 214, 219, 220,
254, 303(r), 403, and 1302 unless otherwise noted.
0
2. Amend Sec. 54.101 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.101 Supported services for rural, insular and high cost
areas.
(a) Services designated for support. Voice Telephony services and
broadband Internet access services shall be supported by federal
universal service support mechanisms. Eligible voice telephony services
must provide voice grade access to the public switched network or its
functional equivalent; minutes of use for local service provided at no
additional charge to end users; access to the emergency services
provided by local government or other public safety organizations, such
as 911 and enhanced 911, to the extent the local government in an
eligible carrier's service area has implemented 911 or enhanced 911
systems; and toll limitation services to qualifying low-income
consumers as provided in subpart E of this part.
* * * * *
0
3. Amend Sec. 54.400 by adding and reserving paragraph (k); and adding
paragraphs (l) and (m) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.400 Terms and definitions.
* * * * *
(l) Broadband Internet access service. Broadband Internet access
service is defined as a mass-market retail service by wire or radio
that provides the
[[Page 42704]]
capability to transmit data to and receive data from all or
substantially all Internet endpoints, including any capabilities that
are incidental to and enable the operation of the communications
service, but excluding dial-up service.
(m) Supported services. Voice Telephony services and broadband
Internet access services are supported services for the Lifeline
program.
0
4. Amend Sec. 54.401 by revising paragraphs (a)(2) and (b) to read as
follows:
Sec. 54.401 Lifeline defined.
(a) * * *
(2) That provides qualifying low-income consumers with Voice
Telephony service or broadband Internet access service as defined in
Sec. 54.400(l). Toll limitation service does not need to be offered
for any Lifeline service that does not distinguish between toll and
non-toll calls in the pricing of the service. If an eligible
telecommunications carrier charges Lifeline subscribers a fee for toll
calls that is in addition to the per month or per billing cycle price
of the subscribers' Lifeline service, the carrier must offer toll
limitation service at no charge to its subscribers as part of its
Lifeline service offering.
(b) Eligible telecommunications carriers may allow qualifying low-
income consumers to apply Lifeline discounts to any residential service
plan that includes Voice Telephony service or broadband Internet access
service, including bundled packages of both voice and broadband
Internet access services; and plans that include optional calling
features such as, but not limited to, caller identification, call
waiting, voicemail, and three-way calling. Eligible telecommunications
carriers may also permit qualifying low-income consumers to apply their
Lifeline discount to family shared calling plans.
* * * * *
0
5. Amend Sec. 54.405 by revising paragraph (e)(1) and adding paragraph
(e)(5) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.405 Carrier obligation to offer Lifeline.
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(1) De-enrollment generally. If an eligible telecommunications
carrier has a reasonable basis to believe that a Lifeline subscriber no
longer meets the criteria to be considered a qualifying low-income
consumer under Sec. 54.409, the carrier must notify the subscriber of
impending termination of his or her Lifeline service. Notification of
impending termination must be sent in writing separate from the
subscriber's monthly bill, if one is provided, and must be written in
clear, easily understood language. A carrier providing Lifeline service
in a state that has dispute resolution procedures applicable to
Lifeline termination, that requires, at a minimum, written notification
of impending termination, must comply with the applicable state
requirements. The carrier must allow a subscriber 30 days following the
date of the impending termination letter required to demonstrate
continued eligibility. A subscriber making such a demonstration must
present proof of continued eligibility to the carrier consistent with
applicable annual re-certification requirements, as described in Sec.
54.410(f). An eligible telecommunications carrier must de-enroll any
subscriber who fails to demonstrate continued eligibility within five
business days after the expiration of the subscriber's time to respond.
A carrier providing Lifeline service in a state that has dispute
resolution procedures applicable to Lifeline termination must comply
with the applicable state requirements.
* * * * *
(5) De-enrollment requested by subscriber. If an eligible
telecommunications carrier receives a request from a subscriber to de-
enroll, it must de-enroll the subscriber within two business days after
the request.
0
6. Amend Sec. 54.407 by revising paragraph (a), by adding paragraph
(c)(2)(v), and by revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.407 Reimbursement for offering Lifeline.
(a) Universal service support for providing Lifeline shall be
provided directly to an eligible telecommunications carrier based on
the number of actual qualifying low-income customers it serves directly
as of the first day of the month in the NLAD.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) Sending a text message.
(d) In order to receive universal service support reimbursement, an
officer of each eligible telecommunications carrier must certify, as
part of each request for reimbursement, that:
(1) The ETC is in compliance with all of the rules in this subpart;
(2) The ETC has obtained valid certification and recertification
forms to the extent required under this subpart for each of the
subscribers for whom it is seeking reimbursement; and
(3) The ETC has provided sufficient training on all of the rules in
this subpart to all individuals who interact with consumers during
enrollment, recertification, or consumer information calls.
* * * * *
0
7. Amend Sec. 54.410 by revising paragraphs (d) introductory text,
(d)(1) introductory text, (d)(2) introductory text, and by adding
paragraph (d)(2)(ix) and by revising paragraphs (d)(3) introductory
text, (f)(1), (f)(2)(iii), (f)(3)(iii), and by adding paragraph (h) to
read as follows:
Sec. 54.410 Subscriber eligibility determination and certification.
* * * * *
(d) FCC Form [XXX] Certification of Eligibility. Eligible
telecommunications carriers and state Lifeline administrators or other
state agencies that are responsible for the initial determination of a
subscriber's eligibility for Lifeline must use FCC Form [XXX] to enroll
a qualifying low-income consumer into the Lifeline program.
(1) The FCC Form [XXX] shall provide the following information in
clear, easily understood language:
* * * * *
(2) The FCC Form [XXX] shall require each prospective subscriber to
provide the following information:
* * * * *
(ix) The date on which the certification form was executed.
(3) The FCC Form [XXX] shall require each prospective subscriber to
initial his or her acknowledgement of each of the following
certifications individually and under penalty of perjury:
* * * * *
(f) * * *
(1) All eligible telecommunications carriers must annually re-
certify all subscribers using FCC Form [XXX], except for subscribers in
states where a state Lifeline administrator or other state agency is
responsible for re-certification of subscribers' Lifeline eligibility.
(2) * * *
(iii) Obtaining a signed certification from the subscriber on the
FCC Form [XXX] that meets the certification requirements in paragraph
(d) of this section.
(3) * * *
(iii) Obtaining a signed certification from the subscriber on the
FCC Form [XXX] that meets the certification requirements in paragraph
(d) of this section.
* * * * *
(h) The FCC Form [XXX] One-Per-Household Worksheet. The prospective
subscriber will complete the FCC Form [XXX] One-Per-Household Worksheet
[[Page 42705]]
upon initial enrollment. At re-certification, if there are changes to
the subscriber's household that would prevent the subscriber from
accurately certifying to paragraph (d)(3)(vi) of this section (that is,
that the subscriber's household will receive only one Lifeline service
and to the best of his or her knowledge, the subscriber's household is
not already receiving Lifeline service), then the subscriber must
complete a One-Per-Household Worksheet.
0
8. Amend Sec. 54.420 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.420 Low income program audits.
* * * * *
(b) Audit requirements for new eligible telecommunications
carriers. After a company is designated for the first time in any state
or territory, the Administrator will audit that new eligible
telecommunications carrier to assess its overall compliance with the
rules in this subpart and the company's internal controls regarding
these regulatory requirements. This audit should be conducted within
the carrier's first twelve months of seeking federal low-income
Universal Service Fund support, unless otherwise determined by the
Office of Managing Director.
[FR Doc. 2015-17289 Filed 7-16-15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P